Safety Information

Product Overview
(CR-IR 391CL)

Reference Guide Starting a Study

1st Edition: December 2009

Using the Image
Viewer

Confirming by
Viewing Indicators

Setting
Study Utilities

Configuring
Client Utilities

Customizing
Main Window

Setting
User Utilities

Troubleshooting

Daily Inspection
and Maintenance
Appendix
Maintenance and
Inspection
Index

This Reference Guide describes details on how to operate the FCR PRIMA
Console (CR-IR 391CL) and cautions to be observed when operating it.
Please read the Reference Guide thoroughly before actually operating the
FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) system. After reading this guide, store
it nearby the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) so that you can see it
whenever necessary.

897N101440
ii FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440
Introduction
This Reference Guide applies to the following software.
• FCR PRIMA Console Software V1.1(B)
FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is a Fuji Computed Radiography image processing unit.

This Reference Guide offers the reader a summary insight into the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR
391CL) and proceeds to present information prerequisite to using the product, including operating
instructions and precautions, and tips on daily inspections and care.
FCR PRIMA Console is a CR workstation intended to provide diagnostic quality images and
measuring function to aid the doctor in diagnosis, and also is a viewer for US referral images.

CAUTION
1 No part or all of this guide may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
2 The information contained in this guide may be subject to change without prior notice.
3 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from
installation, relocation, remodeling, maintenance, and repair performed by other than
dealers specified by FUJIFILM Corporation.
4 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages of FUJIFILM Corporation
products due to products of other manufacturers not supplied by FUJIFILM Corporation.
5 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from
remodeling, maintenance, and repair using repair parts other than those specified by
FUJIFILM Corporation.
6 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from
negligence of precautions and operating methods contained in this guide.
7 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from use
under environment conditions outside the range of using conditions for this product such
as power supply, installation environment, etc. contained in this guide.
8 FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from
natural disasters such as fires, earthquakes, floods, lightning, etc.

Caution: Rx Only in the United States (Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the
order of a physician)
This system is classified as a medical device under EC Directive 93/42/EEC.
This equipment has been designed on the assumption that the patient would not come into direct
contact with it or for operation by appropriately trained operator.
Process waste correctly, as stipulated by local law or any regulations that apply.
When discarding the CR-IR 391CL that incorporates the lithium battery, be sure to contact a
licensed waste disposal contractor because it cannot be disposed of as a general waste.

Trademark
FCR is a trademark or a registered trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation.

Other holders’ trademarks

Windows Vista is the registered trademark of US Microsoft Corporation in the U. S. A. and other
countries.
Windows is the registered trademark of US Microsoft Corporation in the U. S. A. and other countries.
All other company names and product names described in this guide are the trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective holders.

Copyright © 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 iii

 How to Read This Guide
Marks
Information items to be observed when you are operating this system and the supplementary
remarks are described in this guide with the respective marks.
For the safe system operation, be sure to observe Warning/Caution.
Indicates hazardous situations that may lead to serious injury or
WARNING even death if the precaution is not or could not be followed.

Indicates hazardous situations that may lead to mild or moderate

CAUTION injury or physical damages if the caution is not or cannot be
followed.

HINT Shows an item helpful for further effective system operation.

Shows a more detailed operation method or an item that describes

additional information.

iv FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Contents at a Glance
Safety Information
Chapter 1 Summarizes the warnings and cautions the reader should observe to use the
FCR PRIMA Console safely.

Product Overview
Chapter 2 Introduces the features of the FCR PRIMA Console, the names and functions of its components and
basic operational sequences, such as starting up and shutting down the product.

Starting a Study
Chapter 3 Explains a sequence of operational steps for starting a study, from entering patient
information to exiting the X-ray study image reading process, and how to use a main window.

Using the Image Viewer

Chapter 4 Describes the operations that can be performed on images read from a study,
such as magnifying view of the image and adjusting the image quality.

Confirming by Viewing Indicator

Chapter 5 Explains how to confirm the conditions of devices connected to the FCR PRIMA Console, the status
of data transfer to and from them and event indications (errors, warnings, information).

Setting Study Utilities

Chapter 6 Explains how to use the study utilities.

Configuring Client Utilities

Chapter 7 Explains how to configure client utilities for using the FCR PRIMA Console, such
as setting user information.

Customizing Main Window

Chapter 8 Explains how to change the display contents for the main window such
as shortcut of the exposure menu and display items of patient list etc.

Setting User Utilities

Chapter 9 Explains how to configure the User Utility for using the FCR PRIMA Console,
such as setting menus and an automatic output destination.

Troubleshooting
Chapter 10 Describes what actions should be taken to respond to faults as they occur in the FCR PRIMA
Console and defines the error messages that may be displayed on occurrence of faults.

Daily Inspection and Maintenance

Chapter 11 Describes the daily inspections and care needed to keep the FCR PRIMA
Console in optimal working condition.

Appendix A Main Specifications

Appendix B PDI Disk Image Display
Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure
Maintenance and Inspection
Index

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 v

 Contents
Introduction���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������iii
How to Read This Guide������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������iv
Contents at a Glance������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ v

Chapter 1 Safety Information

1.1 Precautions Before Operating This Equipment������������������������������������������������������� 1-1
1.2 Notes on Using Medical Electrical Equipment
(for Safety Assurance and Risk Prevention)������������������������������������������������������������ 1-2
1.3 Safety����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1-4
1.4 Precautions in Using the FCR PRIMA Console������������������������������������������������������ 1-8
1.5 Disk Handling���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1-11
1.6 Labels�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1-12

Chapter 2 Product Overview

2.1 FCR PRIMA Console Highlights������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 2-1
2.2 FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) Windows������������������������������������������������������ 2-3
2.3 Version Information�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2-4
2.4 Starting Up and Exiting FCR PRIMA Console�������������������������������������������������������� 2-5
2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA Console���������������������������������������������������������������������������2-5
2.4.2 Exiting FCR PRIMA Console�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������2-8
2.4.3 Protecting the PC Temporarily with Password������������������������������������������������������ 2-10
2.5 Using Disks������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2-11
2.5.1 Disks and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console�������������������������������������������������� 2-11
2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2-14
2.5.3 Ejecting Disk���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2-16
2.5.4 When the Disk Becomes Full�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2-17
2.5.5 Copying a Disk������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 2-18

Chapter 3 Starting a Study

3.1 Entering a Patient Information��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3-1
3.1.1 Entering New Patient Information����������������������������������������������������������������������������3-1
3.1.2 Using a DICOM MWM server (optional)������������������������������������������������������������������3-3
3.2 Starting an Exposure Operation������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-4
3.3 Reading Images������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-6
3.3.1 Taking an X-ray of a Subject����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3-6
3.3.2 Inserting a Cassette������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-7
3.3.3 Viewing Images������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 3-8
3.3.4 Editing Study Information�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3-11
3.4 Using a Patient List������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-23
3.4.1 Viewing the “Patient List window”��������������������������������������������������������������������������3-23
3.4.2 Searching for Patients�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-25
3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-26

vi FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 3.5 Manipulating Studies���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-30
3.5.1 Launching the Image Viewer���������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-30
3.5.2 Reconduct a study and editing study information��������������������������������������������������3-32
3.5.3 Saving to a PDI disk��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3-34
3.5.4 Printing on a film (Optional)�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-36
3.5.5 Saving to a storage disk����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3-38
3.5.6 Transmitting studies to DICOM server (Optional)������������������������������������������������� 3-40

Chapter 4 Using the Image Viewer

4.1 Launching and Exiting the Image Viewer���������������������������������������������������������������� 4-1
4.1.1 Launching the Image Viewer�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-1
4.1.2 Exiting the Image Viewer�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-5
4.2 Viewing Images�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-6
4.2.1 How to See Images������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-6
4.2.2 Viewing Previous and Next Studies and Images�����������������������������������������������������4-8
4.2.3 Magnifying Images������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-10
4.2.4 Changing Window Display Pattern������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-11
4.2.5 Exchanging Images����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-14
4.2.6 Comparing Studies������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-15
4.3 Manipulating Images��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-18
4.3.1 Varying the Gradation (Contrast and Density) of an Image���������������������������������� 4-18
4.3.2 Rotating and Reversing Images����������������������������������������������������������������������������4-20
4.3.3 Magnifying or Reducing Images����������������������������������������������������������������������������4-23
4.3.4 Moving Images������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-25
4.3.5 Editing and Saving FCR Image Processing Parameters���������������������������������������4-26
4.3.6 Reversing Images��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-30
4.3.7 Using Preset Settings��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-31
4.4 Adding Annotations on Images�����������������������������������������������������������������������������4-33
4.4.1 Adding Arrows, Shape, and Text���������������������������������������������������������������������������4-33
4.4.2 Adding Marker�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-39
4.4.3 Measuring Lengths, CTR (Cardiothoracic Ratio) and
the Angle Between the Two Line Segments��������������������������������������������������������� 4-40
4.4.4 Saving Annotations����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-44
4.4.5 Moving Annotations���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-45
4.4.6 Editing Annotations����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-46
4.4.7 Deleting Annotations�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-54
4.5 Printing or Saving Images�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-55
4.5.1 Printing Images on a Film (Optional)�������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-55
4.5.2 Saving to a Work Disk�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-57
4.6 Printing Images with Free Layout��������������������������������������������������������������������������4-59
4.6.1 How to See “Free layout print screen”�������������������������������������������������������������������4-59
4.6.2 Starting the “Free layout print screen”������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-60
4.6.3 Exiting the “Free layout print screen”�������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-62
4.6.4 Setting Auxiliary Information�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-63
4.6.5 Image Layout�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-65
4.6.6 Setting a Footer���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-67
4.6.7 Setting Annotation Show/Hide������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4-68
4.6.8 Image Operation �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-69
4.6.9 Image Deletion ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-71
4.6.10 Image Printing�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-72
4.7 Editing Settings����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-73
4.7.1 Thumbnail Images and Study Status ([Suspend] [Verify])�������������������������������������4-73
4.7.2 Viewing Image Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-75
4.7.3 Showing a Tree View���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-76
4.7.4 Showing Annotations���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-78
4.7.5 Customizing Toolbar����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-79
4.7.6 Suspending and Verifying a Study����������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-85

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 vii

 4.8 Editing Study Information �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-86
4.8.1 Changing Menus�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-86
4.8.2 Deleting Menus/Inactivating Images�������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-88
4.8.3 Adding Menus������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4-90
4.8.4 Exchanging Images�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-92
4.8.5 Setting Image Print, Storage and Transmission����������������������������������������������������4-93
4.8.6 Editing Patient Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4-97
4.9 Free Drawing on Viewer for Informed Consent��������������������������������������������������� 4-100

Chapter 5 Confirming by Viewing Indicators

5.1 Viewing Indicators��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 5-1
5.2 Confirming Image Reader Status����������������������������������������������������������������������������5-3
5.3 Confirming Disk Status��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5-4
5.4 Confirming NAS Status (Optional)���������������������������������������������������������������������������5-8
5.5 Confirming Film Printer Status (Optional)����������������������������������������������������������������5-9
5.6 Confirming Image Output Status��������������������������������������������������������������������������� 5-10
5.7 Confirming Events (Errors, Warnings or Information)�������������������������������������������� 5-11

Chapter 6 Using Study Utilities

6.1 Using Study Utilities (Studies within FCR PRIMA Console)������������������������������������ 6-1
6.1.1 Viewing the study utilities����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6-1
6.1.2 Searching for Studies��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 6-6
6.1.3 Setting Study Search Queries�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 6-8
6.1.4 Manipulating Studies��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 6-15
6.2 Using Study Utilities (Studies within a Disk)����������������������������������������������������������6-26
6.2.1 Viewing the Study Utilities�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6-26
6.2.2 Searching for Studies��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6-29
6.2.3 Launching the Image Viewer�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 6-30
6.2.4 Loading Images from a Disk into the FCR PRIMA Console System���������������������6-31

Chapter 7 Configuring by Client Utilities

7.1 Launching and Exiting Client Utilities���������������������������������������������������������������������� 7-1
7.1.1 Launching Client Utilities����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 7-1
7.1.2 Exiting Client Utilities�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7-3
7.2 Registering, Editing or Deleting Patient Information������������������������������������������������ 7-4
7.2.1 Registering New Patient Information�����������������������������������������������������������������������7-4
7.2.2 Editing Patient Information��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7-6
7.2.3 Deleting Patient Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7-9
7.3 Confirming the IP Use Frequency��������������������������������������������������������������������������7-11
7.4 Setting User Information (for Administrator)�����������������������������������������������������������7-12
7.4.1 Registering, Editing or Deleting User Information������������������������������������������������� 7-12
7.4.2 Changing User Group Operational Authorities������������������������������������������������������ 7-19
7.4.3 Adding and Deleting Images for Display in the User Selection Box���������������������� 7-21
7.5 Editing Information about the Logged-in User������������������������������������������������������� 7-24
7.6 Confirming History Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 7-26
7.6.1 Confirming the Login/Logoff History���������������������������������������������������������������������� 7-26
7.6.2 Confirming the Study Access History�������������������������������������������������������������������� 7-28
7.6.3 Confirming the Image Storage/Print History ���������������������������������������������������������7-30
7.6.4 Confirming the Backup/Restoration History���������������������������������������������������������� 7-32
7.7 Handling Disks������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 7-33

viii FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 8 Customizing Main Window
8.1 Starting Customize Window������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 8-1
8.2 Setting the General Display Contents���������������������������������������������������������������������8-4
8.3 Setting the Display Contents in the “Input ID window”��������������������������������������������8-5
8.4 Setting the Display Contents for Patient List ����������������������������������������������������������8-6
8.5 Setting the Display Contents for Exposure Menus�������������������������������������������������� 8-7
8.6 Setting the Display Contents for Take X-rays ���������������������������������������������������������8-8
8.7 Setting the Display Contents for Modalities�������������������������������������������������������������8-9
8.8 Setting the Display Contents for Operations��������������������������������������������������������� 8-10
8.9 Setting the Window Font Size������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 8-12

Chapter 9 Setting User Utilities

9.1 Launching and Exiting the User Utility��������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-1
9.1.1 Launching the User Utility���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-1
9.1.2 Exiting the User Utility���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-3
9.2 Setting up the Exposure Menu and Study Menu�����������������������������������������������������9-4
9.2.1 Displaying the Menu Settings �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-4
9.2.2 Creating, Editing and Deleting Exposure Menus���������������������������������������������������� 9-5
9.2.3 Creating, Editing and Deleting Existing Study Menus������������������������������������������� 9-14
9.2.4 Changing the Display Group Setting��������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-19
9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or Moving the Display Menu�����������������������������������������������9-22
9.3 Setting the Character String Annotated on a Film������������������������������������������������� 9-24
9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving and Transmitting Parameters�������������������������������������� 9-27
9.4.1 Setting of CR Study Printing, Saving, and Transmitting����������������������������������������9-27
9.4.2 Setting of Non-CR Study Printing and Saving (Optional)������������������������������������� 9-30
9.5 Setting the Time to Automatically Verify a Study��������������������������������������������������9-32
9.6 Changing the Time to Automatically Delete Images Loaded from a Disk�������������9-34
9.7 Setting the Backup Notification�����������������������������������������������������������������������������9-35
9.8 Setting Automatic Start-up of Client Application���������������������������������������������������9-36
9.9 Setting a Prefix������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-37
9.10 Setting Additional Image Information Display Content������������������������������������������9-38
9.11 Importing Patient Information�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-41
9.11.1 Creating a File of Patient information to Import�����������������������������������������������������9-41
9.11.2 Importing Patient Information������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-44
9.12 Disk Consistency Check����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-45
9.13 Setting Automatic Logoff���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-48
9.14 History Information Consistency Check����������������������������������������������������������������9-49
9.15 Setting Makers������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-50
9.15.1 Registering User’s Markers���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 9-50
9.15.2 Removing User’s Markers�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-51
9.16 Setting Preset Settings������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9-52

Chapter 10 Troubleshooting
10.1 Troubleshooting����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10-1
10.2 PC Does Not Start������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10-2
10.3 PC is Inoperative��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10-3

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 ix

 10.4 PC Does Not Shut Down���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10-4
10.5 Event Indicator is Blinking�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10-5
10.6 Error Message Appears����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10-6
10.7 Image is Streaked������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10-7
10.8 Message “Not Logged In” Appears when Trying to Operate the Screen��������������10-8
10.9 Window Disappears����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10-9
10.10 Disk Cannot be Removed������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 10-10
10.11 Toolbar is Not Displayed on “Image Viewer Window”������������������������������������������10-11
10.12 Study was Scheduled or Registered but Patient List is Unchanged�������������������� 10-12
10.13 Unintended Studies Appear on Patient List��������������������������������������������������������� 10-13
10.14 Unable to Print or Save Image from “Image Viewer Window”����������������������������� 10-14
10.15 The “Web page unavailable while offline Dialog” is Displayed���������������������������� 10-15

Chapter 11 Daily Inspection and Maintenance

11.1 Daily Inspection and Maintenance�������������������������������������������������������������������������11-1
11.2 Backup������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 11-2
11.2.1 Starting and Exiting the Backup Utility������������������������������������������������������������������ 11-2
11.2.2 Backup�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11-4
11.2.3 Restore������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 11-7
11.2.4 Collecting Maintenance Log���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11-9
11.3 Maintenance Record�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11-11

Appendix A Main Specifications

A.1 Specification������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������A-1
A.2 External View and Weight�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� A-4

Appendix B PDI Disk Image Display

Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure
Z.1 Precautions to Take Before Exposure��������������������������������������������������������������������� Z-1
Z.2 Precautions to Take in Each Mode�������������������������������������������������������������������������� Z-2
Z.2.1 Precautions for Exposure in the AUTO MODE�������������������������������������������������������Z-2
Z.2.2 Precautions for Exposure in the SEMI-AUTO MODE���������������������������������������������Z-5
Z.2.3 Precautions for Exposure in the FIX MODE������������������������������������������������������������Z-5
Z.3 Other Precautions���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������Z-6

Maintenance and Inspection

Index

x FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 1 Safety Information
1.1 Precautions Before Operating This 1
Equipment

Safety Information
Before using this equipment, please read “Precautions Before Operating This Equipment”
carefully so that you can operate it correctly.
Whenever you operate this equipment, be sure to observe those precautions. Failure to do so
may cause you to subject to injuries or property damage to occur.

The institution where the equipment is installed is responsible for its use and
maintenance.

In addition, this equipment should not be used by persons other than doctors
or suitably trained staff.

Process waste correctly, as stipulated by local law or any regulations that

apply.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-1

 1.2 Notes on Using Medical Electrical Equipment
(for Safety Assurance and Risk Prevention)
1 Notes on Using Medical Electrical Equipment (for Safety Assurance and Risk Prevention)

1 Allow only skilled personnel to use the equipment.

Safety Information

2 Take notice of these precautions in installing the equipment:

(1) Locate the equipment to guard against splashes of water.
(2) Locate the equipment to protect against any ambient conditions that could adversely affect its
performance, such as atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity, ventilation, sunlight, dust and air
containing salt or sulfur content.
(3) Locate the equipment to keep it stable, protected from tilting, vibration, impact (including impact
during transit) and so on.
(4) Do not install the equipment where chemicals are stored or in or near sources of gases.
(5) Observe the line frequency and voltage and the allowable current (or power consumption).
(6) If the equipment is powered from batteries, check their status (standing, polarities and so on).
(7) Connect the ground wire properly.

3 Before using the equipment, take notice of these precautions:

(1) Check the switches for contact, polarities and dial settings, the meters and so on to ensure that the
equipment works properly.
(2) Check that the ground wire is fully connected.
(3) Check that all cords are connected correctly and fully.
(4) Remember fully that combined use of equipment could deliver incorrect diagnoses or otherwise or
threaten safety.
(5) Recheck the external circuits that are directly connected to the patient.
(6) If the equipment is powered from batteries, check the batteries.

4 While the equipment is in operation, take notice of these precautions:

(1) Be careful not to exceed the specified time and dosage limits for diagnostics or treatment.
(2) Keep a constant eye on the equipment in general and the patient to ensure that they remain normal.
(3) Whenever the equipment or the patient is found abnormal, take appropriate remedial action, such as
shutting down the equipment with care to cause no harm to the patient.

5 After using the equipment, take notice of these precautions:

(1) Reset the switches, dials and other controls to their initial status in specified routines before turning
off the equipment.
(2) Do not use undue force in disconnecting cords, as by pulling them out of position.
(3) Take notice of these precautions in storing the equipment:
I Store the equipment to guard against splashes of water.
II Store the equipment to protect against any ambient conditions that could adversely affect its
performance, such as atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity, ventilation, sunlight, dust
and air containing salt or sulfur content.
III Store the equipment to keep it stable, protected from tilting, vibration, impact (including impact
during transit) and so on.
IV Do not store the equipment where chemicals are stored or in or near sources of gases.
(4) Clean the components, cords, directors and so on and then sort and keep them in order.
(5) Keep the equipment clean to prepare for the next sessions of operation.

1-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

6 If the product fails, do not tamper with the product but mark it properly and have it repaired by
professionals.

7 Do not make unauthorized modifications to the equipment.

8 Maintenance and inspection

(1) Inspect the equipment and parts periodically.
1
(2) Before putting the equipment back to reuse after it has been left out of service for a certain length of
time, check that the equipment works normally and safely.

Safety Information
9 Other
Abide by instructions in the Operation Manual for proper equipment handling.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-3

 1.3 Safety
Read this section before using the equipment to ensure proper handling.

1 Preventing Explosion

WARNING
Safety Information

Because this equipment is not explosion-proof, do not use combustible and explosive gases
near the equipment.

Preventing Electrical Shock

WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, observe these precautions by all means.
● Never open the equipment covers. Hands touching a high-voltage zone inside can cause
electrical shock.
● Install the equipment where it will not be splashed with water.
● Check that the equipment is fully grounded.
● Check that all cords are connected correctly and safely.
● While this equipment is in operation, pay due attention not to have the patient come into
direct contact with it.

Connection Instruction

CAUTION
Use external devices of specified types to connect to the equipment.

1-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Electromagnetic Compatibility Instruction

This epuipment complies with the following electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) standard by comforting to
the requirements of IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004/EN 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2006.

EMC Standard:

CISPR 22:2005/EN 55022:2006
CISPR 24:1997+A1:2001+A2:2002/EN 55024:1998+A1:2001+A2:2003
1
IEC 61000-3-2:2005/EN 61000-3-2:2006
IEC 61000-3-3:1994+A1:2001+A2:2005

Safety Information
However, there is no guarantee that harmful electromagnetic interference will not occur in any installation
environment.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy. In a particular environment,
e.g., the equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions or any device that is not
compliant with the EMC Standard is used in a surrounding area, harmful interference may result, causing
the equipment or surrounding device to malfunction. If this equipment causes harmful interference to other
equipment or receives harmful interference from other equipment, you are encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the equipment.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and the affected equipment.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the affected equipment is connected.

If the problem persists, discontinue the use of the equipment and consult the manufacturer of the affected
equipment or our official dealer.

WARNING
Keep the equipment away from sources of strong electromagnetic radiation.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-5

 Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The CR-IR 391CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR 391CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance

1 Noise terminal voltage Class B

CISPR22
Electric field noise strength Class B
Safety Information

CISPR22
Harmonic emissions Class D

EN61000-3-2
IEC61000-3-2
Voltage fluctuations/ Complies
flicker emissions

EN61000-3-3
IEC61000-3-3

Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity

The CR-IR 391CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR 391CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC 60601 test level Compliance level
Electrostatic discharge ±2kV contact ±2kV contact
(ESD) ±4kV contact ±4kV contact
±2kV air ±2kV air
EN61000-4-2 ±4kV air ±4kV air
IEC61000-4-2 ±8kV air ±8kV air
Electrical fast transient/burst ±1kV for power supply lines ±1kV for power supply lines

EN61000-4-4 ±0.5kV for input/output lines ±0.5kV for input/output lines

IEC61000-4-4
Surge ±0.5, ±1kV differential mode ±0.5, ±1kV differential mode

±0.5, ±1.0, ±2.0kV common ±0.5, ±1.0, ±2.0kV common mode

EN61000-4-5 mode
IEC61000-4-5
Voltage dips, short interruptions and <5% UT <5% UT
voltage variations on power supply (>95% dip in UT) (>95% dip in UT)
input lines for 0.5 cycle for 0.5 cycle

EN61000-4-11 70% UT 70% UT

IEC61000-4-11 (30% dip in UT) (30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles for 25 cycles

<5% UT <5% UT
(>95% dip in UT) (>95% dip in UT)
for 250 cycles for 250 cycles
Power frequency (50/60Hz) 1 A/m 1 A/m
magnetic field

EN61000-4-8
IEC61000-4-8
NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

1-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-IR 391CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR 391CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test EN/IEC 60601 test level Compliance level
Conducted RF
EN61000-4-6
3 Vrms
150 kHz to 80 MHz
3 Vrms
1
IEC61000-4-6

Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m

Safety Information
EN61000-4-3 80 MHz to 1 GHz
IEC61000-4-3

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-7

 1.4 Precautions in Using the FCR PRIMA
Console
1 • When working steadily on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) over an extended period of time, take
breaks for 10 to 15 minutes after every hour to rest your eyes and hands.
• Reading of images on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) monitor should be carried out at the
responsibility of a user who is conscious of the intended use of the images and inherent differences from
Safety Information

film-based diagnostics.
• Verify the information that accompanies images and use it to aid in their reading. Pay particular attention
to patient information.
• Print and retain original images on a film (called an “original film”). The hard disk or disk mounted on the
FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) unit is not intended for permanent storage of diagnostic images.
• Images displayed in the “Image Viewer window” are only for viewing. Do not use these images for the
diagnosis.
• When exposing an area where it is difficult to distinguish the exposed direction and the symmetric body
part, mark it using markers for example to avoid the confusion of the exposed direction and body part.
• When reading an image, be sure to verify the image flip information (front or back) and the actual
exposure condition of patient.
• Be careful not to confuse the patient when printing several images on a film for several patients and
reading of images on the film should be carried out at the responsibility of a user who is conscious of the
intended differences from the image quality by displayed image size.
• When importing image or study data into FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) (Optional) or saving from
FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) to media such as CD, be very careful to check the image or study data
and patient information.
• Configure the image processing parameters for the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) to suit display
images.
Improperly configured image processing parameters could make correct image reading difficult.
• Luminance and contrast can be changed depending on the monitor types but do not change.
If it changed, an image may not be confirmed properly.
• Use the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) with proper screen contrast (high/low) settings.
Improper screen contrast (high/low) settings could make image reading difficult.
• Before reading images on FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), make sure that the monitor is set at the
right angle for viewing. If the monitor is not set at the right angle, adjust it. An improperly angled monitor
could make it difficult to read images properly.
• Adjust the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) to display images in a proper size.
The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) may subject original images to interpolation processing (display
processing) to enable you to view the images in an optional display size. As a result, images displayed in
an improper size may not impart their intrinsic information.
• Do not change the display setting (for portrait or landscape) of the LCD monitor that was set at time of
installation. If you need to change the display orientation setting, contact our authorized dealer.
• Use a screensaver when displaying the same image for extended periods of time. If your screensaver fails
to launch, consult our official dealer.
If the same image is displayed for a long time, the burn-in or residual image of the previous image may
result when switching the display on the monitor.
• Evaluation of the results of measurement performed on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is your
responsibility.
Images used for measurement on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) may contain errors in relation to
the actual length of the subject, depending on how the images have been captured and other conditions.
• When specifying coordinates on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) monitor, specify them correctly.
Incorrectly specified coordinates will deliver incorrect measurement results.
• Do not turn off the PC while FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is in use. Images saved on the PC or DVD
drive might be damaged.
• When connecting FCR PRIMA Console and other study equipment, use the UTP (Unshield Twist Pair)
cable.

1-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

• Do not disconnect the network cable of the hub or the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) from the port
while image reading is in progress. If the network cable is accidentally disconnected, reinsert it into the
port immediately. Do not shut down the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) at this time.
If you disconnect the network cable of the hub or the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) from the port
and insert it back into position while image reading is in progress, the image reading process, might take

1
about 10 minutes to resume. If you shut down the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) or Image Reader,
the images being read might be lost.
• The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) might be accidentally powered off due, for example, to a power
failure while image reading is in progress. When this happens, restart the PC and log in again to reload

Safety Information
the images. Make sure that the correct images have been read in response to your exposure menu choice.
After starting up and loggin in the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), when double-clicking and starting
to expose the study which was reading images at the time of shuting down from the patient list on the
“Main window”, images can be started to read again.
If the images loaded do not match your exposure menu choice, exchange or otherwise manipulate the
images to synchronize the exposure menu choice and the images with each other.
• Operate the disk drive using FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) applications.
• Do not use the disks that are dedicated to image storage on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) for
any other use. Images stored on those disks would be made inaccessible for browsing.
• Use disks that meet the requirements listed in “1.5 Disk Handling”.
• Images that have been saved with “Processed” being selected can be reloaded into the FCR PRIMA
Console (CR-IR 391CL), but cannot be printed on a film (option).
• Be careful not to confuse the DVD disk with the CD-R or DVD-R disk for PDI because the CD-R or DVD-R
disk for PDI to be given to the patient is created using the DVD drive to create DVD disks.
When creating a CD-R or DVD-R disk for PDI, write information (patient name, patient ID, birth date, disk
creation date, study date, facility name) on the front of the CD-R or DVD-R disk in order to distinguish it
from DVD+RW/-RW disk. When giving the created disk for PDI to the patient, advise the patient that the
contents of the disk is for reference.
• Confirm that time and date which display on the “Indicator window” is correct before using the FCR
PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL).
The date and time appearing in the “Indicator window” are recorded as the date and time of image
recording on a disk.
• Do not modify the Windows setting of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL). Image input/output might
be disabled.
• While using the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), do not double-click any file associated with any other
application software.
If you attempt to open a file associated with any other application software by double-clicking it, the file
would take a considerable time to open. If it is absolutely necessary to open that file, launch the
associated application software first and then control the application software to open the target file.
• Do not handle the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) in a Windows Explorer operation, unless otherwise
specified in this Reference Guide. If you eject a disk in a Windows Explorer operation, the data stored on
the disk could be corrupted as a consequence of the disk having been ejected while images were being
written to or read from it, or your application might not be able to eject it.
Further, when you browse through information stored on the disk, the information might take time before
it shows up.
• Before deleting images on FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), make sure that there is no problem if the
images are deleted. Although FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) allows you to delete images, if you
delete required images by mistake, you would have to make a re-exposure of the subject and recapture
the images.
• Before you use an uninterruptible power supply with the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), verify its
performance characteristics, such as the battery life. Replace the battery when needed.
If the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is forced to shut down while it is in operation due to electric
power failure or other causes, data could be lost.
You need to have a security, backup or any other relevant procedure programmed separately to save
images safely. Use of an uninterruptible power supply is recommended to protect against emergencies.
• Do not connect any additional hardware to the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) in addition to the
hardware already connected to it. It will result in malfunction.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-9

 • Do not connect the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) to a wide area network. It will result in malfunction.
• Do not leave disks for the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) in dusty places, hot or damp places, places
exposed to direct sunlight or in places that are subjected to sharp temperature differences.
• Duplicate (copy) every disk on which images are stored.
Check disks for consistency by following the instructions found in “7.12 Disk Consistency Check”.

1
Images stored on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) hard drive or disks could be lost as a result of
equipment or media faults. Further, some characteristics of a disk could make images stored on the disk
inaccessible for reading or writing if the disk has deteriorated over an extended period of usage, even
though it has been stored properly. An improperly stored disk could make images stored on it
Safety Information

inaccessible for reading or writing within months.

Neither FUJIFILM Corporation nor the vendor assumes any liability or responsibility for any loss of
images and data.
• When the caution about lack of HDD space is displayed, add NAS. In such cases, consult our authorized
dealer.
• When an error of NAS is displayed in the indicator for Event, consult our authorized dealer.
• Turn the power of this equipment or the computer installed this software off at least once a day with the
shutting down operation.
The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is not built for continuous running.
• When relocating the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) or the computer installed this software, contact
our authorized dealer.
• Do not install the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) monitor in a place that is exposed to direct or
reflected intense light, such as sunlight or other bright illumination. If the monitor is installed at or near
sources of intense light, images may not be read correctly.
• Do not install the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) in a dusty place, such as on a floor. If it is
unavoidable to install the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) close to a floor, keep it at least 5 cm above
the floor.
If the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is installed in a dusty environment, dust accumulating in the
power supply unit or other components could result in smoke or fire.
• When selling this software alone, Fujifilm Corporation will not be responsible for any malfunction or
damage of the personal computer or the monitor.
• Do not uninstall any preinstalled software. Do not install any software which is not finished the
combinational evaluations, in the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL). For neither case written above, the
function of this software is not guaranteed.
• If you need to install this software to the store-brought PC, contact our authorized dealer.
Also, use our company’s recommended computer for installing this software. Contact our authorized
dealer for the detailed specifications of the computer and the peripheral equipment.
• When selling this software alone, keep the CD cover of this software in a safe place because important
matters such as production number are written on it.
• Before disposing of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL), erase patients’ personal information stored
on it completely.
• Locate the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) unit so noises emitted from the unit while in operation will
not adversely affect the performance of medical examinations.
• Be careful not to splash the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) and its peripheral devices with water and
other liquids. Do not handle the equipment with wet hands.
• Do not handle the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) with Windows Explorer running. The FCR PRIMA
Console (CR-IR 391CL) or PC can freeze.
• Use a commercial personal computer and monitor that passed our compatibility test with FCR PRIMA
Console (CR-IR 391CL). If non-approved ones are used, Fujifilm Corporation does not guarantee that the
FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) will operate normally.
A commercial personal computer and monitors verified for compatibility are listed in Appendix A.

1-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 1.5 Disk Handling
This section describes the specifications of disks that can be used with the FCR PRIMA
Console (CR-IR 391CL), precautions in handling disks and how to manage disks.

1
Precaution in Handling Disks
Before using disks, read instructions on the disk package.

Safety Information
Precautions in Handling Files Stored on Disks
• Do not save new files to a disk on which other files are already stored.
• Do not delete, move or modify files stored on the disks.

Failure to abide by these precautions could result in data unknown to the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) or
result in a failure to save data or loss of saved data.

Compatible Disk Type

• Single-sided 4.7GB UDF1.5 or UDF2.01 formart

Unformatted disks cannot be used. To use an unformatted disk with the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL),
format the disk in the “Indicator dialog”.
If you find any unusable disk even after it is formatted, contact our official dealer.

For instructions about how to format new disks, see “2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling”.

Ejecting Disks
Do not force the ejection of a disk by pressing the disk drive EJECT button.
If it is necessary to eject a disk, follow the instructions in “2.5.3 Ejecting Disk”.
If you use an application other than the FCR PRIMA Console to eject the disk, the PC can freeze or the disk can
become unusable.

Disk Management
Before using a new disk, you are advised to fill out the label seal with the save start date.
For disks that are not used for further writing, enter the label name (media identification number) in the label seal.
You should also enter the save end date in the label seal.

Windows Explorer
Do not attempt to access the disk drive from Windows Explorer. The drive might take a considerable time to
access.

FCR PRIMA Console shutdown

Do not turn off the FCR PRIMA Console while writing to or reading from the disk is in progress (with the drive lamp
illuminating).

Disk Identification
When a disk is inserted in the disk drive, it will take about 30 seconds before it is identified to the FCR PRIMA
Console.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 1-11

 1.6 Labels
The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) labels are shown below.

1 ■ FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) labels

Safety Information

Sample year of manufacture

1-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 2 Product Overview
2.1 FCR PRIMA Console Highlights
This section describes the features of FCR PRIMA Console and an example of its system
configuration.
2
(1) Main features of FCR PRIMA Console

Product Overview
The FCR PRIMA Console is a diagnostic imaging workstation that not only simplifies the workflow of
diagnosing X-ray images, but also offers a fully integrated solution to managing modality, as well as X-ray,
study images.

X-ray images captured by the image reader are transmitted to the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) .

Transmitted or captured images are displayed on the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) monitor screen,
which provides information to aid in reading the images.

A summary description of the key features of the system is as follows:

1 Digital image enhancements make X-ray images easier to view and better suited for diagnostic
purposes.
2 The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) lets you enter patient information and view images. For
X-ray studies, you can enter exposure information (such as exposed body parts and exposure
menus) , as well as patient information.
3 Image data can be backed up to DVD.
4 The FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) keeps images obtained from various studies under fully
integrated management.
5 Study images can be saved on CD-R or DVD-R in the PDI format and made available to the patients
for collaborative diagnostic purposes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-1

 (2) System configuration example
An example of a system configuration is shown below. Optional functions depend on whether the option is
installed.

Image Reader

2
Product Overview

PC Imager
FCR PRIMA Console
(CR-IR 391CL)

Hub

NAS

HINT
NAS is the hard disk for the image data storing. When NAS is installed, the image data can be saved in NAS but
not in DVD.

(3) Study images that are handled by FCR PRIMA Console

The kinds of images that are handled by FCR PRIMA Console are listed below.

Images Explanations

Unprocessed FCR study X-ray images created by FUJIFILM CR equipment have the FUJIFILM-unique
images image processing parameters added on the image data. Unprocessed FCR
images are images on which only the parameters were adjusted to enable image
editing such as changing gradation (contrast or density) and reversing the display
for obtaining a better view on screen or film, while keeping the original image
data as is. Therefore, the original images before editing can be restored.
These images cannot be displayed in the DICOM viewer.

Processed FCR study images X-ray images created by FUJIFILM CR equipment have the FUJIFILM-unique
image processing parameters added on the image data. The Processed FCR
images are images whose original data was processed along with the parameter
change. Therefore the original images cannot be restored.
Images can be viewed in the DICOM viewer.

Other than FCR study images X-ray images loaded from a DICOM study disk created in another facility.

2-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 2.2 FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL)
Windows
This section describes the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) windows.

Main window Image viewer window

Patient information Indicator window

Patient
2
Operation for information
main window edit button

Product Overview
Toolbar
Input and refer to
patient information Image pane

Study pane

Study operations

FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) Thumbnail images Study status ([Suspend] [Verify])
menu bar for operation

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-3

 2.3 Version Information
You can verify the version of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) application software and
the options installed.

1 Select - [Version] on the bottom of

“Main window”.

2
Product Overview

The “Version window” appears.

It shows the version of the FCR PRIMA Console

(CR-IR 391CL) application software and the options
installed.

Click [OK] to close the “Version window”.

The displayed information in the window differs

depending on the version of the application
software.

2-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 2.4 Starting Up and Exiting FCR PRIMA
Console
This section describes the workflow of starting up and exiting FCR PRIMA Console, and the
procedures for configuring FCR PRIMA Console to handle disks and copy disks on which
images are stored.
In the relevant subsections that follow, FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) is simply referred to as
“FCR PRIMA Console.”
2
2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA Console

Product Overview
Before starting up FCR PRIMA Console, make HINT
sure that all peripheral devices connected to If the client application has not launched
the system are turned on. automatically, the user menu is not displayed.
To launch the client application, double-click the
1 Turn on the monitor. FCR Web icon on the desktop.

The User Utility can be configured for the client

2 Turn on the FCR PRIMA Console unit (PC).
application to launch automatically.
The FCR PRIMA Console initial screen appears.
For details, see “9.8 Setting Automatic Start-
up of Client Application”

3 Turn on the optional apparatus, such as an

Image Reader and the Imager.
Place the main power switch of the Image Reader in
the ON position. The Image Reader will launch.

* Start up FCR PRIMA Console before turning on

the Image Reader.

The FCR PRIMA Console server application

launches.

* The FCR PRIMA Console application package

consists of a server application and a client
application.
Main power switch
The FCR PRIMA Console server application
launches first when FCR PRIMA Console
starts up. When the FCR PRIMA Console
Press the power button. The printer will start up.
server application launches, it displays server
application icon in the task tray in the lower
right-hand corner of the screen. Power button

The client application follows suit after the server

application launches in the wake of the startup of
FCR PRIMA Console.

When the client application launches, it displays a * For information about starting up the peripheral
“User Selection window” to signify that FCR PRIMA devices connected to the FCR PRIMA Console
Console is ready to work. system, refer to the Operation Manual pertaining
to the peripheral devices.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-5

 4 Select a user to log in to FCR PRIMA
Console.

★ To cancel the login and exit FCR PRIMA Console,

click [Finish].

Guidance

2
* Logging off from and restarting Windows

With the server application running, you can shut

Product Overview

down, restart Windows OS and log off from

Windows OS.

* Backup prompt message

FCR PRIMA Console may display a backup prompt

message before it starts up, if you have not backed
up the disk for a certain period of time or longer.
The “Password Entry window” appears.
For details, see “9.7 Setting the Backup
Guidance that leads you through the operating Notification”.
process is displayed in the “User Selection window”
Click [OK] in response to the backup prompt
and “Password Entry window”.
message and the Backup Utility will launch to
perform the requested backup operation.
HINT
Users appearing in the “User Selection window” For details, see “11.2 Backup.”
can be newly added, edited and deleted by using
When the backup operation is completed, start up
the client utility.
FCR PRIMA Console as instructed in “Launching
For details, see “7.4 Setting User Information the Client Application with Only the Server
(for Administrator)”. Application Running” to start the server application
with only the PC running .
5 Enter the password and click [Login].
To change the user selection, click [Back] and return
to the “User Selection window”.

The FCR PRIMA Console starts.

2-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Performing Various Operations from the Launching the Client Application with
Server Application Icon in the Taskbar Only the Server Application Running

When the FCR PRIMA Console server If no operation window (“User Selection
application launches, it displays server window”) is displayed while the server
application icon in the task tray in the lower application icon appears in the PC’s task
right-hand corner of the screen. tray, start the client application. When the
Client Application starts, the “User Selection
Double-click the server application icon placed window” opens. To start the client application,
in the task tray to display the “Select Server
Application Behavior dialog”.
follow these steps:
2
Select desired operation, and click [OK]. The User Utility can be configured for the client
application to start automatically.

Product Overview
For details, see “9.8 Setting Automatic Start-up of
Client Application”.

1 Double-click the FCR Web icon on the

desktop.
The “User Selection window” appears.

• Shutdown the PC Starting the server application

Shuts down the PC. while the PC is in operation
For details, see “2.4.2 Exiting FCR PRIMA
Console”. The procedure to start the server application
after performing backup in response to backup
• Exit
notification message or when FCR PRIMA
Exits the Server Application.
Console is terminated while the PC in operation
• Start up Client Application is as follows:
Launches the Client Application.
• User Utility
1 Duble click the FCR icon on the
desktop.
Launches the User Utility.
For details, see “Chapter 9 Setting User HINT
Utilities”. You can also start up FCR PRIMA Console in
these steps:
• Backup Utility
(1) Select [Start] - [All Programs].
Launches the Backup Utility.
(2) Select [Fuji Film] - [FCR Application].
For details, see “11.2 Backup”.
• Disk Copy The FCR PRIMA Console initial screen appears.
Launches the disk copy tool.
For details, see “2.5.5 Copying a Disk”.
• Event Display
Displays the “Event Log window”.
For details, see “5.7 Confirming Events
(Errors, Warnings or Information)”.
• Version Display
Displays the “Version Display window”.
For details, see “2.3 Version Information”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-7

 2.4.2 Exiting FCR PRIMA Console
You can exit FCR PRIMA Console in one of four
ways:

• Log off the current user

Use this method to exit FCR PRIMA Console for
changing its users.
• Exit the client application
2 Use this method to exit FCR PRIMA Console for
closing the “Main window” temporarily and using
a utility tool.
Product Overview

• Exit the server application

Use this method to exit FCR PRIMA Console
completely and switch to another application. ★ To launch another client application, select a user
from the “User Selection window” and log in.
• Shut down the PC ★ To exit the client application, click [Finish] in the
Use this method to shut down the PC after “Select a User window”.
exiting the Client Application of FCR PRIMA
Console.
Exiting the Client Application
Before exiting FCR PRIMA Console, terminate To exit FCR PRIMA Console client application,
the study in progress. follow these steps:
If you are browsing an image in the viewer, exit
the viewer. 1 Select on the lower left of “Main
window”.

Logging Off the Current User

To log off the current user, follow these steps:

1 Select on the lower left of “Main

window”.
The “Main window” closes and the client application
exits.
The “Select Server Application Behavior dialog”
appears.

A confirmation dialog appears.

2 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

★ To cancel the logoff, click [Cancel] and return to

the “Main window”.

The “Main window” closes and the “User Selection

★ When the client application is terminated, the
window” appears in its place.
“Image Viewer window” also closes. At this point,
the server application is still in operation on the
PC. To restart the client application, double-click
the FCR Web icon on the desktop.

2 Select desired operation, and click [OK].

The utility tool launches.

★ Not launching a utility tool, click [Cancel].

2-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Exiting the Server Application Shutting Down the PC
Exit the server application. If an operational To shut down the PC after exiting the Client
window is displayed, perform the operation Application of FCR PRIMA Console, follow
explained in “Exiting the Client Application” these steps:
before performing the operation described
below. 1 Select on the lower left of “Main
When the server application exits, FCR PRIMA window”.
Console is shut down completely. To restart
the server application, double -click on the
desktop. 2
1 Double-click the server application icon
placed in the task tray.

Product Overview
The “Main window” closes and the “Select Server
The “Select Server Application Behavior dialog” Application Behavior dialog” appears.
appears.

2 Select [Shutdown the PC] and click [OK].

2 Select [Exit] and click [OK].
The PC is shut down.
- If the following message is displayed –
There is a study to be verified. CAUTION
There is a study to be verified. The following window will be displayed if
●Are you sure you want to shut down the system? the PC is shut down in invalid procedure.

★ To exit the server application with the current

study status unchanged, click [OK].
★ To change the study status to Verified, click
[Cancel] and then double-click the FCR Web icon
on the desktop to display the “Main window”.

- To change the study status to Verified -

Take action relevant to the particular study status to
change it to Verified.
You may use “Patient List window” to view any
studies in the study status of interest.

For details on the search conditions and the

study status of the studies appearing in the study In this case, click [Cancel] and then
list, see “3.4 Using a Patient List”. double-click the server application icon
placed in the task tray to display the
The server application exits and the server
“Select Server Application Behavior
application icon disappears from the task tray.
dialog”.
Shut down the PC from the “Select
Server Application Behavior dialog”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-9

 2.4.3 Protecting the PC Temporarily with Password
Protect the PC with password to prevent
unauthorized use when temporarily leaving
the site while working. FCR PRIMA Console
is protected with the current operation status
retained.

1 Click the PC Lock icon displayed on

2 the left-hand side of the task tray.

A “Windows Login window” appears.

Product Overview

2 To make FCR PRIMA Console operable

again, enter the Windows login password
and select [OK].
The default password for user of fujicr is “system”.
FCR PRIMA Console becomes ready.

2-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 2.5 Using Disks
The disks used by FCR PRIMA Console are described. For general disk and drive information,
see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console”. See “2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling”
for the description of storage disk and work disk handling.

2.5.1 Disks and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console

Use a DVD or CD-R disk on FCR PRIMA 2) Not for image storage 2
Console depending on the usage.  DICOM-compatible format
Disks in a DICOM-compatible format are called
work disks.

Product Overview
(1) DVD disk These disks are used to temporally store
images from the FCR PRIMA Console system
With FCR PRIMA Console, DVD disks are used
for such purposes, such as the provision of
to store images.
images to other facilities and collection of
The setup necessary to use DVD disk with FCR
images depicting various diseases.
PRIMA Console is called “The Start of Disk
Handling”. During this, the disk usage must be * FCR PRIMA Console does not remember which
specified according to the purpose for saving images are stored on which work disks. FCR
the image. Disk usage is classified as follows PRIMA Console treats the images imported
from the work disk as unrelated images with
according to the purpose for saving:
those in the FCR PRIMA Console system.

1) For image storage FCR PRIMA Console also treats disks storing
images provided by other facilities and DICOM-
Disks intended for image storage are called
compatible format disks storing images
storage disks. captured by the FCR system as work disks.
These disks are used to manage images. FCR
PRIMA Console remembers which images are  Non-DICOM-compatible format
stored on which storage disks. Even though Disks in a non-DICOM-compatible format are
images are deleted from the FCR PRIMA called other disks.
These disks are used to store images in the
Console database, FCR PRIMA Console can
JPEG, bitmap or DICOM format for purposes,
still import the copies of the same images
such as presentations, etc.
from the storage disks.
FCR PRIMA Console cannot display the names
With images imported from disks, you cannot: of such disks and the amount of available
• Rotate or reverse the images, space on them.
• Save FCR image processing parameters,
For the procedure for starting disk handling, see
• Edit markers,
“2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling”.
• Update study information, and
• Verify or suspend studies.
* As the size of free space on the PC falls below
a certain limit, stored images are automatically
deleted from the FCR PRIMA Console database
in sequence in ascending time order of the
browsed studies.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-11

 Studies That Are Deleted Automatically
(3) About DVD disk
When the number of studies stored in the FCR
PRIMA Console database exceeds a certain There are two types of DVD disk: for control
limit set on FCR PRIMA Console, studies stored drive and normal drive. The PC consists of
on a storage disk are automatically deleted two types of equipment configuration, one is a
from the oldest study browsed. Once studies control drive only or with a control drive and a
are removed from the FCR PRIMA Console normal drive.
database, they no longer appear in the “Main ● Disk for Control drive
window”. Control drive can write data to storage disk,
2 Studies are not deleted, however, while they work disk, other disks, and PDI disk. Type of
are: disk on the control drive is displayed in the
• To verified, “Disk window” of the indicator and the “Disk
Product Overview

• Being displayed in the viewer, Operation window” of the client utility “Start
• Printing or being saved, or Disk Handling” is performed on the control
• Locked. drive.
Studies deleted from the FCR PRIMA Console ● Disk for Normal drive
database can be reinstated in the FCR PRIMA
Normal drive can write data to other disks and
Console database by performing the operation
described in “Disk Restoration”. PDI disk, but cannot write data to storage disk
or work disk. Normal drive is not displayed in
For details, see “7.7 Handling Disks”. the “Disk window” of the indicator nor the
Images and study information associated “Disk Operation window” of the client utility.
with the images are stored on a storage disk,
Images in the disk can be loaded from both the
thereby allowing the studies to be reinstated in
control drive and normal drive.
the FCR PRIMA Console database.

- If the following message is displayed -

Either too many studies have been registered or there (4) How to format a DVD disk
are no studies that can be deleted.
1 Insert a DVD disk into DVD drive on the
Delete unnecessary studies from the “Main
FCR PRIMA Console.
window”.
For details, see “(6) Deleting a study” in “6.1.4 2 Click “start” in the task bar, and then click
Manipulating Studies”.
“My Computer” in the “start” menu.

3 Right-click “DVD-R/W Device (D:)” under

(2) CD-R or DVD-R disk “Devices with Removal Storage” in the “My
Computer” folder display.
With FCR PRIMA Console, the study results
can also be saved to CD-R disks or DVD-R
disks in PDI format.

1) For PDI
Called “PDI disk”.
CD-R or DVD-R disk for providing study
result images to the patient for diagnostic
cooperation with other facilities.
For instructions on how to save images to PDI disks,
see “3.5.3 Saving to PDI Disk”.

2-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Click “FFUdFmtTool” from the pull-down.

Product Overview
Confirm the DVD drive where the DVD disk
is inserted in “Drive” area of the appeared
“UDF Format Tool” dialog box.

6 Input a name (alphanumeric characters)

in the “Volume Label” field for the DVD to
format, and then click “Execute”.

The formatting starts. Its progress is displayed in the

“Progress status” area. The “information” dialog box
appears when the operation is completed.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-13

 2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling
Before proceeding with a study, start disk Usage:
handling. Indicates whether the disk is intended as a storage
Disk handling is started on the control drive of disk or work disk.
the PC. Nothing appears for any other type of disk.
If the last written disk remains inserted in the
disk drive, disk handling will start automatically Setting for Writing Data:
(without the operation described here). Indicates whether the disk is write-enabled or write-

2 disabled.
If no disk is inserted in the disk drive, insert
a disk into the disk drive by performing the 3 Click [Replace].
procedure below to start disk handling. Do
Product Overview

not use the Open/Close (Eject) button on the

drive because the PC can freeze or the disk
can become unusable if you use an application
other than the FCR PRIMA Console.
• Write necessary information on the disk The “Replacing Disks dialog” appears and the disk
label such as usage and name of disk and drive tray opens.
recording start date.
To start disk handling, follow these steps: 4 Place a disk in the disk drive tray and close
the tray.
1 Select the disk indicator in the “Indicator
window”. 5 When the disk drive pilot lamp illuminates
Disk indicator green, click [Next].

★ To cancel the start of disk handling, click [Cancel]

to close the “Replacing Disks dialog”.
The Disk tab of the “Indicator dialog” appears.

You can view the status of the disk drive connected

to the FCR PRIMA Console system.

★ If you insert an image storage or work disk

that has once been used with FCR PRIMA
Console into the disk drive, the disk replacement
completes. Go to Step 8 .
★ If you insert a new formatted disk or non-storage
or non-work disk into the disk drive, the “Set Disk
Usage window” appears. Go to Step 6 .
★ If you insert an unformatted disk into the disk
drive, the formatting confirmation message is
displayed in the “Replacing Disks dialog”.
Click [OK] to launch a disk formatting program for
2 Select a disk drive in Device Name. formatting the disk. For information about how to
use the formatting program, refer to the Operation
Manual that comes with the disk drive.
★ To cancel the formatting process, click [Cancel] to
The status of the disk drive selected is displayed, quit the start of disk handling.
but not before disk handling starts.

Device Status:
Shows the name of a disk and the amount of free
space (%) on it.

2-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 8 Click [Update] in the Disk tab of the
“Indicator dialog”.

When the formatting process completes, the “Set Check that information about the disk whose
Disk Usage dialog” appears. Continue with Step 6 . handling has started is displayed.

HINT 2
6 Select the way you want to handle the disk
When the disk replacement operation completes,
inserted in the disk drive and click [Next]. remember to click [Update] to check that the disk

Product Overview
has been replaced. Simply replacing a disk will
not refresh the disk information.

For Image Storage:

Use the disk as an image storage disk.

Not for Image Storage:

● DICOM-Compatible Format: Use the disk as a

work disk.
● Other: Use the disk for other purposes.

For more disk usage details, see “2.5.1 Disks

and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.
★ If you select For Image Storage or DICOM-
Compatible Format, a “Disk Name Entry dialog”
appears. Continue with Step 7 .
★ Selecting Other retu rns to the Disk tab of the
“Indicator dialog”.

7 Enter a disk name and click [Next].

★ To cancel the entry of the disk name, click

[Restore setting value].
★ To cancel the start of disk handling, click [Cancel]
to close the “Specify Disk Name dialog”.

The disk replacement operation has completed.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-15

 2.5.3 Ejecting Disk
To eject the disk from the control drive of
the PC, follow the steps below. Do not use
the Open/Close (Eject) button on the drive
mechanically because the PC can freeze or the
disk can become unusable if an application
other than the FCR PRIMA Console has been
used.
2 1 Select the disk indicator in the “Indicator
window”.
Disk indicator
Product Overview

The Disk tab of the “Indicator dialog” appears.

You can view the status of the disk drive connected

to the FCR PRIMA Console system.

2 Select a disk drive from Device Name.

3 Click [Eject].

The disk drive tray opens.

4 Remove the disk from the disk drive tray

and close the tray.

2-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2.5.4 When the Disk Becomes Full
When the disk in the control drive of the PC 3 Check that the message reporting a full
becomes full, the drive tray opens. The disk disk is displayed in the “Error Details
indicator turns off if the disk is an image dialog”.
storage disk.

Goes off
(for an image storage disk)

2
First, view the “Event window” to confirm that

Product Overview
the disk is full. Then, eject the full disk and
start the handling of a new disk. Whenever
a disk becomes full, take relevant action as
instructed on the right.
4 Remove the full disk from the disk drive
To start the handling of a new disk, follow these tray.
steps:
5 Start the handling of a new disk.
1 Select the event indicator to display the
Event tab. Handle disks pursuant to the instructions in
Event indicator “2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling”.

HINT
Simply placing a disk in the disk drive and closing
the tray won’t start the handling of the disk. See
2 Select the latest warning on display Disk instructions in “2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling”.
storing failed and click [Details].

Handling a Full Disk

To handle a full disk, follow these steps:

1 Launch the User Utility to make a media

consistency check.
Confirm the message yielded by the check and take
suggested action.

For instructions on how to make a media

consistency check, see “9.12 Disk Consistency
Check”.

2 Launch the disk copy tool to create a

backup copy of the disk.

For instructions on how to copy a disk, see

“2.5.5 Copying a Disk”.
* Store backup disks in a controlled place that is
not accessible to third parties.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-17

 2.5.5 Copying a Disk
Duplicate image storage disks against possible 4 Enter the Password and click [OK].
failures to read them as a result of their data
breakage or deterioration. ★ To cancel the launch of the disk copy tool, click
[Cancel]. The “Login window” closes and the
Use the disk copy tool to duplicate disks. FCR
“Disk Copy Tool dialog” closes.
PRIMA Console will exit when you attempt to
launch the disk copy tool. Before launching
the copy tool, check that all the windows have
2 closed. Check also that a different user is
operating the FCR PRIMA Console system.
* Store backup disks in a secure place that is
Product Overview

not accessible to third parties.

* Disks may take up to 210 minutes at the If the user is authenticated, the “Disk Copy Tool
longest to be copied. Avoid copying disks dialog” appears.
during the periods of the day in which a ★ To exit the Disk copy tool, click [Finish].
study needs to be started immediately.
Instructions on launching the copy tool to copy
a disk are given below.

(1) Launching the copy tool

To launch the disk copy tool and log in, follow
these steps:

1 Double-click the server application icon

placed in the task tray.
The “Select Server Application Behavior dialog”
appears.

2 Select [Disk Copy] and click [OK].

★ To cancel the launch of the disk copy tool, click

[Cancel] and return to FCR PRIMA Console.

The “Login window” appears after the appearance

of a message.

3 Select the User Name to log in.

2-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Copying a disk ★ To cancel the disk copying process, follow these
steps:
Insert a disk into the disk drive and start (1) Click [Cancel]. All data that has been recorded
copying it. on the target disk is deleted.
(2) When the message Copying Incomplete is
• If the drive in the PC is used, the source displayed, click [OK]. The target disk drive tray
and target drives are the same. Data on the opens.
source disk is temporarily saved to the hard
(3) The message Place a target disk and click [OK]
drive in the PC before it is finally written to a
is displayed.
target disk that is replaced with the source
disk. To resume the disk copying process, place
2
a disk in the target disk drive and close
1 Select Source drive name for copying and the tray. When the disk drive pilot lamp

Product Overview
then click [Eject]. illuminates green, click [OK].
To cancel the disk copying process, click
[Cancel].

When the copying process completes, the following

message appears.

Copy processing has been completed.

The source disk drive tray opens.

2 Place a source disk in the disk drive tray 5 When the message appears, click [OK].
and close the tray. The target drive tray opens and a message appears.

Continue copying to another disk?

3 Click [Execute].
★ To continue copying data to another disk, replace
the current target disk with another one. When
the disk drive pilot lamp illuminates green, click
[OK].
★ To finish the copying process, eject the disk and
click [Cancel]. The “Disk Copy Tool dialog” closes
when you click [Finish] in the “Disk Copy Tool
Data on the source disk is temporarily saved to the dialog”.
hard drive in the PC.
HINT
When the saving to the hard drive completes, a Save the data to the storage disk when the disk
message is displayed and the disk drive tray opens. copying process completes.

For details, see “2.5.2 Starting Disk

4 Place a target disk in the disk drive tray and Handling”.
close the tray. When the disk drive pilot
lamp illuminates green, click [OK].
The disk copying process starts.

HINT
When the disk access lamp is ON, never press
the Eject button on the disk drive.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 2-19

 2
Product Overview

2-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 3 Starting a Study
3.1 Entering a Patient Information
Patient information consists of the patient name, sex, date of birth and other related
information. Each set of patient information is managed with reference to a unique ID (Patient
ID). FCR PRIMA Console searches through the database for registered patient information
using its patient ID as a key and, if the information is found, displays it in the patient list.

3.1.1 Entering New Patient Information 3

1 Enter the patient ID in the patient ID column 2 Enter a patient information except Patient

Starting a Study
on the “Input ID window” of “Main window”, ID.
and select the column except the patient ID
in the “Input ID window”.
Enter the patient ID with single-byte alphanumeric
characters. The allowable character length is
determined by a system setting.
The following characters cannot be used:
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <
A patient ID consisting solely of spaces is not
allowed.

The information which can be entered is shown

below.
An entered item to display can be set in the
Customize of Utilities.

For details, see “8.3 Setting the Display

Contents in the “Input ID window””.

Patient Name:
Enter a name of patient.
Description for columns changes to “Register new
The following characters cannot be used:
patient”.
*, @, “, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, <, =, 2-byte character.
★ If “Input ID tab” has not been selected when
Sex:
“Main window” is started, select “Input ID tab” and
Select a sex from the pull-down menu.
perform the operation 1 .
Date of Birth:
In the utilities customize, whether to display the Enter a date of birth in the same format as the
window at the time of starting the “Main window” sample entry appearing on the screen.
can be set.
Body length:
For details, see “8.2 Setting the General Enter a length of body.
Display Contents”.
Weight:
HINT Enter a weight.
When the patient ID which already registered in Patient comment:
the FCR PRIMA Console database is entered Enter a comment.
in the patient ID column, an applicable patient
information displays.
In such cases, confirm the patient information and
start the exposure.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-1

 3 Confirm the contents which have been
input, and select .

3
Starting a Study

The patient information registers in the FCR PRIMA

Console.

3-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3.1.2 Using a DICOM MWM server (optional)
Explains for operations of FCR PRIMA Console - If the following message is displayed -
at the time of using DICOM MWM server. An error occurred while acquiring Patient
Searches the patient information from the information.
MWM server and displays it in the “Input ID ● Check network cable for proper connection.
● Ensure if the device runs properly in case it is
window”.
connected to MWM device.
To search the patient information from MWM
* If the above does not resolve, contact your
server, use the “Patient ID” retrieved when
service engineer.
registered the patient to MWM server.
For searching the patient information, there are ★ To search the MWM server again, repeat step 1 .
two following methods.
For details on how to enter the patient
• Give priority to the MWM server and search
it
information, see "3.1.1 Entering New Patient
Information".
3
• Give priority to the FCR PRIMA Console
database and search it
CAUTION

Starting a Study
To search using either of method, it determines
When the study performing with FCR
depends on the settings at the time of
PRIMA Console or the patient information
installation.
of study displayed in the study list is
Explains the procedures with using the
changed with MWM server, it will not
example of give priority to the MWM server and
reflect to the study list. In this case,
search.
also change the patient information of
1 Enter the patient ID into the Patient ID applicable study.
column in the “Main window” and select
the other column of patient information. For method of how to edit patient information,
see “7.2 Registering, Editing or Deleting
Enter the patient ID with single-byte alphanumeric Patient Information”.
characters. The allowable character length is
determined by a system setting.
The following characters cannot be used: 2 Confirm that the displayed patient
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <. A patient ID consisting information is correct, and select .
solely of spaces is not allowed. Further, if Automate
The patient information will be registered to FCR
Saving in General-Purpose File Format (optional) is
PRIMA Console.
selected, the characters :, > and | cannot be used
either.
MWM server is searched by entered patient ID.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-3

 3.2 Starting an Exposure Operation
FCR PRIMA Console offers groups of exposure menus on which the specific exposure
conditions and method required for a body part are preset.
First select a study or an exposure menu for X-ray studies to start or schedule an exposure.

The frequently used exposure menu can be HINT

registered as a shortcut menu in the “Take In the “Take X-rays window”, whether starting
X-rays window”. to expose or reserve a study can be set for an
Further, the contents of “Others” which are operation at the time of selecting the exposure
displayed in the “Take X-rays window” can menu.
3 created a new, edited and deleted.
For details, see “8.5 Setting the Display
For setting the shortcut, see “8.4 Setting the Display
Contents for Take X-rays”.
Contents for Exposure Menus”.
★ When the “Take X-rays tab” has not been
Starting a Study

For editing the exposure menu in user utilities, see selected, select the “Take X-rays tab”, and then
“9.2 Setting up the Exposure Menu and Study perform 1 operation.
Menu”.
★ When the menu you wish to expose is not existed
In the following procedures, select the exposure
in the displayed exposure menu, select the
menu and start the studies. [Others], and then select a menu.

1 Select a exposure menu.

Starting an Exposure Operation
The “Read Image window” appears.
(1) Start an exposure with the patient information
and exposure menu that are registered in the
past.

An exposure is started, or a study is reserved.

(2) Read the exposure images.

For information about the reading operation, see

“3.3 Reading Images”.
For details on each button found in the “Read
Image window”, see “3.3.3 Viewing Images”.

3-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Scheduling an Exposure Operation
The following message is displayed:
Do you want to register the study?

★ Select [OK] to reserve a study with the patient

information and exposure menu that are
registered in the past.
★ Select [Cancel] to cancel the reservation.
★ To proceed to schedule another study, Input the
patient ID in the patient ID column of “Input ID
window”.
★ To confirm the status of scheduled studies, view
the “Patient List window” for a list of studies that
are in the Scheduled study status.
Once a study is scheduled, an exposure operation 3
can be started from the “Patient List window”.
If you select [Scheduled] as a search condition on

Starting a Study
the left-hand side of the “Patient List window”, you
can view only those studies that are in the
Scheduled study status in the Patient list.

For details on the “Patient List window”, see

“3.4 Using a Patient List”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-5

 3.3 Reading Images
Read X-ray images corresponding to an exposure menu.
Take an X-ray of a subject prior to reading. When you insert the cassette used for the exposure
into the Image Reader, the X-ray image of the subject appears in the FCR PRIMA Console
monitor for you to view.

3.3.1 Taking an X-ray of a Subject

To confirm an exposure menu and take an X-ray
of a subject, follow these steps:

3
Starting a Study

1 Select an exposure menu for the image you

are about to read.
The exposure menu for the image to be read is
identified by image read mark .

2 Using a cassette containing a blank IP, take

an X-ray of the subject.

3-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3.3.2 Inserting a Cassette
Insert the cassette used for the exposure into HINT
the Image Reader as instructed below. 1 Before inserting a cassette into the Image
When inserted, the images stored on the Reader, remove the exposure marker and other
cassette are read. accessories used for the exposure.
2 A cassette not inserted correctly may result in a
1 Confirm that the Cassette Ready Lamp is lit equipment failure.
on the operation panel. 3 When inserting a cassette, check the patient
name.
The Cassette Ready
Lamp is on.
3 Confirm that the Cassette Removal Lamp
is blinking on the operation panel and then
remove the cassette. 3
The Cassette
Removal Lamp

Starting a Study
is blinking.

2 Insert a cassette into the equipment in

alignment with the guide on the right, with
the cassette’s barcode window facing as
illustrated below.

• Remove the exposure marker from the

cassette before inserting the cassette in the
Image Reader.
• Insert the cassette in the Image Reader
after confirming that the top surface of
the cassette is faced up and in the right
direction. Moreover, insert the cassette
straight and slowly.
If a cassette is inserted upside down, back
to front or at a slant, the Image Reader can
be damaged.
• Do not shake the Image Reader or the
cassette while reading the image.
Uneven image, which will prevent image
reading, might be generated.
• After inserting a cassette into the Image
Reader, do not touch the cassette until the
Cassette Removal Lamp lights.
Touching an inserted cassette during image
reading may cause the Image Reader
failure.

Cassette guide

Barcode window
Insert straight and carefully

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-7

 3.3.3 Viewing Images
View read images.
When you insert a cassette into the Image
Reader and the image is read, it is displayed in
the FCR PRIMA Console monitor.
When an image is read, it is thumbnailed on the
left-hand side of the exposure menu. When you
select an exposure menu, the selected image
appears on the left-hand side of the window.
Read images are saved on the FCR PRIMA
Console system.
Thumbnail image

3 Indicators

[ (Restore)]
Starting a Study

Reverses the rotation of an image performed

using the rotate buttons to the state in which
image had just been read.

Indicators

Reports the status of the peripheral devices

connected to the FCR PRIMA Console system,
the status of data transfer in progress and so
on by using illuminating, turning off or blinking
If there are multiple exposure menus, proceed to icons. The kinds of information that are shown
take X-rays, insert cassettes into the Image Reader by the indicators include:
and view the resultant images with regard to the • Image reader status
rest of the exposure menus. • Disk status
• NAS status
For details on the individual procedures, see “3.3.1
Taking an X-ray of a Subject”, “3.3.2 Inserting a
• Film printer status (optional)
Cassette” and “3.3.3 Viewing Images”. • Status of data transfer to the save
destination
[ (Rotate Left 90º)], • Events (errors, warnings, information)
For details on the indicators, see “Chapter 5
[ (Rotate Right 90º)],
Confirming by Viewing Indicators”.
[ (Rotate 180º)],[ (Horizontal Flip)]
[Modify]
(Rotate and reverse images)

Rotate and/or reverse the image in the rotation Displays the “Main Menu Modification window”.
direction of the selected button. An example of From the “Main Menu Modification window”,
the rotation of an image following the selection you can perform the following operations on
of [ (Rotate Left 90º)] is shown below. the current study:
• Add Menu
The rotation or reversal of an image is reflected
• Change Menu
in the image when it is printed on a film
• Delete menu, inactivate image, set re-
(optional), when it is saved on the disk, or when
exposure
it is sent to the DICOM server (optional).
• Relocate Display Order
• Exchange Images
• Output/Storage
• Edit Patient Information
For details on the “Main Menu Modification
window”, see “3.3.4 Editing Study Information”.

3-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Image Viewer]

Starts up the viewer. The viewer, when started

up, closes the “Read Image window” and
displays the “Image Viewer window” in its
place. The current study status changes to the
Exposure Completed. If FCR PRIMA Console
is configured to print the image on a film
with the film print option upon completion of
the exposure, the image is printed or saved
automatically.
To reconduct a study, add additional menus
or complete the re-exposure procedure and
[r (previous page)] display the “Read Image window”. 3
[s (next page)] For details, see “3.5.2 Reconduct a study and
editing study infomation”.

Starting a Study
The previous or next page appears on the
The “Image Viewer window” lets you magnify
current page to manipulate hidden registered
views of images or adjust their image quality.
exposure menus into view.
For details on the “Image Viewer window”, see
[Simple] “Chapter 4 Using the Image Viewer”.

“Read Image window” switches from Detail

view to Simple view.

The simple viewer can be perform the following

operations.
• Progress bar
A progress of image reading can be
confirmed.
• [Detail]
“Read Image window” switches to Detail
view.
• [Image Viewer] - If the following message is displayed -
Start up the Image Viewer. For details Unexposed menus will be deleted.
on function, see [Image Viewer] in the Are you sure ?
following.
• [Complete] ★ To delete exposure menus for which images have not
been read and start up the viewer, click [OK].
Finish the exposure of this study. For details
★ To cancel the startup of the viewer, click [Cancel].
on function, see [Complete] in the following.

[Suspend] [Complete]

Finishes the exposure of this study. The “Read

Closes the “Read Image window” and returns
Image window” closes and returns to the “Main
to the “Main window”.
window”. The study has its study status set to
The current study is left in the Started study
Completed in the “Patient List window”.
status. The “Read Image window” can be
If FCR PRIMA Console is configured to print
displayed to resume the exposure upon exit to
the image on a film with the film print option
the “Main window” by clicking [Suspend].
upon completion of the exposure, the image is
For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List”. printed or saved automatically.
To reconduct a study, add additional menus
or complete the re-exposure procedure and
display the “Read Image window”.
For details, see “3.5.2 Reconduct a study and
editing study infomation”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-9

 HINT
Before ending exposure on the “Read Image
window”, check the patient information, exposure
menu, and image association.

- If the following message is displayed -

Unexposed menus will be deleted.
Are you sure ?

★ To delete exposure menus for which images have not

been read and start up the viewer, click [OK].
★ To cancel the completion of the exposure, click
[Cancel].

3
Starting a Study

3-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3.3.4 Editing Study Information
This subsection describes the following The study and exposure menus in the selected
procedures for editing the study in progress: menu group appear at the bottom of the window.
• Add Menu
• Change Menu 3 Select a study or exposure menu.
• Delete menu, inactivate image, set re-
exposure
• Relocate Display Order
• Exchange Images
• Output/Storage
• Edit Patient Information

(1) Add Menu 3

Registers an additional exposure menu in the
current “Read Image window” on display.

Starting a Study
To add a menu, follow these steps:
The selected menu is added to the selected list of
1 Click [Add Menu] in the “Main Menu menus on the right-hand side of the window.
Modification window”.
4 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner
of the window.

★ To cancel the addition of the exposure menu, click

[Back] to return to the “Main Menu Modification
window”.

The “Read Image window” appears.

The selected menu is added to the selected list of
menus on the right-hand side of the window.

The “Adding Exposure Menu window” appears.

2 Select a menu group.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-11

 (2) Change Menu
Changes a menu on the current “Read Image 3 Select a new menu group.
window” on display.
When the menu for a read image is changed,
the image is subjected to image processing
according to the new menu. If the image has
been rotated or reversed, its status is updated
according to the new menu.
To change menus, follow these steps:
The study and exposure menus in the selected
1 Click [Change Menu] in the “Main Menu menu group appear at the bottom of the window.
Modification window”.
3 4 Select a new exposure menu.
Starting a Study

The new exposure menu is added to the list of

The “Exposure Menu Change window” appears.
selected menus on the right-hand side of the
window.

5 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.

★ To cancel the exposure menu change, click

[Back] to return to the “Main Menu Modification
window”.

The “Read Image window” appears.

The list of selected menus changes.

2 Choose the exposure menu you want to

change from the selected list of menus.

3-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(3) Delete menu, inactivate [Delete]
image, set re-exposure Click to delete a selected exposure menu.
Deletes menus that are no longer needed or set 1 Select an exposure menu prior to reading
a re-exposure operation. images and click [Delete].
To delete menus or set a re-exposure
operation, follow these steps:

1 Click [Delete/Inactivate Menu] in the “Main

Menu Modification window”.

A deletion mark is attached to the exposure menu.

3

Starting a Study
The “Deleting Menus/Inactivating Images window”
appears. [Undo Delete]

Click to select an exposure menu that has

been deleted with [Delete] and then click [Undo
Delete] to undo the deletion.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-13

 [Inactivate] [Re-exposure]

Click to disable read images from being saved Click to inactivate a read image and select a re-
to disk or printing on a film with the film print exposure menu.
option.
This is called image inactivation. Enabling 1 Select the exposure menu for a read image
inactivated images, for example, to be saved to and click [Re-exposure]
disk is called image activation.

1 Select the exposure menu for a read image

and click [Inactivate].

3
A re-exposure mark is attached to the exposure
menu. This image is inactive and the same exposure
Starting a Study

menu as that for this image is added to the “Read

Image window”.
A mark (X) is attached to the image to indicate that it
is inactivated. This mark is called an image
inactivation mark.
Image inactivation mark

[Back]

Click to delete an exposure menu, inactivate an

image or cancel the re-exposure setup before
returning to the “Read Image window”.
[Activate]
[Finish]
Click to select an exposure menu that has been
inactivated by [Inactivate] or [Re-exposure] and Click to delete an exposure menu, inactivate
click [Activate] to activate the image. The image an image or save the re-exposure setup before
inactivation mark on the image disappears returning to the “Read Image window”.
when it is activated. Check that the exposure menu has been
deleted, and the image invalidate or the re-
exposure setup has taken effect.

3-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(4) Relocate Display Order [To the TOP]:
Moves the selected exposure menu to the top.
Changes the order of appearance of a menu in [UP]:
the “Read Image window”. Moves up the selected exposure menu.
To relocate a menu in the order, follow these [DOWN]:
steps: Moves down the selected exposure menu.

1 Click [Relocate Display Order] in the “Main [To the END]:

Menu Modification window”. Moves the selected exposure menu to the end.

The position of the selected exposure menu

changes.

Starting a Study
3 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner
The “Exposure Menu Relocate window” appears. of the window.

★ To cancel the relocation of the exposure menu,

click [Back] in the lower left-hand corner of the
window to return to the “Main Menu Modification
window”.

The “Read Image window” appears.

Check that the exposure menu has been relocated.

2 Select the exposure menu you want to

relocate and click [To the TOP], [UP],
[DOWN] or [To the END].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-15

 (5) Exchange Images 3 Click [Exchange].
HINT
Exchanges images to correct the order in
which they are read. Once images are exchanged, the operation
cannot be undone. To reverse the image status,
When images are exchanged, they are
select the two exposure menus again and
subjected to image processing according to
exchange the images.
the destination menu. If the images have been
rotated or reversed, their status is updated
according to the destination menu.
To exchange images, follow these steps:

1 Click [Exchange Images] in the “Main Menu

Modification window”.
3
The images in the two selected exposure menus will
Starting a Study

be exchanged.

The “Image Exchange window” appears.

4 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner
of the window.

★ To return to the “Main Menu Modification

window”, click [Back].

The “Read Image window” appears.

Check that the images have been exchanged.

2 Select the two exposure menus for which

you want to exchange images.
Selected exposure menus appear checked. When a
selected exposure menu is reselected, it is
unchecked and thus deselected.

3-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(6) Output/Storage 2 Configure settings for saving, transmitting
and printing images.
You can confirm or modify the following
settings: Set whether to save images to a storage disk or not.
• Saving images to a storage disk Further, verify the current status of save, the save
• Printing images on a film (optional) destination and the save timing. If images have been
• Transmitting images to DICOM server output, the Unoutputted check box under Status is
(optional) selected. This check box is not accessible for
handling.
To make modifications to these print or storage
settings, follow these steps: Select the DVD check box to save images to the
storage disk.
1 Click [Output/Storage] in the “Main Menu To change the output density of images saved to the
Modification window”. storage disk, click [Details].

For instructions on how to change the image 3

output density, see “Editing the settings for
saving images to disks” in this subsection.

Starting a Study
★ If you choose not to save images to the storage
disk, leave the DVD check box cleared.

Set whether to print images on a film or not. Further,

verify the current status of printing, the print
destination and the print timing. If images have been
output, the Unoutputted check box under Status is
selected. This check box is not accessible for
The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” appears. handling.
Select the check box to print images on a film.
To edit the detailed settings for printing images on a
film, click [Details].

For details on the setup procedure, see

“Editing Film Print (Optional) Settings” in this
subsection.
★ If you choose not to print images on a film, leave
the check box cleared.

Set whether to transmit images to DICOM server or

not. Further, verify the current status of output, the
The window comes up with the default settings of output destination and the output timing. If images
the User Utility. have been output, the Unoutputted check box under
Status is selected. This check box is not accessible
HINT for handling.
The User Utility can be configured for users to Select the DICOM-Server check box to transmit
apply the same set of settings for all the studies
images to DICOM server for saving.
they conduct using FCR PRIMA Console.
To change the destination (output destination) and
For details, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving, the pixel density (output density) of images
and Transmitting Parameters”. transmitted to DICOM server, click [Details].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-17

 For details on the setup procedure, see “Editing
Settings for Transmitting Images to DICOM
Server (Optional)”.
★ If you choose not to transmit images to DICOM
server, leave the DICOM-Server check box
cleared.

3 Set whether to print or save images on a

priority basis or not.

★ To print or save images for this study on a priority

basis, select the Execute prioritized printout
3 check box.
★ Not to print or save images for this study on
HINT
The timing at which images are saved to a
a priority basis, clear the Execute prioritized
storage disk (output timing) is when their study
printout check box.
Starting a Study

status changes to Verified. The timing at which

images are saved to a storage disk cannot be
changed.
4 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner
of the window. 2 Select an output density.
★ To cancel the setup, click [Back] in the lower left-
hand corner of the window.

[Save by Default Pixel Count]:

Saves images with a reduced pixel density and
The “Read Image window” appears. hence in a smaller file size.
Images for this study are printed or saved according [Save by Max Pixel Count]:
to the new setting. Saves images with the maximum pixel density that
allows them to be saved or printed on the system.

HINT
Once images have their pixel density set to Save
by Default Pixel Count on FCR PRIMA Console,
the pixel density is kept as is even if Save by
Max Pixel Count is specified after reloading the
images into FCR PRIMA Console and saving
them in the disk.

3 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.

★ To cancel the detailed disk save setup, click

Procedures for editing the settings of the individual [Back] in the lower left-hand corner of the window
parameters are given below. to return to the “Output/Storage window”.

Editing the settings for saving images to disks

The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” appears.
You can change the pixel density with which
images are saved to a storage disk. Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
window to save the changes to the settings.
1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the disk
row.

The “Save Destination Detail window” appears.

3-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Editing Film Print (Optional) Settings 5 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner
You can modify the following settings: of the window.
• Type of film printer used
★ To cancel the detailed film print setup, click [Back]
• Film print timing in the lower left-hand corner of the window to
• Print count return to the “Output/Storage window”.

1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the

film print row.
The “Output/Storage window” appears.

The “Print Destination Detail window” appears. Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
window to save the changes.

Editing Settings for Transmitting 3

Images to DICOM Server (Optional)

You can modify the transmission destination

Starting a Study
(output destination) in DICOM server to which
images are transmitted to DICOM server and
the pixel density (output density) with which
the images are transmitted.

1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the

DICOM server row.
2 Select a print destination.
Select the type of printer to be used.
The “Save Destination Detail window” appears.

3 Select when to output.

[Upon Completion]:
Prints images on a film when their study status
changes to Completed.
[Upon Verification]:
Prints images on a film when their study status
changes to Verified.

4 Select a film output count. HINT

One to nine copies can be printed. The timing at which images are transmitted to
DICOM server (output timing) is when their study
status changes to Verified. The timing at which
images are transmitted to DICOM server cannot
be changed.

2 Select the destination.

Select DICOM server at the transmission destination
(output destination).

HINT
DICOM server that has already been selected as
a transmission destination (output destination)
does not appear on the list.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-19

 3 Select an output density. (7) Edit Patient Information
You can edit patient information.
Edits made to the patient information can be
[Save by Default Pixel Count]: reflected in the corresponding information stored in
Transmits images with a reduced pixel density and the FCR PRIMA Console database.
hence in a smaller file size.
1 Click [Edit Patient Information] in the “Main
[Save by Max Pixel Count]: Menu Modification window”.
Transmits images with the maximum pixel density
that allows them to be saved or printed on the
system.

HINT

3 Once images have their pixel density set to Save

by Default Pixel Count on FCR PRIMA Console,
the pixel density is kept as is even if Save by
Max Pixel Count is specified after reloading the
Starting a Study

images into FCR PRIMA Console and saving

them in the disk.

4 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.
The “Modifying Patient Information window”
★ To cancel the detailed DICOM server appears.
transmission setup, click [Back] in the lower
left-hand corner of the window to return to the
“Output/Storage window”.

The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” appears.

Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
window to save the changes.

Detailed patient information fields

[Back]

Click to return to the “Main Menu Modification

window” without making edits to the patient
information.

[Edit] next to the ID field

Click to modify the patient ID in the “Modify ID

Number window”.

3-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

1 After modifying the patient ID, click [Edit] next to the detailed patient
[Finish]. information fields
Enter the patient ID with single-byte alphanumeric
characters. The allowable character length is Click to edit details on the patient information
determined by a system setting. in the “Input Patient Information window”.
The following characters cannot be used:
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, < 1 After making edits to the detailed patient
A patient ID consisting solely of spaces is not information, click [Finish].
allowed.
For details, see “3.1.1 Entering New Patient
★ To cancel the edits made to the patient ID, Infomation”.
click [Back] to return to the “Modifying Patient
★ To cancel the edits made to the detailed
Information window”.
patient information, click [Back] to return to the
“Modifying Patient Information window”.
3

Starting a Study
The following message is displayed:
Modification of patient information for this study The following message is displayed:
has been completed. Contents of modification will Are you sure you want to apply the changes to the
be reflected in the Patient Information Database. database?
Do you wish to proceed?
★ To apply the edits made to the detailed patient
★ To apply the modified patient ID not only to this information not only to this study but also to the
study but also to the patient information stored in patient information stored in the database, click
the database, click [OK]. [OK].
★ To apply the modified patient ID to this study only ★ To apply the edits made to the detailed patient
and not to the patient information stored in the information to this study only and not to the
database, click [Cancel]. patient information stored in the database, click
[Cancel].
The “Read Image window” appears.
Check that the patient ID has been modified. The “Read Image window” appears.
Check that the detailed patient information has been
modified.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-21

 [Another]

Click to reregister the displayed current study

as a new study for another set of patient
information.
Search for the target patient information in the
“Search for ID Number window”.

1 Enter the patient ID of the target patient

information and click [Search].

★ To cancel the changes made to the patient

information, click [Back] to return to the
“Modifying Patient Information window”.
The following message is displayed:
3 Are you sure you want to apply the changes to the
database?

★ To apply the edits made to the patient information

Starting a Study

not only to this study but also to the patient

information stored in the database, click [OK].
★ To apply the edits made to the patient information
to this study only and not to the patient
information stored in the database, click [Cancel].
The “Read Image window” appears.
Check that the patient information has been
modified.

The “Search for and Edit Patient Information

window” appears.

2 Confirm or edit the patient information

found and click [Finish].

★ To re-enter the patient ID, click [Back] in the “Edit

Patient Information window” and return to the
“Search for ID Number window”.

HINT
If the patient information matching the patient ID
entered in the “Search for ID Number window”
is not registered in the FCR PRIMA Console
database, no detailed patient information is
displayed in the “Search for and Edit Patient
Information window”.
To register new patient information in the FCR
PRIMA Console database, proceed to enter
detailed patient information.

For details, see “3.1.1 Entering New Patient

Infomation”.

3-22 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 3.4 Using a Patient List
Registered patients and studies can be searched in the “Patient List window”.
The “Patient List window” is linked with other windows, and it can start the exposure and can
display the study images from the search results.

3.4.1 Viewing the “Patient List window”

Explain each name of parts in “Patient List window”.
Further, width of “Main window” may differ from the following figure depends on the system
settings at the time of installation.

1) Column for displaying the

Starting a Study
search requirement

2) Search panel

3) Patient list

4) Operation of patient list

1) Column for displaying the search Column name Description

requirement Patient ID Indicates the ID number of
patient studied.
Currently selected search requirement displays.
Patient Name Indicates the name of patient
This is also the button for switching the “2) Search studied.
panel” to display/hide. Sex Indicates the sex of patient
studied.
2) Search panel Date of Birth Indicates the date of birth of
This is the panel for displaying the each items to patient studied.
search patients. Date of Registration Indicates the date on which the
study was registered (scheduled).
For description of search items and operations which
Time of Registration Indicates the time at which the
can be performed in the search panel, see “3.4.2
study was registered (scheduled).
Searching for Patients” and “3.4.3 Manipulating
Study Date Indicates the date on which the
Patient List”.
exposure was started.
Study Time Indicates the time at which the
3) Patient list
exposure was started.
The patient which matched with the requirement
selected in the search requirement can be
displayed in the list.
Explain in the following for the items which can
display in the patient list.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-23

 Study Status Indicates the status of progress
of the study, which is divided into
four stages as described below.
• Scheduled
The state in which an
exposure operation is
scheduled with patient
information and exposure
menus having been registered.
â
• Started
The state in which an
exposure operation is in
progress or suspended. There
are exposure menus in the
3 study from which images are
to be read.
â
• Completed
Starting a Study

The state in which the reading

of all images is completed and
[Upon Completion] is selected.
â
• Verified
The state in which the image
quality of images read is
verified and [Upon Verification]
is selected.
Modality Indicates the modality of study.
• CR
Indicates a CR study.
Requesting Indicates the exposure
Physician requesting physician.

Items and orders displayed in the patient list can be

set in the customize.
For details, see “8.3 Setting the Display Contents
for Patient List”.

4) Operation of patient list

Privacy protect, sort reset, and list update can be
performed.
For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List”.

3-24 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3.4.2 Searching for Patients
Select the search requirement, and display the Study status:
result as a patient list. Select the registered study status such as
When “Patient List tab” is selected, it displays Scheduled and Started etc.
as a following example.
Modality:
Select the modality for the study.
Requesting physician:
Select the requesting physician.
Registration date:
Select the date specified in the study registration.
When the starting date and finishing date are
specified, the specified period will be the search
requirement.
3
Study date:
Select the study date. When the starting date and

Starting a Study
finishing date are specified, the specified period will
be the search requirement.
Patient ID or Patient name:
Enter the patient ID or patient name.
In the default, the study that the registration
date is set to today is displayed in the list. CAUTION
When specifying the registration date
1 Select [Search Requirement display and study date, the calendar displays.
column]. When click another area on the
window without selecting the date in
the calendar, display of calendar may
Search panel displays.
remain. To hide the calendar, select the
date in the calendar.

3 Select .
The study which matches with the selected search
requirement displays as a patient list.

2 Select the requirement you wish to search

from the each search requirement in the
search panel.

Display the description for each search requirement

in the following.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-25

 3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List
Describe the functions for the search panel Start the exposure
button/checkbox and operations for patient list
in the following. The exposure of study with the following
conditions can be started.
• Display the study image
• Start the exposure • Study in a “Scheduled” study status
• Save the search requirement This is a scheduled study which selected
• Close the search panel automatically the patient information and exposure menu.
• Initialize the search requirement When the “Scheduled” is selected in the
• Protect the privacy search requirement, only the study in a
• Sort and reset the patient list “Scheduled” study status can be displayed
in the patient list.
3 • Manual update of list
• Change the orders for items in the patient • Study in a “Started” study status
list This is a study which suspended in the
HINT “Read Image window”.
Starting a Study

When “Started” is selected in the search

When move the mouse pointer on each button,
the button name and description of functions are requirement, only the study in a “Started”
displayed as a pop-up. study status can be displayed in the patient
list.
Display the study image To start the study, double-click the applicable
study. The study in a “Completed” or “Verified”
Select the study image of patient in a
study status can be performed again.
“Completed” or “Verified” study status, and
display on the Image Viewer. For operations, see “3.5.2 Perform the Study
Again, Correct the Study Information”.
1 Double-click the patient to be displayed on
the Image Viewer from the patient list. 1 Select a study in a “Scheduled” or
“Started” study status from the patient list,
and then double-click.

The study image of selected patient displays on the

“Image Viewer window”.

HINT “Read Image window” of the selected study

The same operation can be performed with the displays.
following operation.
• Launch the Image Viewer in the “Refer window”
• Launch the Image Viewer in the Study Utilities

For method of how to launch the Image Viewer

in the “Refer window”, see “3.5.1 Launching the
Image Viewer”.
For method of how to display the Image Viewer
in the Study Utilities, see “6.1.4 (1) Launching
the Image Viewer”.

3-26 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Save the search requirement

Save the set search requirement. Saved search

requirements can be used when the FCR
PRIMA Console is started up from the next
time.

1 Select with the condition which

the search requirement is set.

For operations to read images in the exposure

menu, see “3.3 Reading Images”.
3
- If the following message is displayed –
The Image Reader may be busy.

Starting a Study
+Do you wish to continue?
Check the image reading status to make sure that
the study for which you are trying to start an
exposure operation is displayed in a “Read Image
window” by another user. Then, take either of the
following actions:

★ To continue with the exposure operation for The search requirements are saved.
this study, click [OK] to display an “Read Image
window”.
★ To cancel the exposure operation for this study,
click [Cancel].
- If the following message is displayed –
A study is already in progress.
*Carry it out again after a while.
Click [OK] to close the message.
An exposure operation is being performed by a
different user or on the other PC connected.
Let the other user or PC finish its exposure operation
before starting your exposure operation.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-27

 Close the search panel automatically Protect the privacy

Set the search panel to close automatically at Switch the study information of list to display/
the time of searching. hide.

1 Select the “Close this panel automatically” 1 Select with the condition which
checkbox. the patient list is displayed.

3
Starting a Study

When the search button is selected, the search The patient information of patient list will be grayed
panel is automatically closed. out.
When the “Privacy” is selected again, the patient
Initialize the search requirement information is displayed.
When the “Privacy” is selected with the condition
Reset the requirement selected in the column which the patient is selected, the patient information
for each search requirement, and initialize. The except the selected patient will be hidden.
default requirements shows the conditions that
the registration date is set to “Today” and other
requirements are not selected.

1 Select with the condition which

the search requirement is set.

The search requirement column of “Registration

date” is set to “Today”, and others are not selected.

3-28 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Sort and reset the patient list Manual update of list

Set the items based on the display order of Update the patient list manually.
patient list, and the list can be arranged.
1 Select .
1 Select the heading of item based on the
display order.
The ascending order (▲) and descending order (▼)
are changed by selecting each heading.

Starting a Study
The patient list is updated with the search
requirement displayed in the column which displays
the search requirements.

Change the orders for items in the patient list

l To reset the sort
The display items in the patient list can be
1 Select . changed the order by dragging and dropping.
Display order of patient list will be reset.
1 Drag the items to change the order with
When the sort is reset, the patient list will be sorted
selecting it, and drop it into the rows of
by descending of registration time and date.
destination to change.

HINT
Items or orders to display in the patient list can be
set in the customize.

For details, see “8.3 Setting the Display

Contents for Patient List”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-29

 3.5 Manipulating Studies
According to the study status in the“Refer window” , various operations can be performed such
as: displaying images in the Image Viewer, saving images in the disk, starting the exposure of
scheduled studies, and etc.

3.5.1 Launching the Image Viewer

Launch the Image Viewer to view images in the 2 From the patient list, select the patient in a
“Image Viewer window”. Only the images in “Completed” or “Verified” study status.
the Completed or Verified study status can be
viewed.
3 The “Image Viewer window” also lets you
magnify
views of images or adjust their image quality.
Starting a Study

To view images in the “Image Viewer window”,

select the Launching at the lower of the
“Refer window”.

CAUTION
When launching is not displayed
at the lower of the “Refer window”,
operation items must be added in the
customize.

For addition of operation items, see “8.7 Setting

the Display Contents for Patient List”. The study for selected patient is displayed in the
“Refer window”.
1 Search the patient that you wish to refer the ★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is
image of study in the “Patient List window”. selected at the lower part of “Main window”,
select the “Refer tab”.

3 Select the study to be displayed in the

“Image Viewer window”, and launching
at the lower part of window.

Search results will be displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using The selected study displays in the “Image Viewer
a Patient List”. window”.

3-30 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 HINT The “Ready to retrieve Images dialog” appears and
the disk drive tray opens.
The same operations can be performed in the
following. (2) Place the requested disk in the drive tray and
• The thumbnail image displayed in the “Refer close the tray.
window” is dragged and dropped in the Image (3) Click [OK] in the “Ready to retrieve Images
Viewer. dialog”.
• Launch the Image Viewer in the Study Utilities.
★ To cancel the image loading process, click
For display of Image Viewer in the Study [Cancel].
Utilities, see “6.1.4 (1) Launching the Image
Viewer”.

- If no disk is mounted -
3
The following message is displayed:
Preparing to retrieve images

Starting a Study
When the disk mounting process completes, the
“Images retrieve dialog” appears, enabling you to
confirm the status of image loading.

★ To cancel the image loading process, click

[Cancel].
HINT
When thumbnail image of CR is right-clicked with
the modality displayed in the “Refer window”, “Do
follow-up examination” menu appears.
When the menu is selected, an exposure can
be performed with the same menu as the right-
clicked thumbnail image. When the image loading process completes, the
Further, the image to be objected is only an
“Image Viewer window” appears.
image that is read directly from the Image
Reader. Images that have been loaded for viewing are
automatically deleted from the FCR PRIMA Console
- If the following message is displayed - system when a specified retention period expires. A
Some of the studies cannot be handled. retention period can be set with the User Utility.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
For details, see “9.6 Changing the Time to
which are not able to process? Automatically Delete Images Loaded from a
Disk”.
★ To show only those studies that are in the
Completed or Verified study status in the “Image Operation button on the top of “Main window”
Viewer window” among the selected studies,
click [OK].
★ To cancel the launch of the “Image Viewer”, click With the buttons at the upper “Main window,
[Cancel].
the following operations for “Main window”
- If the “Requesting for Disk Insert dialog” is and “Image Viewer window” can be performed.
displayed -
Because no applicable images are available on the • button
FCR PRIMA Console system, load images from a Clear information related to the examinations
disk. To do this, follow these steps: selected in the “Main window” and “Image Viewer
window”.
(1) Select the drive to be used for loading images
and click [OK]. • button
Update the “Main window”.

• button
Switch the auto image reference function to ON/
OFF.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-31

 3.5.2 Reconduct a study and editing study information
In conducting a restudy, set exposure menus 2 From the patient list, select the patient to
for performing additional and re-exposure perform re-study or edit study information.
operations.
Study information can be edited by modifying
or relocating menus in the display order,
replacing images and making modifications to
the Storage/Print settings.
To reconduct a study or edit study information,
select at the lower of “Refer window”.

CAUTION
3 When is not displayed, operation
items must be added in the customize.
Starting a Study

For adding operation items, see “8.7 Setting the

Display Contents for Operations”.

1 Search the patient which you wish

to perform re-study or to edit study
information in the “Patient List window”. The study for selected patient is displayed in the
“Refer window”.

★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is

selected at the lower of “Main window”, select
“Refer tab”.

3 Select the study to perform re-study or edit

study information, and select at the
lower part of window.

Search result is displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using
a Patient List”.
“Main Menu Modification window” displays.

Select [Close] to close the Main Menu Modification

window.

3-32 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Select an operational menu. information can be reflected in the corresponding
information stored in the FCR PRIMA Console
Conducting a Restudy database.

Select an operational menu from the following For instructions on how to edit studies, see
“3.3.4 Editing Study Information”.
choices and configure it to conduct an additional or
re-exposure operation. To close the edit main menu, click [Close].

• Add Menu CAUTION

You can register additional exposure menus.
• Delete/Inactivate Menu If menus for an already verified study
You can delete menus that are no longer needed or (which is in the Verified study status)
inactivate read images to configure a re-exposure are changed or relocated, images in
operation. the study is replaced or its patient
For the operating instructions, see “3.3.4 Editing information is edited, the study returns
Study Information”. to the Completed study status. Verify the 3
study again.
To close the “Main Menu Modification window”, click
[Close].

Starting a Study
The selected study returns to the Started study For re-study/edit in the study utilities, see
“6.1.4 (2) Reconduct a study and editing
status, enabling you to start an exposure operation.
information”.
For instructions on how to start an exposure
operation, see “3.2 Starting an exposure
operation”.

HINT
If [Output after Re-verified] in the user utility
printer settings has been unchecked (setting for
no film printing at the time of study re-verification),
perform print output manually in image units at
the time of study menu addition.

CAUTION
If an already verified study (which is
in the Verified study status) has been
reconducted, verify the study again when
the study is completed.

Editing Study Information

To edit study information, select an operational
menu from the following choices.

• Change Menu
Changes the menu for a read image and
reprocesses the image according to the new menu.
If the image has been rotated or reversed, its
status is updated according to the new menu.
• Relocate Display Order
Changes the order of appearance of a menu in the
“Read Image window”.
• Exchange Images
Exchanges images to correct the order in which
they are read.
• Output/Storage
Modifies the settings for saving images on a
storage disk and printing them on a film (optional).
• Edit Patient Information
Edits patient information. Edits made to the patient

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-33

 3.5.3 Saving to a PDI disk
The study images can be saved to CD-R disks 1 In the “Patient List window”, search the
or DVD-R disks in PDI format. patient to save images of study in a PDI
Studies that can be saved as a PDI file are only format.
studies controlled by FCR PRIMA Console with
study status Verified.
Unformatted or unused formatted 640MB or
700MB CD-R disks can be used.
Unformatted or unused formatted 4.7GB DVD-R
disks can be used.

3 WARNING
Before saving study image in PDI disk,
write the following information on
the surface of the PDI disk to prevent
Starting a Study

confusing with study image for other

patient ID.
• Patient name
Search results are displayed as a patient list.
• Birth date
• Disk creation date For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using
• Study date (write all if more than one) a Patient List”.
• Facility name
2 In the patient list, select the patient in a
“Verified” study status.
HINT
The processing takes time when a large quantity
of PDI data is saved to a DVD-R disk. As a guide
value for the processing time, it takes about 15
minutes to save all measuring data.

To save the images of study in a PDI format to

CD-R or DVD-R disk, select at the lower of
“Refer window”.

CAUTION
When is not displayed, operation
items must be added in the customize.

For method of how to add operation items,

see “8.7 Setting the Display Contents for
Operations”.
The study for selected patient is displayed in the
“Refer window”.

★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is

selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
“Refer tab”.

3-34 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3 Select the study to save in a PDI format, CAUTION
and select at the lower part of window.
Progress is displayed when write to
CD-R or DVD-R disk starts. Do not press
the drive eject button or use any other
program while writing. Otherwise, write
may not complete properly.
Note that once write starts, it cannot be
canceled.

When write to CD-R or DVD-R disk completes,

“Write to disk has completed” appears on the PDI
Creation Wizard window and the drive tray opens.

The “PDI Creation Wizard window” appears. - When the following message is displayed - 3
You can view the write preparation status.
No disk is inserted.
★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [Cancel].

Starting a Study
Unable to write to this disk.

★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [OK].

★ To continue the PDI file creation, reset the correct
CD-R or DVD-R disk and then select [Next] in the
“PDI Creation Wizard window”.

- When the following message is displayed -

Unable to write to this disk because the capacity
is exceeded.

★ Remove the CD-R or DVD-R disk from the disk

drive tray and select [OK]. If multiple studies are
selected, reduce the number of studies and redo
4 Place a CD-R or DVD-R disk in the disk with a new CD-R or DVD-R disk.
drive tray and select [Next].
5 Remove the CD-R or DVD-R disk from the
★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [Cancel].
disk drive tray and select [Close].

★ To output images with annotations embedded, ★ If a PDI file is created in the storage disk drive,
select [Yes] in the “Output images with set the storage disk in the drive.
annotations embedded”.
HINT
PDI can be created in the study utilities.

For creation of PDI in the study utilities, “6.1.4

(8) Saving to a PDI disk”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-35

 3.5.4 Printing on a film (Optional)
Unprocessed FCR study images are printed 2 In the patient list, select the patient in a
on a film automatically when the exposure “Completed” or “Verified” study status.
operation is completed or the study is verified.
For instructions on how to program the automatic
printing, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving, and
Transmitting Parameters”.

To reprint the images on a film, select at

the lower of “Refer window”.

CAUTION

3 When is not displayed, operation

items must be added in the customize.

For method of how to add operation items,

Starting a Study

see “8.7 Setting the Display Contents for

Operations”.

HINT The study for selected patient is displayed in the

“Refer window”.
Check the indicator to confirm the printer status.
★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is
For details, see “5.5 Confirming Film Printer selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
Status (Optional)”. “Refer tab”.
To print images on a film, follow these steps:
3 Select the study to print on a film, and
1 In the “Patient List window”, search the select at the lower part of window.
patient to print the images of study on a
film.

The “Film Print Settings dialog” appears.

Search results are displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using

a Patient List”.

3-36 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 - If the following message is displayed -
Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To print only those studies that contain images on

a film among all selected studies, click [OK].
★ To cancel the printing of the selected study on a
film, click [Cancel].

4 Select a print destination.

5 Select a print target. 3

Starting a Study
All imgs included in a study:
Print all the images in the study on a film. Images
already printed on a film are reprinted.
Study imgs yet-to-be output:
Print only those images in a film that have not been
printed on a film.

6 Select a print count.

One to nine copies can be printed.

7 Select a priority.

LOW : Gives higher priority to other print

operations.
MEDIUM : Print with the ordinary priority.
HIGH : Starts print immediately.

8 Select [Output].

★ To cancel the film print operation, click [Cancel] to

close the “Film Print Settings dialog”.

Images will then be printed on a film under the

conditions programmed.

HINT
Printing on a film can be performed in the study
utilities.

For printing on a film in the study utilities, see

“6.1.4 (9) Printing on a film (optional)”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-37

 3.5.5 Saving to a storage disk
Images for a study are automatically saved in 2 In the patient list, select the patient in a
the storage disk set in the PC’s control drive “Verified” study status.
when the study is verified.
For instructions on how to program the automatic
saving, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving, and
Transmitting Parameters”.
To re-save images to storage disk, select
at the lower of “Refer window”.

CAUTION

3 When is not displayed, operation

items must be added in the customize.

For method of how to add operation items, see “8.7

Starting a Study

Setting the Display Contents for Operations”.

For more disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives

Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.

1 In the “Patient List window”, search the

The study for the selected patient is displayed in the
patient to save the images of study to a
“Refer window”.
storage disk.
★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is
selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
“Refer tab”.

3 Select the study to save to a storage disk,

and select at the lower part of window.
Images of study except in a “Verified” study status
cannot be saved to a storage disk.

Search results are displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using

a Patient List”.
The “Storage Disk Settings dialog” appears.

3-38 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 - If the following message is displayed -
Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To save only those studies that contain images to

a storage disk among all selected studies, click
[OK].
★ To cancel the saving of the selected study to the
storage disk, click [Cancel].

4 Select a priority.

3
LOW : Gives higher priority to other save
operations.

Starting a Study
MEDIUM : Save with the ordinary priority.
HIGH : Starts save immediately.

5 Select [Output].

★ To cancel the saving to the storage disk, click

[Cancel] to close the “Save to Storage Disk
Storage Settings dialog”.

Images are saved to the storage disk.

HINT
When the disk access lamp is ON, never press
the Eject button on the disk drive.

HINT
Saving to a storage disk can be performed in the
study utilities.

For re-study/edit in the study utilities, see “6.1.4

(11) Saving to a storage disk”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-39

 3.5.6 Transmitting studies to DICOM server (Optional)
Unprocessed FCR study images are 2 In the patient list, select the patient in a
automatically transmitted to DICOM server “Verified” study status.
when the study is verified.
For instructions on how to program the automatic
transmission, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving,
and Transmitting Parameters”.

To transmit images of study manually to DICOM

server, select at the lower of “Refer
window”.

CAUTION
3 When is not displayed, operation
items must be added in the customize.
Starting a Study

For method of how to add operation items, see “8.7

Setting the Display Contents for Operations”.

1 In the “Patient List window”, search the

patient to transmit the images of study to The study for selected patient is displayed in the
DICOM server. “Refer window”.

★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is

selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
“Refer tab”.

3 Select the study to transmit to DICOM

server, and select at the lower part of
window.
Images except in a “Verified” study status cannot be
transmitted to DICOM server.

Search results are displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using

a Patient List”.

The “Setting for DICOM Transmission dialog”

appears.

3-40 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 7 Select [Output].

★ To cancel the transmission to the DICOM server,

click [Cancel] to close the “Setting for DICOM
Transmission dialog”.

Images will then be transmitted to DICOM server

under the conditions thus programmed.

HINT
Transmitting to a DICOM server can be
- If the following message is displayed -
performed in the study utilities.
3
Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies For re-study/edit in the study utilities, see
which are not able to process? “6.1.4 (12) Transmitting studies to DICOM
server (optional)”.
★ To transmit only those studies that contain

Starting a Study
images to DICOM server among all selected
studies, click [OK].
★ To cancel the transmission of the selected study
to DICOM server, click [Cancel].

4 Select a destination.

5 Select a transmission image density.

Default Pixel Count :

Transmits images with a reduced pixel density and
hence in a smaller file size.
Max Pixel Count :
Transmits images with their pixel density
unchanged.

6 Select a priority.

LOW : Gives higher priority to other

transmission operations.
MEDIUM : Transmission with the ordinary priority.
HIGH : Starts transmission immediately.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 3-41

 3
Starting a Study

3-42 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 4 Using the Image Viewer
4.1 Launching and Exiting the Image
Viewer
This section explains how to launch and exit the Image Viewer.
The Image Viewer lets you view and adjust images stored on the FCR PRIMA Console or on
disks.
Those studies that are in the Completed or Verified study status can be viewed in the Image
Viewer.

4.1.1 Launching the Image

Viewer 4
There are three ways to launch the Image

Using the Image Viewer

Viewer.
• Launching the Image Viewer from the “Read
Image window”
• Launching the Image Viewer from the “Main
window”
• Launching the Image Viewer from the
“Study Utilities”

- If the following message is displayed -

Launching the Image Viewer from Unexposed menus will be deleted.
the “Read Image window” ❍Are you sure?

Images read from the “Read Image window” are ★ To delete the exposure menus from which images
displayed in the Image Viewer. The Image Viewer are to be read and use the Image Viewer, click
can be launched after all the images in a study [OK].
are read. When the Image Viewer launches, the ★ To choose not to use the Image Viewer, click
study is updated to have the completed status. [Cancel].

1 After reading all images from the “Read

Image window”, click [Image Viewer]. Launching the Image Viewer from
the “Main window”

To display the images on the “Image Viewer

window” from the “Main window”, select
at the lower of “Main window”.

CAUTION
When is not displayed at the lower
part of “Refer window”, operation items
must be added in the customize.

For method of how to add operation items,

see “8.7 Setting the Display Contents for
The “Read Image window” closes and the “Image Operations”.
Viewer window” appears in its place.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-1

 1 Search the patient to refer images of study 3 Select the study to display in the “Image
with the “Patient List window”. Viewer window”, select at the lower
part of window.

4 HINT
The same operation can be performed in the
following.
Using the Image Viewer

• Double-click the patient displayed in the patient

Search results is displayed as a patient list. list
For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using • Drag and Drop the thumbnail images displayed
a Patient List”. in the “Refer window” to the Image Viewer

The “Image Viewer window” appears.

2 From the patient list, select the patient in a
“Completed” or “Verified” study status.

- If the following message is displayed -

Some of the studies cannot be handled.
●Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To show only those studies that have completed

or verified study status, click [OK].
★ To cancel the image viewing, click [Cancel].

The study for selected patient is displayed in the

“Refer window”.

★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is

selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
“Refer tab”.

4-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Launching the Image Viewer from 2 Select a study in the completed or verified
the “Study Utilities” study status from the list and click [Image
Viewer] in the lower right-hand corner of
You can view the images in a study appearing the window.
on a list in the “Study Utilities” in the “Image Multiple studies can be selected.
Viewer window”.
HINT
● Viewing images stored on the FCR PRIMA
You can do the same by:
Console in the viewer • Selecting a study in the Completed or Verified
Those studies that are in the completed or study status from the list and clicking [Image
Viewer] on the right-hand side of the window.
verified status can be viewed in the Image
• Entering the number of the study you want to
Viewer.
view in the “Image Viewer window” (item at the
leftmost end of the list).
1 Select the conditions under which the PC is
searched through in the “Study Utilities”.

Using the Image Viewer

The “Image Viewer window” appears.

Those studies matching the selected set of search

queries are listed.

- If the following message is displayed -

Some of the studies cannot be handled.
●Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To show only those studies that have completed

or verified study status, click [OK].
★ To cancel the image viewing, click [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-3

 ● Viewing images stored on a disk
Load images from a disk and view them in the
Image Viewer.

1 Select a search query for Disk in the “Study

Utilities”.

The “Image retrieve dialog” appears, allowing you to

view the status of image loading from a disk in
progress.

★ To cancel the image loading process, click [Quit].

4
The “Requesting for disk insert dialog” appears.
Using the Image Viewer

When the image loading process completes, the

2 Select the disk drive on which the disk to “Image Viewer window” appears.
search through is inserted and click [OK].

★ To cancel the disk study search, click [Cancel].

If no disk is inserted, the message Ready to retrieve

images is displayed.
When the disk insertion process completes, the
studies that match the selected set of search queries HINT
are listed. Studies that have been imported from any source
other than the storage disk, such as those saved
3 Select a study from the list and click [Image at another facility, have ID numbers and other
patient information based on different means
Viewer] in the lower right-hand corner of
used for FCR studies. When reading the study
the window. image stored in another facility, be sure to modify
Multiple studies can be selected. the patient information for the local facility. After
completion of modification, click [Update] to
HINT check whether the patient information has been
You can do the same by: modified properly.
• Selecting a study from the list and clicking
[Image Viewer] on the right-hand side of the For more detailed information about editing
window. patient information, see “4.8.6 Editing Patient
• Entering the number of the study you want to Information”.
view in the “Image Viewer window” (item at the
leftmost end of the list).

4-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.1.2 Exiting the Image Viewer
To exit the Image Viewer, click [Finish] in the
toolbar. Also, select the [Clear] on the tool
bar to clear the image displayed in the “Image
Viewer window”.
If you exit the “Image Viewer window” by
clicking the [Close] button in the browser,
the Image Viewer would take time to display
images next time it launches. Be sure to exit
the “Image Viewer window” in either of the
following methods:

Exiting the Viewer and using other

features

1 Click [Finish] in the “Image Viewer 4

window”.

Using the Image Viewer

The “Image Viewer window” closes and the Image
Viewer exits.

Clear images displayed in the

Image Viewer

1 Click [Clear] in the “Image Viewer window”.

Images displayed in the “Image Viewer window” are

cleared.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-5

 4.2 Viewing Images
This section describes the layout of the “Image Viewer window” and the following operations
needed to view images:
• Viewing previous and next studies and images
• Magnifying images
• Changing window status
• Exchanging images
• Comparing studies

4.2.1 How to See Images

The components of the Image Viewer are described below.

1) Patient information 2) Patient information edit button

4
3) Toolbar
(Study window bar)
Using the Image Viewer

4) Study window

5) Image pane

6) Thumbnail images 7) Study status ([Suspend][Verify])

1) Patient information 3) Toolbar

Shows the patient ID, patient name, sex, and The toolbar contains a set of buttons used to work
date of birth of the image appearing in the “Image with the Image Viewer.
Viewer window”. It is organized into functional categories.
Toolbar can be relocated as shown in the example
2) Patient information edit button below by dragging the mouse pointer with the head
of the toolbar selected.
Displays the “Patient Information Modification
window”, enabling you to edit the patient
information.
For details, see “4.8.6 Editing Patient Information”. Drag

The buttons and the styles appearing on the toolbar

can also be modified.
For details, see “4.7.5 Customizing Toolbar”.

4-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4) Study window Image information

A study window is a part of the screen where image

panes are presented by study units. The date at
which a study was conducted is shown in the study
window bar.
A study window may show only one study or two
studies arranged horizontally. (The study window
on the previous page shows only one study.)
For details, see “4.2.4 Changing Window Display
Pattern”. Image information
❍ Right-click on the image to open an operational
5) Image pane menu.
An image pane presents an image. The operational menu lets you perform various
The “Image Viewer window” can be split to present operations just the same way as when you
multiple image panes arranged horizontally. select toolbar buttons.
Where only one study window is displayed, up
to four image panes per study can be arranged 4
horizontally. (Two image panes are arranged per
study on the previous page.)

Using the Image Viewer

Where two study windows are displayed, up to two
image windows can be arranged horizontally per
study.
For details, see “4.2.4 Changing Window Display
Pattern”.
Annotations (arrows, shapes, text, markers, and
❍ The two buttons in the lower right-hand corner measuring values) can be added to an image.
of the window are the maximize button and For details, see “4.4 Adding Annotations on
the storage/print button. Images”.

6) Thumbnail images
Thumbnail images of all images in the study.
Double-click a thumbnail image to display it in the
image pane.
Maximize button Storage/print button An image having a mis-exposure mark shown in
its lower right-hand corner is an invalidated image.
• Maximize button
Click the Mis-exposure mark to view the image in
Enlarges an image to fill the window.
the “Mis-exposed Image Display window”.
For details, see “4.2.3 Magnifying Images”.
• Storage/print button
Selects an image to be saved or printed.
For details, see “4.5 Printing or Saving
Mis-exposure mark
Images”.
For details, see “4.7.1 Thumbnail Images and
❍ The text appearing in the top of each image
Study Status ([Suspend][Verify])”.
pane provides information about the image,
such as the menu name and magnification/
reduction ratio.
7) Study status ([Suspend] [Verify])
For details, see “4.7.2 Viewing Image Update a study that has the completed study status
Information”. to either the verified or suspended study status.
Click [Suspend] to leave the study having the
completed study status. Click [Verify] to update the
study to the verified study status.
For details, see “4.7.6 Suspending and Verifying a
Study”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-7

 4.2.2 Viewing Previous and Next Studies and Images
• To view images of the previous or next set of An image of the previous or the next study is
patient information, click [Prev. Patient] or displayed.
[Next Patient] in the toolbar. The buttons are not available when there is no
• To view images of the previous or next previous or next study.
study, click [Prev. Study] or [Next Study] in
the toolbar.
• To view the previous or next image, click Viewing a previous or next image
[Prev. Image] or [Next Image] in the toolbar. To view the previous or next images in a multi-
image study, follow these steps:
Viewing images of the previous or
1 Click [Prev. Img], [Next Image] or [Top
next patient Image].
To launch the Image Viewer with multiple sets
HINT
of patient information selected and to view
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
4 images of the previous or next set of patient
information, follow these steps:
in the image pane and clicking [Prev. Img], [Next
Image] or [Top Image].
1 Click [Prev. Patient] or [Next Patient].
Using the Image Viewer

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Prev. Patient] or
[Next Patient].
The previous, next, or top image is displayed.
The buttons are not available when there is no
previous or next image.

Stacked display of several images

An image of the previous or next set of patient
information is displayed. When there are multiple images in a study, the
images can be switched quickly when they are
The buttons are not available when there is no
in stack display, and the switching procedure is
previous or next set of patient information.
explained in the following.

1 Click [Stack Display].

Viewing an image of the previous or
next study

To launch the Image Viewer with studies

selected and to view images of the previous or
next study, follow these steps:
HINT
1 Click [Prev. Study] or [Next Study]. You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
HINT in the image pane and clicking [Stack Display].

You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
in the image pane and clicking [Prev. Study] or turn to .
[Next Study].
HINT
In stack display, the images can be displayed
fit to the window using the “AutoFit to Window”
function.

4-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2 Drag the mouse pointer to the left or the
right.

When the left mouse button held down with the

mouse pointer in state, the mouse pointer

shape becomes . When the mouse in this

condition is dragged to the right, the display
4
switches to the next image, and when the mouse is
dragged to the left, the display switches to the

Using the Image Viewer

previous image.
When there is no next or previous image, the image
is not switched even when the mouse is dragged.

HINT
This image switching operation is also possible
when multiple image windows are displayed side
by side. In this case, drag the mouse on one of
the displayed images. During operation, only the
image with the mouse pointer on it is switched.
When mouse dragging is ended, that image and
the images linked with it are displayed.

Refer to “4.2.4. Changing Window Display

Pattern” when displaying multiple image
windows.

3 Select [Stack Display] again to end stack

display.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Stack Display]
once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-9

 4.2.3 Magnifying Images
You can magnify images to fill the window
(maximized view).
To maximize an image, click the maximize
button in the lower right-hand corner of the
image.

1 Click the maximize button for the image

you want view maximized.

4
Using the Image Viewer

Maximize button

The selected image is magnified to fill the window.

HINT
When [Stack Display] has been selected, the
maximize button is not displayed and this function
cannot be used.

2 To return to the original display, click the

restore button.

Restore button

4-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.2.4 Changing Window Display Pattern
You can change the study window and the (2) Changing image pane display
image pane display pattern.
The study window displays an image pane for
pattern
each study. An image pane displays an image. The “Image Viewer window” can be split
If the window display pattern is changed, the to present multiple image panes arranged
Image Viewer would come up with the changed horizontally and/or vertically (see the next
display pattern next time it launches. page).
(1) Changing study window Where only one study window is displayed, up
to 24 image panes per study can be arranged
display pattern horizontally. Where two study windows are
A study window may show only one study or displayed, up to 12 image windows can be
two studies arranged horizontally. arranged horizontally and/or vertically.
To change the display pattern of a study To change the display pattern of an image
window, click either [Study 1 x 1] or [Study 2 x pane, click [Image 1 x 1], [Images 1 x 2],
1] in the toolbar. [Images 2 x 1], [Images 2 x 2], [Images 2 x 3], 4
[Images 2 x 4], [Images 2 x 6], [Images 3 x 4],
1 Choose between [Study 1 x 1] and [Images 4 x 1], [Images 4 x 2], [Images 4 x 3],
[Study 2 x 1]. [Images 4 x 4], [Images 4 x 6] or [Images 6 x 4].

Using the Image Viewer

Either button appears selected.
HINT
HINT
While two studies of the same modality are
You can do the same by:
being displayed in the [Study 2 x 1] display
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
pattern, changing the image panes display
clicking [Study Window Pattern] - [1 x 1].
pattern changes the two studies image panes
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
simultaneously.
clicking [Study Window Pattern] - [2 x 1].
While two studies of different modality (CR study
The current status choice is checked.
and non-CR study) are displayed in the [Study 2
x 1] display pattern, changing the image panes
display pattern effects changes only in the active
study image pane selected.

• Study 1 x 1 1 Choose from among [Image 1 x 1], [Image 1

→ Displays only one study window. x 2], [Images 2 x 1], [Images 2 x 2], [Images
2 x 3], [Images 2 x 4], [Images 2 x 6],
study [Images 3 x 4], [Images 4 x 1], [Images 4 x
2], [Images 4 x 3], [Images 4 x 4], [Images 4
• Study 2 x 1 x 6] and [Images 6 x 4].
→ Displays two study windows. One of the buttons appears selected.

study study

The window status changes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-11

 HINT • Images 2 x 2
→ Displays four image panes arranged horizontally
You can do the same by:
and vertically.
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
Images are displayed from upper left to upper
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [1 x 1].
right, and lower left to lower right in an order
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
from upper left to lower right in sequence.
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [1 x 2].
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and image image
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 1].
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and image image
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 2].
• Images 2 x 3
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
→ Displays six image panes arranged horizontally
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 3].
and vertically.
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
Images are displayed from upper left, upper
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 4].
right, middle left, middle right, lower left, and
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
lower right in sequence.
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 6].
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and image image
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [3 x 4]. image image

4 • Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and

clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 1].
image image
• Images 2 x 4
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
→ Displays eight image panes arranged
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 2].
horizontally and vertically.
Using the Image Viewer

• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and

Images are displayed starting from upper left to
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 3].
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
image image
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 4].
image image
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and image image
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 6]. image image
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
• Images 2 x 6
clicking [Image Pane Pattern] - [6 x 4].
→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally
and vertically.
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
image image
• Image 1 x 1 image image
image image
→ Displays only one image pane. image image
image image
image image
image
• Images 3 x 4
→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally
• Image 1 x 2 and vertically.
→ Displays two image panes arranged vertically. Images are displayed starting from upper left
Images are displayed from top to bottom. to upper right, and from top row to bottom in
image sequence.
image image image
image image image
image
image image image

• Images 2 x 1 image image image

→ Displays two image panes arranged horizontally. • Images 4 x 1

Images are displayed from left to right. → Displays four image panes arranged
horizontally.
image image Images are displayed from left to right.

image image image image

4-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

• Images 4 x 2
→ Displays eight image panes arranged horizontally and vertically.
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
image image image image

image image image image

• Images 4 x 3
→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally
and vertically.
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
image image image image

image image image image

image image image image

• Images 4 x 4
→ Displays 16 image panes arranged horizontally
and vertically.
4
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.

Using the Image Viewer

image image image image
image image image image
image image image image
image image image image

• Images 4 x 6
→ Displays 24 image panes arranged horizontally
and vertically.
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
image image image image
image image image image
image image image image
image image image image
image image image image
image image image image

• Images 6 x 4
→ Displays 24 image panes arranged horizontally
and vertically.
Images are displayed starting from upper left to
upper right, and from top to bottom in sequence.
image image image image image image

image image image image image image

image image image image image image

image image image image image image

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-13

 4.2.5 Exchanging Images
Where multiple images are displayed in an The two images are exchanged.
image pane, they can be exchanged. The display order of thumbnail images remains
The images appear in their original status next unchanged.
time the Image Viewer starts up, because the
image display positions thus changed are not
saved.
Images cannot be relocated when they have
been subjected to manipulations (changes of
gradation, magnification or panning) or when
they are in the measurement mode.

HINT
To view multiple images in an image pane, right-
click on the upper right-hand corner of an image
4 and choose from among the following:
[Image Pane Pattern] - [1 x 2]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 1]
Using the Image Viewer

[Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 2]

[Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 3]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 4]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [2 x 6]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [3 x 4]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 1]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 2]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 3]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 4]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [4 x 6]
[Image Pane Pattern] - [6 x 4]

For details, see “(2) Changing image pane display

pattern” in “4.2.4 Changing Window Display
Pattern”.

1 Select the source image pane and drag to

the destination image pane.
The selected image pane will appear in bold frame.
In the example shown below, the left and right
images arranged in image pane pattern 2 x 1 are
exchanged.

4-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.2.6 Comparing Studies Searching through the FCR PRIMA
Console
You can search through the FCR PRIMA
Console or disks for past studies. An image in (1) Click [PC].
a past study found can be viewed side by side Search results are listed.
with the current image. To compare studies, To narrow down the search or change the
click [Compare Studies] in the toolbar. display order, see “● Narrowing down your
To search through a disk for past studies, have search” and “● Changing the display order”
in Step 3 .
the disk inserted in the drive beforehand.
For details, see “2.5 Using Disks”.
Searching through a disk
HINT (1) Click [Disk].
If the patient ID of a study has been changed or The “Requesting for Disk Insert dialog” appears.
the patient information has been deleted after (2) Select the drive into which the disk to be
completion of the exposure operation, the search searched through is inserted and click [OK].
might end up with a wrong study as a past study.
★ To cancel the search through the disk, click
When you view a past study, verify patient name
and so on to make sure that the study covers the
[Cancel]. 4
same patient information as that appearing in the
“Image Viewer window”.

Using the Image Viewer

1 Click [Compare Studies].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking on study If no disk is inserted, the message Ready to retrieve
window bar and clicking [Comparative Display].
images is displayed.
When the disk insertion process completes, the
search results are listed.

To narrow down the search or change the

display order, see “● Narrowing down your
search” and “● Changing the display order”
The “Acquire Comparative Images window” appears. in Step 3 .

3 Select a study to view from the list and

click [Display].
Multiple studies can be selected.
You can select studies the same way as you do from
the “Study Utilities”.

For details, see “6.1.1 Viewing the Study

Utilities”.

Images in the selected study are thumbnailed on the

left-hand side of the window.

2 Search through FCR PRIMA Console or a ★ To cancel the comparative image display, click
disk for past studies. [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-15

 HINT ■ Items for which a keyword is entered to set a
Images in multiple studies can be selected. When search refinement condition
multiple studies are selected, images in them are If an item does not have an icon in its entry field,
displayed in the “Image Viewer window” in the
enter a keyword directly in the entry field to set a
order of study selection.
search condition.
The procedure is explained below with
reference to a pixel count as an example.

Input the number and press [Enter].

■ Items for which the icon in their entry field is

selected to set a search condition
Select the icon in the entry field of an item to
invoke a window for setting search refinement
conditions.
4
The “Acquire Comparative Images window” closes. • Study Date:
The current image appears in the image pane on the Select at the rightmost end of the entry
Using the Image Viewer

left-hand side of the “Image Viewer window”, with field. When the “Specifying the Date dialog”
past images appearing in the image pane on the appears, specify a date and click [Setup].
right-hand side. Check Study Date.

• Image and DB:

Click on the right-hand side of each entry
field to invoke a pulldown menu, then select
a condition.

In the tree view, icon appears on the

comparative study image.

To narrow down the search or to change the Matching studies are narrowed down according to
display order in the “Acquire Comparative the conditions set.
Images window”, follow these steps:
● Narrowing down your search
Enter a search keyword in a keyword entry field.

If you set multiple search refinement conditions,

those studies that match the entire set of search
conditions specified are listed.
Different study items appear depending on from
where the studies have been loaded, the PC or
disk.
Set search refinement conditions in different ways
according to items, as follows:

4-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

● Changing the display order

1 Select the header of the field to be used as

a reference for changing the display order.
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending (▼).

Studies are sorted in the display order selected.

● To save the status of the list on display

To save the status of the list on display, click [Save
List Display].
Next time the “Acquire Comparative Images
window” is displayed for patient information with
the same ID, it will come up with a list in the same
status, including refined search conditions, such as 4
display width and sort order.

Using the Image Viewer

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-17

 4.3 Manipulating Images
Images that are displayed in the “Image Viewer window” can be subjected to the image
manipulations listed below. When [Reset] is selected, all image manipulations that have not
been saved are undone.
• Varying the gradation (contrast and density) of an image
• Rotating or reversing images
• Magnifying and reducing images
• Moving images
• Editing and saving FCR image processing conditions
• Reversing
• Using Preset Settings

4.3.1 Varying the Gradation (Contrast and Density) of an

Image
4 Unprocessed FCR study images can be If you select [Film Print] (optional) or [Work Disk]
displayed with their gradation (contrast, with the gradation changed, images are printed
density) being modified by changes to the FCR or saved with their gradation changed.
Using the Image Viewer

image processing parameters. Monochrome

images other than unprocessed FCR study 1 Click [Gradation] after selecting an
images can be displayed with their gradation unprocessed FCR study image.
modified temporarily by adjusting the window HINT
level (W/L). You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Gradation].
(1) Modifying the gradation of
an unprocessed FCR study
image
Clicking [Gradation] in the toolbar after
selecting an unprocessed FCR study image
enables you to modify its contrast (GA) and Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
density (GS) temporarily. turn to .
Gradation changes made to the image in
the operation described on this page are HINT
not saved. Images will come up having their To exit the gradation change mode, click
original status next time they are displayed. To [Gradation] once again.
save gradation changes, do as advised in the
TIP below. 2 Drag the mouse pointer up, down, to left or
to right.
HINT
Move up to increase contrast (GA).
To save gradation changes, do so in the “Modify Move down to reduce contrast (GA).
FCR Image Processing Parameters window”.
Follow these steps: Move to left to reduce density (GS).
Move to right to increase density (GS).
(1) Make changes to the image gradation in the
operation described on this page. Up:
(2) With the image with its gradation changed on Increased GA
display, click [FCR Image Processing] in the
toolbar.
(3) Click [Save] in the lower right-hand corner
of the “Modify FCR Image Processing Left: Right:
Reduced GS Increased GS
Parameters window”.

For details, see “4.3.5 Editing and Saving FCR

Image Processing Parameters”. Down:
Reduced GA

4-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 The image changes contrast (GA) and density (GS). 2 Drag the mouse pointer up, down, to the
left or to the right.
Move the pointer up to raise the center of the
window (WL).
Move the pointer down to lower the center of the
window (WL).
Move the pointer to left to reduce the window width
(WL).
Move the pointer to right to increase the window
width (WL).
Changed values are displayed as associated
information.

Click [Reset] to undo the changes made to the Up:Increased

contrast (GA) and density (GS) of the image. WL

3 To exit the gradation change mode, click

[Gradation] once again. Left:Reduced Right:Increased 4
HINT WW WW

You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere

Using the Image Viewer

in the image pane and clicking [Gradation] once
again. Down:Reduced
WL
The shape of the mouse pointer will return to . The window center (WL) and the window width
(WW) of the image are modified.
(2) Adjusting the window level
(W/L) of an images other than
an unprocessed FCR study
image
Clicking [Gradation] after selecting a
monochrome image other than an unprocessed
FCR study image enables you to adjust
the window level (W/L) used for the image,
temporarily modifying gradation in the image.

1 Clik [Gradation] after selecting a

Click [Reset] to return to the status before the
monochrome image other than an
window center (WL) and window width (WW) were
unprocessed FCR study image.
changed.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere 3 To exit the gradation change mode, Click
in the image pane and clicking [Gradation]. [Gradation] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Gradation] once
again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

Move the mouse pointer over the image and its
shape will change to .

HINT
To exit the gradation change mode, click
[Gradation] once again.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-19

 4.3.2 Rotating and Reversing 3 Select the direction you want the image
rotated or flipped.
Images
To rotate and reverse images, click [Rotate/Flip]
in the toolbar. No Horiz Flip
If you select [Film Print] (optional) or [Work Original Image, Rotate Left 90˚, Rotate 180˚ and
Disk] with the image rotated or reversed, Rotate Right 90˚ are displayed on the screen.
images are printed or saved with them rotated
or flipped.

1 Select the image you want to rotate or flip.

4
Using the Image Viewer

Select the direction you want the image

rotated. The frame of the selected image turns
The selected image pane will appear in bold frame. to green.
• Original Image
2 Click [Rotate/Flip].
Displays an original image in the current
HINT direction shown in the “Image Viewer
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere window”.
in the image pane and clicking [Processing] -
• Rotate Right 90˚
[Rotate/Flip].
Displays the original image rotated 90
degrees to the right.
• Rotate 180˚
Displays the original image rotated 180
degrees.
• Rotate Left 90˚
The “Rotate/Flip window” appears. Displays the original image rotated 90
degrees to the left.

4-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Horiz Flip [Apply]
Original Image, Horizontal Flip, Vert Flip, H-Flip Applies the rotation or flipping of the image
+ Right 90º, H-Flip + Left 90º are displayed on temporarily and close the “Rotate/Flip
the screen. window”.
The target image in the “Image Viewer window”
is displayed rotated or flipped in the selected
direction. Rotations and reversions performed
on the image are not saved. Images will come
up having their original status next time they
are displayed.
Click [Reset] to undo the rotation or flipping.

4
Select the direction you want the image
rotated. The frame of the selected image turns

Using the Image Viewer

to green.
• Original Image
Displays an original image in the current
direction shown in the “Image Viewer
window”.
• Horizontal Flip [Save]
Displays the original image horizontally
flipped. HINT
• Vert Flip Once you click [Save], the image cannot be
Displays the original image vertically restored as before. If it is necessary to restore
the image to the same status as that at exposure
flipped.
time, click [Apply].
• H-Flip + Left 90º
Displays the original image horizontally Saves the rotation or flipping and close the
flipped and then rotated 90 degrees to the “Rotate/Flip window”.
left. The target image in the “Image Viewer window”
is displayed rotated or flipped in the selected
• H-Flip + Right 90º
direction. Rotations or flips are saved and
Displays the original image horizontally
cannot be undone.
flipped and then rotated 90 degrees to the
right. - If the following message is displayed –
You are attempting to make changes to a verified study.
[Cancel] If changes are made to the study, it needs to be verified
again.
Cancels the rotation or flipping of the image Are you sure you would like to continue?
and close the “Rotate/Flip window”.
If you save or flip a verified study after rotating or
flipping it, the study would return from the Started
to the Completed study status.
★ To save the rotation or flipping and close the “Rotate/
Flip window”, click [OK].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-21

 HINT
Verify the study again.

★ To cancel saving the rotation or flipping and return to

the “Rotate/Flip window”, click [Cancel].

4
Using the Image Viewer

4-22 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.3.3 Magnifying or Reducing Images
Click [Magnify] or [Reduce] in the toolbar to 2 Click the image.
view images magnified or reduced. Each click on the image will continuously magnify or
Image magnification and reduction will have reduce the image centering on the clicked point.
no effect on the printing and saving of images
performed with [Film Print] (optional) or [Work
Disk] selected.
Images will come up having their original
status next time they are displayed.

● Magnifying an image

1 Click [Magnify]. The image will appear magnified or reduced.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Magnify]. 4

Using the Image Viewer

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
turn to .

Click [Reset] to undo the magnification or reduction.

HINT
HINT
To exit the magnify mode, click [Magnify] once
again. Images can be moved by dragging in the magnify
or reduce mode.

● Reducing an image 3 To exit the magnify or reduce mode, click

[Magnify] or [Reduce] once again.
1 Click [Reduce]. HINT
HINT You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and clicking [Magnify] or
in the image pane to reduce. [Reduce] once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will

turn to .

HINT
To exit the reduce mode, click [Reduce] once
again.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-23

 ● Displaying images fit to the window, in full Example of the image displayed fit to the window.
size or in pixel scale.
AutoFit to Window:
Displays images in a width fit to the image
pane.
100%-Size Image:
Displays images in actual life size (100%)
magnification based on the aspect ratio of an
image.
Pixel Scale:
Displays images with their picture elements
being represented each as one pixel of monitor
resolution. Example of the image displayed in the actual size.

HINT
In stack display, the images can be displayed
4 fit to the window using the [AutoFit to Window]
function.

1 Select the image you want to view fit to the

Using the Image Viewer

window, in full size or in pixel scale.

Example of the image displayed in pixel scale.

The selected image pane will appear in bold frame.

2 Click ▼ next to [Magnify] or [Reduce]

and click [AutoFit to Window], [100%-Size
Image] or [Pixel Scale].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [AutoFit to
Window], [100%-Size Image] or [Pixel Scale].

The selected image will appear fit to the window, in

full size or in pixel size.
Click [Reset] to undo from AutoFit, full-size and
pixel-size to existing display.

4-24 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.3.4 Moving Images
To move a image to view a region of interest,
click [Panning].

1 Click [Panning].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Panning].

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will

4
turn to .

HINT
To exit the image move mode, click [Panning]

Using the Image Viewer

once again.

2 With the left-hand button of the mouse held

pressed, drag the hand-shaped pointer
over the image to an optional position.

The image will move.

Click [Reset] to undo the image move.

3 To exit the image move mode, click

[Panning] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Panning] once
again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-25

 4.3.5 Editing and Saving FCR Image Processing Parameters
The FCR image processing parameters of 2 Click [FCR Image Processing] in the
unprocessed FCR study images can be edited toolbar.
or saved.
HINT
The FCR image processing parameters are
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
listed below.:
in the image pane and clicking [Processing] -
• GP (Gradation Processing) parameter [FCR Image Processing].
• RP (Spatial Frequency Processing)
parameter
• DRC (Dynamic Range Control Processing)
parameter
• TAS (Tomographic Artifacts Suppression
Processing) parameter The “Changing FCR Image Processing Parameters
• MFP (Multi-objective Frequency Processing) dialog” appears.
parameter (optional)
4 • Sensitivity (S-value), Latitude (L-value)
To edit FCR image processing parameters,
click [FCR Image Processing] in the toolbar.
Using the Image Viewer

If you select [Film Print] (optional) or [Work

Disk] with the FCR image processing
parameters changed, images are printed
or saved with the FCR image processing
parameters changed.

If you select an image other than an

unprocessed FCR study image, the FCR image 3 Select either of [+], [-], [++] or [--] then
processing parameters cannot be modified. change the value of each parameter.
To edit DRC processing parameters, click [DRC].
1 Select the image to edit FCR image
processing parameters. Clicking continuously will change the parameter
values continuously.

For detailed explanations of the image

processing parameters, see later explanations in
this section.
Certain image processing sequences have no
effect when carried out concurrently. Each image
processing sequence takes the course shown
below.

DRC GP/MFP

The selected image pane will appear in a bold

frame. TAS GP/RP

❍: Exclusive control
Characteristics of each image processing
parameter are defined below, along with an
acceptable range of input values.

4-26 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

● GP (Gradation Processing) parameter ● DRC (Dynamic Range Control Processing)
parameter
GA
Characteristics Slope of the gray level curve. DRN
It adjusts the image contrast. Characteristics Mask size of DR compression.
Sets the processing region to match
Value range -4.0 to -0.1
DRT.
0.1 to 4.0 (1 decimal place, excluding
0.0) Value range 0 to 9 (10 sizes)

GT DRT
Characteristics Shape of the gray level curve. Characteristics This is a DR compression filter type.
Yields the same result as changing Sets the density region for
the γ-curve of X-ray films. processing.
Value range A to Z (26 types) Value range A to T (20 types)

GC DRE
Characteristics Center density of gray level curve Characteristics Enhancement of DR compression
slope.
Changes GA according to the density
filter processing.
Changes the enhancement level of
4
specified here. processing in accordance with the
specified value.
Value range 0.30 to 2.64 (2 decimal places)

Using the Image Viewer

Value range 0.0 to 2.0 (1 decimal place)
GS
Characteristics Parallel shift of the gray level curve. ● TAS (Tomographic Artifacts Suppression
Changes the display density of the
Processing) parameter
entire image.
Value range -1.44 to 1.44 (2 decimal places) ORN
Characteristics One-dimensional unsharpness mask.
Sets the most effective size for the
● RP (Spatial Frequency Processing) parameter tomographic angle.
RN Value range 0 to 9 (10 sizes)
Characteristics Enhanced frequency band for
frequency processing. ORE
The frequency band specified here is Characteristics Enhancement level of one-
subjected to enhanced processing. dimensional unsharpness mask
Value range 0 to 9 (10 types) processing.
Changes the enhancement level of
processing in accordance with the
RT specified value.
Characteristics Shape of the enhanced curve Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 decimal place)
corresponding to the density of the 10 to 16 (no decimal places)
image.
By changing this parameter, the
ORD
enhancement level can be adjusted
within a certain density region. Characteristics Processing direction of one-
dimensional unsharpness mask.
Value range F, P to Z (12 types)
Set in accordance with the reading
direction and orbital direction of
RE tomography.
Characteristics Enhancement of frequency Value range 0: The orbit is at right angles to the
processing. green line of the cassette.
Changes the enhancement level of 1: The orbit is parallel to the green
processing in accordance with the line of the cassette.
specified value.
Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 decimal place)
10 to 16 (no decimal places)

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-27

 ● MFP (Multi-objective Frequency Processing) ● Sensitivity, Latitude
parameter (optional)
Sensitivity (S-value)
MDB Characteristics Central point of the image reading
Characteristics This is a DR compression frequency sensitivity established by the EDR
type. (automatic sensitivity adjustment
Sets the processing region to match feature).
MDT. The higher the incident X-ray level,
the lower the S-value becomes; the
Value range A to Z (26 types) lower the incident X-ray level, the
higher the S-value becomes.
MDT Value range 4 to 20047
Characteristics This is a DR compression filter type.
Sets the density region for Latitude (L-value)
processing.
Characteristics Reading latitude point of the image
Value range A to T (20 types) reading sensitivity established by the
EDR (automatic sensitivity adjustment
MDE feature).
Gives a logarithmic reading of
4 Characteristics Enhancement of DR compression
filter processing.
the range of incident X-ray levels
(minimum to maximum).
Changes the enhancement level of
processing in accordance with the Value range 0.50 to 4.00
specified value.
Using the Image Viewer

Value range 0.0 to 2.0 (1 decimal place)

[Refresh]
MRB Executes image processing under the modified
Characteristics Enhanced frequency band for versions of image processing conditions
frequency processing. and reproduces the image in the “Modify
This frequency band is subjected to
enhanced processing. FCR Image Processing Parameters window”
accordingly.
Value range A to Z (26 types)

MRT
Characteristics Shape of the enhanced curve
corresponding to the density of the
image.
By changing this parameter, the
enhancement level can be adjusted
within a certain density region.
Value range F, P to Z (12 types)

MRE
Characteristics Enhancement of frequency
processing.
Changes the enhancement level of [Cancel]
processing in accordance with the
specified value. Cancels the changes made to the image
Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 decimal place) processing parameters and closes the “Modify
10 to 16 (no decimal places) FCR Image Processing Parameters window”.

4-28 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Apply] HINT
Verify the study again.
Applies the changes to the image processing
parameters temporarily and closes the “Modify ★ To cancel changes made to the image processing
FCR Image Processing Parameters window”. parameters and return to the “Change FCR Image
The target image in the “Image Viewer window” Processing Parameters window”, click [Cancel].
is refreshed to reflect the modified versions of
image processing parameters. Changes to the
image processing parameters to the image are
not saved. Images will come up having their
original status next time they are displayed.
Click [Reset] to undo the changes to the image
processing parameters.

Using the Image Viewer

[Save]

HINT
Once you click [Save], the image processing
parameters cannot be restored to those in effect
at the time of exposure. If it is necessary to
restore the image processing parameters to those
in effect at the time of exposure, click [Apply].

Saves the changes to the image processing

parameters and closes the “Change FCR
Image Processing Parameters dialog”. The
target image in the “Image Viewer window” is
refreshed to reflect the modified versions of
image processing parameters.
Changes to the image processing parameters
cannot be undone.
- If the following message is displayed -
Requested to perform modifications on the study that is
already verified.
It is necessary to verify this study again.
❍Are you sure ?

If image processing parameters are edited and

saved for a verified study, the study would return
from the Started to the Completed study status.
★ To save changes made to the image processing
parameters and close the “Change FCR Image
Processing Parameters dialog”, click [OK].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-29

 4.3.6 Reversing Images
To reverse an image, click [Reverse].
Reversals performed on the image in the
operation described on this page are not
saved. Images will come up in their original
status next time they are displayed.
If you select [Film Print] (optional) or [Work
Disk] with the image displayed reversed, the
reversed image is printed or saved. Reversed
images can be saved onto a work disk
only when FCR Image Processing is set to
Processed.

1 Select the image you want to reverse.

4
Using the Image Viewer

The selected image pane will appear in a bold

frame.

2 Click [Reverse].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Processing] -
[Reverse].

The target image is reversed.

Click [Reset] to undo.

4-30 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.3.7 Using Preset Settings
Batch processing of displayed images is (2) Registration of preset
possible by selecting saved preset image
processing.
settings
The image processing settings for the selected
It is also possible to register frequently used image are registered as preset settings.
image processing settings.
1 Select the image.

(1) Image processing using

preset settings

1 Select the image you want to manipulate.

Using the Image Viewer

2 Click [Registation].

The selected image pane will appear in a bold

The “Registation of Preset List dialog” appears.
frame.

2 Select Anatomical Region and Name.

Image processing is done according to the selected

preset settings.

3 Select the Anatomical Region.

4 Enter the Name.

5 Click [OK].
The preset settings have been registered.

Click [Reset] to undo.

HINT
When preset settings are assigned to keypad
keys, image processing can be done just by
pressing a keypad key.

For details, see “7.16 Setting Preset Settings”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-31

 (3) Editing the list of preset 3 Select the Preset Name to be edited.

settings
Preset names can be changed or deleted,
display or no display in the preset list can be
selected, and the display sequence can be
changed.

1 Click [Organize].

Change the Preset Name.

The “Organize preset list dialog” appears.
Delete preset settings.

4 Select display or no display in the

list. When Hide is selected, the
Preset Name is grayed out.
The display position in the list is
Using the Image Viewer

moved up by one position.

The display position in the list is

moved down by one step.

4 Click [Setting].
The preset settings have been changed.

2 Select the Anatomical Region.

4-32 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 4.4 Adding Annotations on Images
Arrows, shapes, text (character strings), and markers can be added to an image. For the image
of an FCR study (not processed) as the object, it is also possible to measure the image and to
display the measuring result. Up to 32 annotations can be attached to a single image.
• Shapes: Ellipses, rectangles, polygons
• Markers: Marks indicating imaging location of the study image and patient orientation at the
time of imaging
• Measuring result: Measuring value for straight line length, cardiothoracic ratio, and angle
between two lines

4.4.1 Adding Arrows, Shape, and Text

(1) Adding arrows An arrow is drawn over the range the mouse is
dragged. The dragging end point becomes the tip of
An arrow is drawn on the image. the arrow. A right click while dragging the mouse
cancels the dragging range. 4
1 Click [Arrow].
★ It is possible to drag a mouse only inside the
HINT image pane.

Using the Image Viewer

A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] - The added arrows disappear by clicking [Reset].
[Arrow]. To save the arrows, click [Save Annotation]. Once
the arrow is saved, it would not be undone if [Reset]
is clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will 3 Select [Arrow] again to end arrow drawing
turn to . mode.
HINT
HINT You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
To exit the arrow drawing mode, click [Arrow] in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
once again. [Arrow] once again.

2 Drag the mouse pointer from the start point The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
to the end point of an arrow.
HINT
Drag To hide the arrows, click [Annotation] in selected
state.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Annotation] in selected state.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-33

 (2) Adding ellipses The added ellipses disappear by clicking [Reset].
To save the ellipses, click [Save Annotation]. Once
An ellipse is drawn on the image. the arrow is saved, it would not be undone if [Reset]
is clicked.
1 Click [Ellipse].
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window. 3 To exit the ellipse drawing mode, click
In this case, click the desired button on the [Ellipse] once again.

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

HINT
window. You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Ellipse] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Ellipse].
HINT

4 To hide the ellipses, click [Annotation] in selected

state.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
Using the Image Viewer

[Annotation] in selected state.

turn to .

HINT
To exit the ellipse drawing mode, click [Ellipse]
once again.

2 Drag the mouse pointer to specify the

range for the ellipse.

Drag

An ellipsis is drawn over the range the mouse is

dragged. A right click while dragging the mouse
cancels the dragging range.

★ It is possible to drag a mouse only inside the

image pane.

4-34 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(3) Adding rectangles The added rectangles disappear by clicking [Reset].
To save the rectangles, click [Save Annotation].
A rectangle is drawn on the image. Once the rectangle is saved, it would not be undone
if [Reset] is clicked.
1 Click [Rectangle].
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window. 3 To exit the rectangle drawing mode, click
In this case, click the desired button on the [Rectangle] once again.
HINT
menu displayed by clicking on the right of the
window. You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Rectangle] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Rectangle].
HINT
To hide the rectangles, click [Annotation] in
selected state. 4
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will

Using the Image Viewer

[Annotation] in selected state.
turn to .

HINT
To exit the rectangle drawing mode, click
[Rectangle] once again.

2 Drag the mouse pointer to specify the

range for the rectangle.

Drag

A rectangle is drawn over the range the mouse is

dragged. A right click while dragging the mouse
cancels the dragging range.

★ It is possible to drag a mouse only inside the

image pane.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-35

 (4) Adding polygon ★ When only two points or fewer are specified as
apex and the mouse is double-clicked, the display
A polygon is drawn on the image. returns to the status before apex specification.
★ Up to 32 points can be specified as apex, and
1 Click [Polygon]. when the 32nd point is single-clicked, the apex is
not connected and remains as it is.
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window. The added polygons disappear by clicking [Reset].
In this case, click the desired button on the To save the polygons, click [Save Annotation]. Once
the polygon is saved, it would not be undone if
menu displayed by clicking on the right of the [Reset] is clicked.
window.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.
HINT
3 To exit the polygon drawing mode, click
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere [Polygon] once again.
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Polygon]. HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
4 in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Polygon] once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
Using the Image Viewer

turn to .
HINT
HINT To hide the polygons, click the checked
[Annotation].
To exit the polygon drawing mode, click [Polygon] You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
once again. in the image pane and clicking the checked
[Display/Hide]-[Annotation].
2 Click the mouse to specify an apex of a
polygon and double-click the mouse at the
last apex position.

(4) Double-Click

(1) Click

(2) Click
(3) Click

When the mouse is double-clicked at the last apex

position, the last apex and the first apex are
connected and the polygon specified with the mouse
is displayed.

4-36 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(5) Adding text 4 Click the mouse at a position outside the
text input area.
Text is written onto the image. This operation will fix the text.
1 Click [Text]. The text disappear by clicking [Reset].

HINT To save text, click [Save Annotation]. Once text is

A desired button may not display on the window. saved, it can not deleted even if [Reset] is clicked.
In this case, click the desired button on the For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the 5 To exit the text input mode, click [Text]
window. once again.

HINT HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Text] once again.
[Text].

4
The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

HINT
To hide the text, click the checked [Annotation].

Using the Image Viewer

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking the checked
turn to .
[Display/Hide]-[Annotation].

HINT
To exit the text input mode, click [Text] once
again.

2 Click the mouse to specify the text input

point.
The text input area and the insertion point are
displayed.

3 Input text.

The entered text is displayed.

★ Input of text is possible up to a maximum of 120

characters.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-37

 (6) Change the properties Line color:
Set the line color for each object. The colors set in
(line style, line color, font the line color box are displayed. When the line color
background/typeface/size/ box is clicked, the “Color dialog” is displayed and the
color can be changed.
style) of each object
The line width and the line color of arrows and
shapes and the font background, typeface,
size, and style can be changed.
Font back Font type
Line style Line color Font size Font style
ground face
Rectangle ❍ ❍
Polygon ❍ ❍
Ellipse ❍ ❍
Arrow ❍ ❍
Text ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

4 1 Click [Properties].
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window. Text
Using the Image Viewer

In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Properties].

Font typeface:
The “Annotation Properties dialog” appears. This is the font type.
Font style:
2 Select the tab of the object to be changed Selection is possible from regular, italic, bold, and
and set line style and line color or font bold italic.
typeface, style, and size. Font size:
Selection is possible from 5 to 96 points.
Arrow, Ellipse, Rectangle, and Polygon
Font color and background:
Selection is possible from the following.

White characters on black background

White characters on transparent background

Black characters on white background

Black characters on transparent background

3 Click [OK].
Line style:
Set the line style for each object. In case of an ★ To cancel changing the properties, click [Cancel]
arrow, the arrow tip becomes larger or smaller to close the “Annotation Properties dialog”.
proportional to the line style setting. By this setting, the properties will be changed.

4-38 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.4.2 Adding Marker
A marker is added. 3 Click [OK].
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
1 Click [Marker].
turn to .
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window. ★ To cancel selecting the markers, click [Cancel] to
In this case, click the desired button on the close the “Annotation Properties dialog”.

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

4 Click the mouse at a location where a
window. marker is to be added.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Annotation] -
[Marker].

4
A marker is displayed on the clicking point, and the
shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

Using the Image Viewer

The “Marker Setting dialog” appears.
The added markers by clicking [Reset].
HINT To save the markers, click [Save Annotation]. Once
To exit the marker input mode, click [Marker] once the marker is saved, it would not be undone if
again. [Reset] is clicked.

2 Select the marker with the “Marker Setting

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

dialog”. HINT
To hide the markers, click the checked
[Annotation].
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking the checked
[Display/Hide]-[Annotation].

HINT
Markers can be system markers registered in
advance and user markers registered by a user.
Select [System] to use system markers or [User]
to use user markers and switch the displayed
markers.
The markers to be used can be registered and
deleted. System markers cannot be registered or
deleted.

Refer to “7.15. Setting Markers” for registration

and deletion of markers.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-39

 4.4.3 Measuring Lengths, CTR (Cardiothoracic Ratio) and the
Angle Between the Two Line Segments
(1) Measuring lengths
Measure linear lengths.

HINT
Measurement results yielded by this processing
are presented only for reference purposes without
any warranties of their accuracy. It is the user’s
responsibility to evaluate the measurement Click [Reset] to return to the status in effect prior to
results. the length measurement.
The measured results are displayed to two digit of
decimal point by round to the thousandth digit. To save the measurement result, click [Save
Annotation]. Once the measurement result is saved,
1 Click [Length]. it would not be undone if [Reset] is clicked.

4 HINT For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the
3 To exit the length measurement mode, click
[Length] once again.
Using the Image Viewer

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the HINT

window.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Length] once
HINT again.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Length]. The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

HINT
To hide the measurement results, click
[Annotation] in selected state.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide]-
turn to . [Annotation] in selected state.

HINT
To exit the linear measurement mode, click
[Length] once again.

2 Drag the mouse pointer from the start point

to the end point of a straight line.

Drag

A linear length is displayed (Displayed to hundredth

digit of decimal point by round to the thousandth
digit).

4-40 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Measuring CTR 3 Click both edges of the longest span of the
medial borders of the thoracic cage.
(Cardiothoracic ratio)
* The picture below illustrates an operational
Measure CTR. procedure.

HINT
Measurement results yielded by this processing
are presented only for reference purposes without
any warranties of their accuracy. It is the user’s
responsibility to evaluate the measurement
results. (1) Click (2) Click
The measured results are displayed to
thousandth digit of decimal point by round to the
ten-thousandth digit.
The maximum inside diameter of the thoracic cage
1 Select the image in which you want to is indicated (Displayed to thousandth digit of decimal
point by round to the ten-thousandth digit).
measure CTR.

Using the Image Viewer

Next, measure the maximum transverse diameter of
the cardiac shadow.

4 Click both edges of the longest span of the

The selected image pane will appear in bold frames.
cardiac shadow.

2 Click [CTR]. * The picture below illustrates an operational

procedure.
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT (1) Click

(2) Click
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [CTR].

The maximum transverse diameter of the cardiac

shadow and CTR are indicated (2 decimal places).

Move the mouse pointer over the image selected in

Step 1 then the shape of the mouse pointer will

turn to , with vertical guides appearing in the

image pane.

HINT
To exit the CTR mode, click [CTR] once again.
First, measure the maximum inside diameter of the
thoracic cage.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-41

 To CTR mode exits and the shape of the mouse (3) Measuring the angle
pointer will return to .
between the two line
Click [Reset] to return the status in effect prior to the segments
annotation.
Two lines are drawn on the image in the “Image
To save the measurement result, click [Save
Viewer window” and the angle between those
Annotation]. Once the measurement result is saved,
two lines is measured.
it would not be undone if [Reset] is clicked.
Measurement result (angle) displays the acute
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”. angle at the intersection.
Also, if there is no intersection on the screen,
HINT the angle (sharper angle) of the intersection of
To hide the annotations, click [Annotations] in the lines extended off screen is displayed.
selected state.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere HINT
in the image pane and clicking [Annotations] in
Measurement results yielded by this processing
selected state.
are presented for reference purposes without

4 any warranties of their accuracy. It is the user’s

responsibility to evaluate the measurement
results.
Measurement result is rounded to first decimal
Using the Image Viewer

place and displayed to first decimal place.

1 Click [Angle between the two line

segments].
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Angle between
the two line segments].

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will

turn to .

HINT
To exit the Angle Measurement mode, click
[Angle between the two line segments] once
again.

4-42 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2 Drag the mouse pointer from the start point 4 To exit the Angle Measurement mode, click
to the end point of a straight line to draw [Angle between the two line segments]
the first line segment. once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Angle between
the two line segments] once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .]

Drag HINT
To hide the measurement results, click the
checked [Annotation].
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
3 Drag the mouse pointer from the start point in the image pane and clicking the checked
to the end point of a straight line to draw [Display/Hide]-[Annotation].
the second line segment.
4

Using the Image Viewer

Drag

The angle (measurement result) between the two

line segments is displayed. (Rounds to first decimal
place and displays to first decimal place.)

Up to 32 sets can be measured continuously.

However, two line segments are counted as one set.
Other measurement performed in the same windows
including angle between two line segments
measurement can be measured up to 32 sets
continuously.
Click [Reset] to undo the measurement.
To save the measurement result, click [Save
Annotation]. Once the measurement result is saved,
it cannot be undone by clicking [Reset].

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-43

 4.4.4 Saving Annotations
To save the Annotations, click [Save - If the following message is displayed –
Annotation]. Requested to perform modifications on the study
Once measurement results are saved, they that is already verified.
would not be undone if [Reset] is clicked. It is necessary to verify this study again.
❍Are you sure ?
HINT If annotations are saved for a verified study, the
An annotation is saved for each image. study would return from the Verified to the
Annotations for multiple images in the study Completed study status.
cannot be saved at once. To save them, execute
the saving operation for each image. ★ To save the annotation, [OK].

1 Select the image for which you want to save HINT

annotations. Verify the study again.

★ To cancel saving the annotations, click [Cancel].

4
Using the Image Viewer

The selected image pane will appear in bold frames.

2 Click [Save Annotation].

HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT
You can do the same by:
• Clicking [Edit Annotation] in the toolbar.
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
clicking [Save Annotation].

The annotations are saved.

4-44 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.4.5 Moving Annotations
To move an annotation to another location over
the image, click [Edit Annotation].

HINT
If a new annotation is added surrounding the
original annotation, the original annotation
cannot be selected. By moving or editing the
added annotation, the original annotation can be
selected again.

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
HINT
annotations were last saved.
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the To save the move, click [Save Annotation]. Once the
move is saved, it would not be undone if [Reset] is
menu displayed by clicking on the right of the clicked. 4
window.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

HINT 3 To exit the annotation mode, click [Edit

Using the Image Viewer

You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere Annotation] once again.
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]
once again.

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
turn to .

HINT
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
Annotation] once again.

2 Select the annotation you want to move and

drag the mouse pointer to the destination.

Drag

The annotation will move.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-45

 4.4.6 Editing Annotations
HINT (2) Select the start or end point of the arrow and
drag the mouse pointer from the selected point
If a new annotation is added surrounding the
original annotation, the original annotation to a desired position.
cannot be selected. By moving or editing the
added annotation, the original annotation can be
selected again.
Drag
(1) Editing arrows or shapes
To edit the arrow or shape, click [Edit
Annotation].

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

The arrow will move.
HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
4 In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.
Using the Image Viewer

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]. annotations were last saved.
To save the annotation, click [Save Annotation].
Once the annotation is saved, it would not be
undone if [Reset] is clicked.

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

turn to .

HINT
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
Annotation] once again.

HINT
With selecting [Properties] after right-clicking an
arrow or a shape, the property of an arrow or a
shape can be changed.

For details, see “(6) Change the properties

(line style, line color, font background/
typeface/size/style) of each object” in “4.4.1
Adding Arrows, Shape, and Text”.

2 Editing Annotations

● Editing an arrow
(1) Select the arrow you want to edit.

Select

4-46 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

● Editing an ellipse ● Editing a rectangle
(1) Select the ellipse you want to edit. (1) Select the rectangle you want to edit.

Select Select

(2) Select a point indicating the range of the (2) Select an apex of a rectangle and drag it to a
ellipse and drag it to a desired position. desired position.

4
Drag
Drag

Using the Image Viewer

The range of the rectangle will change.
The range of the ellipse will change.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
annotations were last saved.
annotations were last saved.
To save the annotation, click [Save Annotation].
To save the annotations, click [Save Annotation].
Once the annotation is saved, it would not be
Once annotations are saved, they would not be
undone if [Reset] is clicked.
undone if [Reset] is clicked.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-47

 ● Editing a polygon 3 To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
(1) Select the polygon you want to edit. Annotation] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]
once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

Select

(2) Select an apex of a polygon and drag it to a

desired position.

4 Drag
Using the Image Viewer

The range of the polygon will change.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

annotations were last saved.
To save the annotation, click [Save Annotation].
Once the annotation is saved, it would not be
undone if [Reset] is clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

4-48 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Editing text 3 Edit the text.

To edit the text, click [Edit Annotation].

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
window. annotations were last saved.
To save the annotation, click [Save Annotation].
HINT Once the annotation is saved, it would not be
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere undone if [Reset] is clicked.
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation].
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

4 To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit

Annotation] once again. 4
HINT
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere

Using the Image Viewer

turn to . in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]
once again.
HINT
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
Annotation] once again.

HINT
With selecting [Properties] after right-clicking the
text, the property of the text can be changed.

For details, see “(6) Change the properties

(line style, line color, font background/
typeface/size/style) of each object” in “4.4.1
Adding Arrows, Shape, and Text”.

2 Double-click the text to edit.

Double-Click
The insertion point of the character strings will
display.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking with
selecting the text and clicking [Edit Text].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-49

 (3) Editing marker 4 Right/left flipping, rotation, and font color/
background setting can be done.
To flip and rotate markers, click [Edit
Annotation]. This can be changed the font
color and the font background of markers.

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.

HINT Flip horizontal:

You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere Displaying the marker as it is or with right/left flipping
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]. can be selected.
4
Rotate:
Using the Image Viewer

Selection is possible from the following.

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
Original Image
turn to .
90º right rotation
HINT
180º rotation
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
Annotation] once again.
90º left rotation

2 Select the marker you want to edit. Font color and background:
Selection is possible from the following.

White characters on black background

White characters on transparent

background

Black characters on white background

Select Black characters on transparent

background

3 Right-click anywhere in the image pane and

click [Properties].
5 Click [OK].
The marker changed properties will display.

★ To cancel changing properties, click [Cancel] to

close the “Marker Properties dialog”.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

annotations were last saved.
To save the annotation, click [Save Annotation].
Once the annotation is saved, it would not be
undone if [Reset] is clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

4-50 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

6 To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit (4) Editing measuring lengths,
Annotation] once again.
CTR (Cardiothoracic ratio)
HINT
and the angle between the
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation] two line segments
once again.
To edit the measuring lengths, CTR
(Cardiothoracic ratio) and the angle between
The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .
the two line segments, click [Edit Annotation].

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

HINT
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the

menu displayed by clicking on the right of the

window.
4
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation].

Using the Image Viewer

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
turn to .

HINT
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
Annotation] once again.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-51

 2 Editing measuring lengths, CTR ● Editing a CTR measurement result
(Cardiothoracic ratio) and the angle (1) Select the CTR you want to edit.
between the two line segments

● Editing a length measurement result

(1) Select the length measurement result you want
to edit.

Select

Select

(2) Select the vertical guide that you want to

reposition and drag the mouse pointer to a
(2) Select the start or end point of the desired position.
4 measurement result and drag the mouse
pointer from the selected point to a desired
position.
Drag
Using the Image Viewer

Drag

The linear length is remeasured and displayed (cm:

2 decimal places). The maximum inner diameter of the thoracic cage
(cm: 2 decimal places), maximum traverse diameter
of the cardiac shadow (cm: 2 decimal places), and
CTR (3 decimal places) are remeasured and
displayed.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

measurement results were last saved.
To save the measurement result, click [Save
Annotation]. Once the measurement result is saved,
it would not be undone if [Reset] is clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

measurement results were last saved.
To save the measurement result, click [Save
Annotation]. Once the measurement result is saved,
it would not be undone if [Reset] is clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

4-52 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

● When editing the measurement result of angle
between the two line segments
(1) Click the angle between the two line segments
measurement result to edit.

Select

(2) Select the line segment or start or end point

and drag to the desired position.

4
Drag

Using the Image Viewer

Measurement is repeated and the measurement
result of the edited status is displayed.

Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the

measurement results were last saved.
To save the changes to the measurement results,
click [Save Annotation]. Once measurement results
are saved, they would not be undone if [Reset] is
clicked.

For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

3 To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit

Annotation] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]
once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-53

 4.4.7 Deleting Annotations
To delete the annotations displayed on an (2) Right-click anywhere in the image pane and
image, click [Edit Annotation]. click [Delete].
The selected annotation will be deleted.
HINT
If a new annotation is added surrounding the
original annotation, the original annotation
cannot be selected. By moving or editing the
added annotation, the original annotation can be
selected again.

1 Click [Edit Annotation].

HINT Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
annotations were last saved.
A desired button may not display on the window.
In this case, click the desired button on the To save the deletion, click [Save Annotation]. Once
the deletion is saved, it would not be undone if
4 menu displayed by clicking on the right of the [Reset] is clicked.
window.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

HINT
Using the Image Viewer

● Deleting all annotations over an image

You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
Right-click anywhere in the image pane and
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation].
click [Delete all annotations on image].
All the annotations in the image will be deleted.

Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will

turn to .

HINT
To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit
Annotation] once again.

There are two ways to delete annotations: deleting a

selected annotation and deleting all annotations.
Click [Reset] to return to the status in which the
2 Deleting Annotations. annotations were last saved.
To save the deletion, click [Save Annotation]. Once
● Deleting a selected annotation over an image the deletion is saved, it would not be undone.
(1) Select the annotation you want to delete.
For details, see “4.4.4 Saving Annotations”.

3 To exit the annotation edit mode, click [Edit

Select Annotation] once again.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Edit Annotation]
once again.

The shape of the mouse pointer will return to .

4-54 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 4.5 Printing or Saving Images
This section explains how to print images of a study displayed in the “Image Viewer window”
on a film (optional) and save them to a work disk.

4.5.1 Printing Images on a Film (Optional)

Print images in a study on a film manually. Printing selected images
Printing only a selected image in a study on a film.
HINT
(1) Check the frame in the lower right-hand corner
If FCR PRIMA Console is configured to
of the image you want to print on a film.
automatically print the images in a study on a film,
images that have been automatically printed on
a film can be reprinted on a film by following the
procedure given later.

For details about programming the automatic film

print operation, see “7.4 Setting of Printing, Saving
4
and Transmitting Parameters”.
If modifications have been made to the status

Using the Image Viewer

of image display, some modifications have
effect on film print but some do not.
FCR Image Processing : Applicable
Annotation : Applicable
Rotate/Flip : Applicable
Magnify/Reduce : Not applicable
Gradation Correction : Applicable (2) Click [Film Print].
Reverse : Applicable
Only unprocessed FCR study images can
be printed on a film. Other images, such as
imported images, and processed FCR study The “Film Print dialog” appears.
images cannot be printed on a film. Set the Imager type, print count, print format and
print priority.
HINT
HINT
The Imager status can be confirmed by viewing
If only one study is displayed (study window
the indicator.
status [Study 1 x 1]), the image can also be
For details, see “5.5 Confirming Film Printer printed in the procedure described below. (If two
Status (Optional)”. studies are displayed (study window status [Study
2 x 1]), follow the procedure in “Printing selected
1 Display the “Film Print window”. images” described above to print images from
You may choose to print selected images in a study both studies on a single film.)
or print all images in the study. • Select the lower right-hand corner of each
image you want to print.
If no image is selected, only the one that is
selected by right-clicking in (2) is printed.
• Right-click anywhere in the image pane and
click [Storage/Print] - [Film Print].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-55

 Printing all images in a study
Prints in a single format.
You can print all images in a selected study.

Right-click in the study window bar of the

study you want to print on a film and click Prints in a 2 ON 1 format.
[Storage/Print] - [Film Print]. Prints two different images on a single
film. Printed images are arranged from
left to right in the study window.
Prints in a 4 ON 1 format.
Prints four different images on a single
Set the Imager type, print count, print format and film. Printed images are arranged from
print priority. upper left to upper right, lower left to
lower right in the study window.
The film requirement is calculated from the print
count and print format and is shown in the Film
Count field.

5 Set whether to print images on a priority

4 basis or not.

★ To print images in this study on a priority basis,

check the Prioritized Output check box.
Using the Image Viewer

★ Not to print images in this study on a priority

basis, uncheck the Prioritized Output check box.

2 Select a print destination. 6 Select annotation output.

★ Select [Yes] when annotations are to be put out.

★ Select [No] when annotations are not to be put
3 Enter the number of copies to print in the
out.
Print Count field.
One to nine copies can be printed.

4 Select a print format. 7 Click [Output].

★ To cancel the film print operation, click [Cancel] to

close the “Film Print window”.

Images will then be printed on a film as

programmed.

HINT
When [Output after Re-verified] in the user utility
printer settings has been unchecked (setting
for no film printing at the time of inspection re-
verification), print output has to be performed
manually in image units at the time of adding
study menu.

4-56 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.5.2 Saving to a Work Disk
You can save all images in a selected study to
a work disk. If the same study already exists on
the destination work disk, it is overwritten.
For disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives Used
by FCR PRIMA Console”.
If modifications have been made to the status
of image display, some modifications have
effect on disk storage but some do not.
FCR Image Processing : Applicable
Annotation : Applicable
Rotate/Flip : Applicable 3 Select whether or not to compress images
Magnify/Reduce : Not applicable to save.
Gradation Correction : Applicable
Reverse : Applicable
* Before starting the operation described below, Uncompressed: 4
insert work disk in the control drive of the PC. Saves images uncompressed.
For instructions on how to replace disks, see “5.3 JPEG Lossless:
Confirming Disk Status”.

Using the Image Viewer

Saves images compressed. The image file size
1 Select the study you want to save to a work decreases. Compressed images can fully be
restored.
disk.

4 Select Storage Density.

[Default Pixel Count]:

Save images with a reduced pixel density and hence
in a smaller file size.
[Max Pixel Count]:
Save images with their pixel density unchanged.

5 Select whether or not process the FCR

image.
2 Click [Work Disk].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Storage/Print] -
[Work Disk]. HINT
Because FCR PRIMA Console does not support
the verification of processed images, images that
have been saved by selecting Processed cannot
The “Save to Work Disk dialog” appears. be loaded into the FCR PRIMA Console. Choose
Unprocessed to view images on FCR PRIMA
The destination drive is indicated as Save Console.
Destination. Set whether compression is enabled or
not, whether FCR image processing is performed or
not and if storage density is saved or not.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-57

 Processed:
Performs FCR image processing and display
gradation correction for the pixel data in the images
to be saved. Image data thus processed is
accessible to the DICOM server for viewing the
same way as FCR PRIMA Console views them
when the DICOM server does not support FCR
image processing and display gradation correction
processing.
Unprocessed:
Does not perform FCR image processing and
display gradation correction for the pixel data in the
images to be saved. Choose Unprocessed to handle
images on equipment that supports FCR image
processing.

6 Select annotation output.

4 ★ Select [Yes] when annotations are to be put out.
★ Select [No] when annotations are not to be put
out.
Using the Image Viewer

7 Click [Output].

★ To cancel saving to the work disk, click [Cancel]

to close the “Work Disk Storage Settings
window”.

Images will then be saved to the work disk under the

conditions thus programmed.

HINT
When the disk access lamp is ON, never press
the eject button on the disk drive.

4-58 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 4.6 Printing Images with Free Layout
On the free layout print screen, free layout of images is possible for output of multiple images
to one piece of film. The image size also can be adjusted.

4.6.1 How to See “Free layout print screen”

The parts of the “Free layout print screen” are shown in the following.

Thumbnail display section: Operations section:

The study image is displayed as a The layout format, the printed
thumbnail. information, etc. can be set.

Using the Image Viewer

Layout status display section:
The image can be printed with the
layout.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-59

 4.6.2 Starting the “Free layout print screen”
The three following methods can be used to 2 From the patient list, select the patient in a
start the free layout print screen. “Completed” or “Verified” study status.
• Start from the “Main window”
• Start from the “Image Viewer window”
• Start from the “Study Utilities”

Start from the “Main window”

To start the “Free layout print screen” from the
“Main window”, select at the lower of “Refer
window”.

CAUTION
When is not displayed in the
4 “Refer window”, operation items must be
added in the customize.
Using the Image Viewer

For method of how to add operation items, see “8.7

Setting the Display Contents for Operations”.

1 Search the patient to print images of

study with free layout in the “Patient List
The study for selected patient is displayed in the
window”.
“Refer window”.

★ When the “Take X-rays tab” or “Import tab” is

selected at the lower of “Main window”, select the
“Refer tab”.

3 Select the study to print with free layout,

and select at the lower part of
window.
Image importing status can be confirmed at the
lower left-hand window on the indicator.
When the image importing is completed, the “Free
layout print screen” is displayed.

Search results are displayed as a patient list.

For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using a

Patient List”.

4-60 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Start from the “Image Viewer window” Start from the “Study Utilities”
The images displayed on the “Image Viewer The study images listed in the “Study Utilities” are
window” are displayed on the “Free layout print displayed on the “Free layout print screen”.
screen”.
1 Select the images that are in the Completed
1 Click [Freelayout]. or Verified study status from the list and
click [Freelayout] in the lower right-hand
corner of the window.
Multiple studies can be selected.

The “Free layout print screen” appears.

4
The indicator at the left bottom of the window can be

Using the Image Viewer

used to confirm the image acquisition status.

When image acquisition has been completed, the

“Free layout print screen” appears.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking on the
study window bar of the study to be printed and
selecting [Storage/Print] – [Freelayout].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-61

 4.6.3 Exiting the “Free layout print screen”
To exit the “Free layout print screen”, select
[Close] at the left bottom of the screen.

1 Click [Close].

The Confirmation dialog appears.

2 Click [OK].
The “Free layout print screen” is closed and the
display returns to the “Main window” or the “Image
Viewer window”.

4
Using the Image Viewer

4-62 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.6.4 Setting Auxiliary Information
The auxiliary information display contents and 4 Click [OK].
Show/Hide can be set. The format name is displayed in [Current Format] of
The contents to be displayed and the position the “Format information setting dialog”.
can be set as a format.

The contents to be displayed as auxiliary

information and the position are created newly.

1 Click .
The “Format information setting dialog” appears.

5 Select the position for display of the 4

auxiliary information.
Select the position of the auxiliary information on

Using the Image Viewer

[Top-left],[Top-right], [Bottom-left], or [Bottom-right].

2 Click .
The “Input format name dialog” appears.

★ Select to delete a format.

6 Select the items to be displayed from the
3 Enter the format name. [List of information items].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-63

 2 Select the format from [Current Format].

7 Click .
The selected items are added as auxiliary
information. The auxiliary information of the selected format
appears.

★ For deletion of an item, select the auxiliary

4 information displayed in the box at [Top-left],
[Top-right], [Bottom-left], or [Bottom-right] and 3 Click [OK].
then select
★ To cancel auxiliary information format setting,
Using the Image Viewer

select [Cancel] and close the “Format information

setting dialog”.
.

8 Click [OK].

★ To cancel auxiliary information format setting, The “Format information setting dialog” is closed.
select [Cancel] and close the “Format information
setting dialog”.
The auxiliary information is set.

HINT
The display contents for the auxiliary information
The “Format information setting dialog” is closed. of each image can be set even after image layout.

The auxiliary information is selected.

Setting Show/Hide for auxiliary
information
Setting the auxiliary information
display contents

Select the auxiliary information set as format. 1 Click .

Show/Hide is switched for the entire auxiliary
information of the images in the window.

1 Click .
The “Format information setting dialog” appears.

4-64 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.6.5 Image Layout
Select the film size and the print format and 5 Select the print format.
perform image layout.

1 Select Printer. A 10 x 10 grid is displayed when

selected.
is

2 Select Film Size.

3 Select the layout orientation.

4
Layout in portrait orientation.

Using the Image Viewer

Layout in landscape orientation. Move the pointer on the grid and click to specify
rows and columns.

The Confirmation dialog appears.

The window is divided into the specified number of
rows and columns.
4 Click [OK].
The display returns to the “Format information
setting dialog”.

HINT
When the cursor is moved onto the border of the
cell, it changes to or and the cell width or
height can be changed.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-65

 6 Select the images for the layout from the
thumbnail display section.

4 The images of the previous patient

appears.
The images of the next patient
appears.
Using the Image Viewer

The previous images of the same

patient appears.
The next images of the same patient
appears.

7 Drag an image and drop it at the desired

layout position.

An image which has been used in the layout gets

the check box of the image on the left side of the
screen.

4-66 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.6.6 Setting a Footer
The footer display contents and Show/Hide can 5 Click [OK].
be set.
★ To cancel footer setting, select [Cancel] and close
the “Footer information setting dialog”.

1 Click .
The “Footer information setting dialog” appears.
The “Footer information setting dialog” is closed.

The footer is set.

★ In case of landscape layout, the footer information

is displayed on the right side.

2 Select Display footer. 4

Using the Image Viewer

3 Select Footer position.

4 Enter the footer information.

HINT

When is selected, Patient ID,

patient name, sex, date, and facility name are
added to the text box. The added information can
be edited.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-67

 4.6.7 Setting Annotation Show/Hide
Show/Hide is switched for annotations added
to the Image Viewer window.

1 Click .
The annotations appear.

4
Using the Image Viewer

★ When click again, the annotations

are hidden.

4-68 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.6.8 Image Operation
Images displayed on the “Free layout print (2) Moving images
screen” can be magnified or reduced, moved,
and subjected to other processing. Images can be moved inside a cell.

(1) Magnifying or reducing

Images 1 Click .
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
● Magnifying an image turn to .

2 With the left-hand button of the mouse held

1 Click . pressed, drag the hand-shaped pointer
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will over the image to an optional position.
turn to .

4
● Reducing an image

Using the Image Viewer

1 Click .
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
turn to .

2 Click the image.

The image will move.
Each click on the image will continuously magnify or
reduce the image centering on the clicked point.

Click to undo the image move.

Click to undo the magnification or
reduction.

★ In magnifying or reducing operation, images can

be moved without selecting .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-69

 (3) Switching the display
positions of images

1 Click .
Move the mouse pointer over the image and it will
turn to .

2 Select the source image pane.

The frame of a selected image becomes red.

3 Drag the selected source image to be

switched and drop it onto the target image
to be replaced.

4
Using the Image Viewer

The image display positions are switched.

4-70 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.6.9 Image Deletion
Images can be deleted using the following two To delete all images in the image
methods. window
• Delete a selected image.
• Delete all images in the image window.

To delete a selected image 1 Click .

The deletion confirmation message appears.
1 Select the image to be deleted.
2 Click [OK].
All images are deleted.

Using the Image Viewer

2 Click . HINT
The deletion confirmation message appears.
The Show/Hide setting for auxiliary information
and footer is not deleted.
3 Click [OK].
The selected image is deleted.

CAUTION
The deleted image cannot be undeleted.
Select an image again on the left side
of the screen and add it to the image
window.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-71

 4.6.10 Image Printing
The images are printed as specified by the
layout.

1 Click .
The Confirmation dialog appears.

2 Click [OK].
Film printing is done with the layout of the image
window.

4
Using the Image Viewer

4-72 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 4.7 Editing Settings
The following settings can be edited:
• Showing/hiding thumbnail images and study status ([Suspend][Verify])
• Showing/hiding image information
• Showing/hiding a tree view
• Showing/hiding measurement results
• Customizing the toolbar
• Status of study being displayed in the “Image Viewer window”

4.7.1 Thumbnail Images and Study Status ([Suspend] [Verify])

To view thumbnail images and study status Thumbnail images hidden:
([Suspend] [Verify]), click [Thumbnails/
Status]. All images in the current study will
be displayed, along with the study status
[Suspend] or [Verify] as shown below. 4
Thumbnail images shown:

Using the Image Viewer

Showing thumbnail images and
study status

1 Click [Thumbnails/Status].
Thumbnail images Study status ([Suspend][Verify])

In the case of images other than those loaded

from a disk, annotations are not shown for
thumbnail images.
If an image is invalidated, a mis-exposure mark
is displayed in the lower right-hand corner of HINT
its thumbnail image. You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
If [Suspend] is selected, the study is kept in the in the Image Viewer and clicking [Display/Hide] -
Completed study status. If [Verify] is selected, [Thumbnails/Status].
the study is updated to the Verified study
status. Thumbnail images and study status are displayed.
Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer
For study status details, see “4.7.6 Suspending and
comes up with the same view of thumbnail images
Verifying a Study”.
and study analysis next time it launches.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-73

 Hiding thumbnail images and study
status

1 Click [Thumbnails/Status] in selected state.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/ Repeat the procedure above to view multiple images
Hide] - [Thumbnails/Status]. (The check-mark each in a desired image pane.
disappears.)
● Showing an invalidated image
Thumbnail images and study status are hidden.
1 Select the inactivated mark in the lower
4 Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer
comes up with the thumbnail images and study right-hand corner of a thumbnail image.
analysis being hidden next time it launches.
Using the Image Viewer

● Showing a thumbnail image in the image

pane
The selected image is displayed in the “Display
1 Select the image pane in which you want to mis-exposed Imgs dialog”.
view a selected image.

The selected image pane will appear in a bold

frame.

2 Double-click the thumbnail image you

would like to view in the image pane
selected in 1 .

The image is displayed.

4-74 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.7.2 Viewing Image Information
To display image information, such as a menu Hiding image information
name and magnification/reduction ratio, in an
image pane, click [Image Information]. 1 Click [Image Information] in selected state.
Image information is displayed as shown in the
example below.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Image Information].
(The check-mark disappears.)

4
Image information is hidden. Because this setting is
saved, the Image Viewer comes up with the image
information being hidden next time it launches.
Image information Image information

Using the Image Viewer

Display content can be set with the User Utility.
For details, see “9.10 Setting Additional Image
Information Display Content”.

Viewing image information

1 Click [Image Information].

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Image Information].

Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer

comes up with the same view of image information
next time it launches.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-75

 4.7.3 Showing a Tree View
To show a tree view of studies, click [Tree Hiding a tree view
View].
A tree view shows all studies covered in the 1 Click [Tree View] in selected state.
current “Image Viewer window” classified by
patient information as shown below.

Tree View

Patient information
Study information HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Tree View].
(The check-mark disappears.)

4
The tree view is hidden.
Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer
comes up with the tree view hidden next time it
launches.
Using the Image Viewer

● Selecting a study from the tree view and

viewing an image in the image pane.

1 Double-click study information in the tree

view.
HINT
Showing a tree view
If no study information is displayed in the tree
view, click [+] next to the patient information to
1 Click [Tree View]. expand the tree.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] - An image from the double-clicked study is displayed.
[Tree View].

A tree view is shown.

Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer
comes up with the same tree view next time it
launches.

4-76 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

● Selecting a patient from the tree view and ● Confirming the status of image downloading
viewing the related image in the image pane. and display
Icons next to the patient information and the
1 Double-click the patient information in the study information designate the status of image
tree view. downloading and display.
The icons have the following meanings:

An image of the patient is displayed.

Load The image download has

complete completed.

4
mark

Using the Image Viewer

Error mark The image download has failed.

Display mark The image is being displayed in the

"Image Viewer window".

Comparative Comparative study image

study image
mark

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-77

 4.7.4 Showing Annotations
To show annotations (arrow, shape, text, Hiding annotations
marker, and measurement result), click
[Annotaion] in the toolbar. 1 Click [Annotation] in selected state.
The annotations are displayed as shown below.

CTR measurement result Angle between two line

segments measurement
result

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Annotation].
(The check-mark disappears.)

The annotations are hidden. Because this setting is

4 saved, the Image Viewer comes up with the
annotations hidden next time it launches.
Using the Image Viewer

Length measurement result

For details, see “4.4 Adding Annotations on

Images”.

Showing annotations

1 Click [Annotation].

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Display/Hide] -
[Annotation].

Because this setting is saved, the Image Viewer

comes up with the same view of annotations next
time it launches.

4-78 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.7.5 Customizing Toolbar
The toolbar in the top of the “Image Viewer
window” contains set of buttons used to work
with the Image Viewer. They are organized
into functional categories. Selecting a button
from the toolbar makes it possible to execute
the associated viewer mode function. Buttons
appearing in the toolbar can be shown or
hidden at your option.
The style (appearance) of the toolbar may be
modified or frequently used buttons combined
into Toolbar Favorites.

Toolbar

Display Settings
Displays the Display Settings tab. Configure 4
toolbars to display.

Using the Image Viewer

To select buttons to appear in a toolbar, or
to customize the button display and Toolbar
Favorites, click [Toolbar Settings] in the
toolbar.
1 Choose whether to show or hide toolbars.
1 Click [Toolbar Settings].
★ Select the toolbars you want shown.
★ Deselect the toolbars you want hidden.

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere
in the image pane and clicking [Toolbar Settings]
- [Toolbar Settings].

The “Toolbar Settings dialog” appears.

Choose tabs in the dialog to open the Display
Settings, Display Style Settings and Favorites
Settings tabs.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-79

 Buttons on the operational menus included in the
Annotation
toolbars are listed below.
Buttons:
Main Control ❍ [Arrow]
Buttons: (→ Draws arrows on the image.)
❍ [Finish] ❍ [Ellipse]
(→ Exits the Viewer mode) (→ Draws ellipses on the image.)
❍ [Clear] ❍ [Rectangle]
(→ Clear images displayed in the Image Viewar.) (→ Draws rectangles on the image.)
❍ [Polygon]
Comparative Display (→ Draws polygons on the image.)
Buttons: ❍ [Length]
❍ [Study Comparative Display] (→ Measures a length over an image)
(→ Searches the past study for the patient on the ❍ [CTR]
“Acquire Comparative Images window”.) (→ Measures CTR over an image)
❍ [Angle between the two line segments]
Img Operations (→ Measures the angle between the two line

4 Buttons:
segments on the image)
❍ [Text]
❍ [Gradation]
(→ Displays character strings on the image.)
(→ Changes gradation (GA and GS))
❍ [Marker]
❍ [Magnify]
Using the Image Viewer

(→ Draws markers on the image.)

(→ Magnifies an image)
❍ [Edit Annotation]
❍ [Reduce]
(→ Moves, edits, or deletes the Arrows, shapes,
(→ Reduces an image)
text (character strings), markers and
❍ [Panning]
measurement results)
(→ Pans an image)
❍ [Save Annotation]
❍ [Stack Display]
(→ Saves the Arrows, shapes, text (character
(→ Mouse dragging switches the displayed image) strings), markers and measurement results)
❍ [Properties]
Preset Image Processing (→ Changes the line style and the line color of
Buttons: arrows and shapes and the text background,
❍ [Registration] typeface, size, and style)
(→ Registers the selected image processing
parameters with preset) Storage/Print
❍ [Organize] Buttons:
(→ Changes the preset name or deletes the preset ❍ [Film Print]
image processing parameters) (→ Prints a selected image on a film)
❍ [Freelayout]
Processing (→ Starts the freelayout function)
Buttons: ❍ [Work Disk]
❍ [Rotate/Flip] (→ Saves an image from a selected study to a disk)
(→ Rotates or flips an image in the “Rotate/Flip ❍ [General-Purpose File]
window”) (→ Saves a selected image in a general-purpose
❍ [FCR Image Processing] file format)
(→ Edits FCR image processing parameters in the
“Modify FCR Image Processing Parameters
window”)
❍ [Reverse]
(→ Reverses an image)
❍ [Reset]
(→ Resets an image to as it was last saved)

4-80 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Navigation Img Window Pattern

Buttons: Buttons:
❍ [Prev. Patient] ❍ [Image 1 x 1]
(→ Displays a study for previous patient (→ Displays one image pane)
information)
❍ [Next Patient] Image
(→ Displays a study for next patient information)
❍ [Prev. Study] ❍ [Image 1 x 2]
(→ Displays the previous study for the patient (→ Displays two image panes arranged vertically)
information on display)
Image
❍ [Next Study]
(→ Displays the next study for the patient Image
information on display)
❍ [Prev. Image] ❍ [Images 2 x 1]
(→ Displays the previous image from the study on (→ Displays two image panes arranged
display) horizontally)
❍ [Next Image]
(→ Displays the next image from the study on Image Image 4
display)
❍ [Top Image] ❍ [Images 2 x 2]

Using the Image Viewer

(→ Displays the top image from the study on (→ Displays four image panes arranged horizontally
display) and vertically from upper left to upper right, and
from top to bottom in sequence.)
Display/Hide Image Image
Buttons:
Image Image
❍ [Thumbnails/Status]
(→ Displays thumbnail images and [Suspend] and ❍ [Images 2 x 3]
[Verify]) (→ Displays six image panes arranged horizontally
❍ [Image Information] and vertically from upper left to upper right, and
(→ Displays image information, such as a menu from top to bottom in sequence.)
name and magnification/reduction ratio) Image Image
❍ [Tree View] Image Image
(→ Displays a tree view of the current study) Image Image
❍ [Annotation] ❍ [Images 2 x 4]
(→ Displays arrows, shapes, text (character (→ Displays eight image panes arranged
strings), markers and measurement results) horizontally and vertically from upper left
❍ [Toolbar Settings] to upper right, and from top to bottom in
(→ Customizes toolbar displays in the “Toolbar sequence.)
Settings dialog”) Image Image
Image Image
Image Image
Study Window Pattern Image Image

Buttons:
❍ [Images 2 x 6]
❍ [Study 1 x 1]
(→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally
(→ Displays one study window)
and vertically from upper left to upper right, and
from top to bottom in sequence.)
Study Image Image
Image Image
Image Image
Image Image
❍ [Study 2 x 1]
Image Image
(→ Displays two study windows) Image Image

Study Study

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-81

 Img Window Pattern Img Window Pattern
❍ [Images 6 x 4]
❍ [Images 3 x 4]
(→ Displays 24 image panes arranged horizontally
(→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally and vertically: six horizontally and four vertically
and vertically from upper left to upper right, and from upper left to upper right, and from top to
from top to bottom in sequence.) bottom in sequence.)
Image Image Image
image image image image image image
Image Image Image
image image image image image image
Image Image Image
image image image image image image
Image Image Image
image image image image image image

❍ [Image 4 x 1]
(→ Displays four image panes arranged Modify Study Info
horizontally)
Buttons:
❍ [Menu Change]
Image Image Image Image
(→ Changes menus in the “Menu Change window”)
❍ [Mis-exposure/Re-exposure]
❍ [Images 4 x 2] (→ Invalidates images or sets a re-exposure

4
(→ Displays eight image panes arranged operation in the “Delete/Inactivate Menu
horizontally and vertically: four horizontally and window”)
two vertically from upper left to upper right, and ❍ [Additional Exposures]
from top to bottom in sequence.)
(→ Registers additional exposure menus in the
Using the Image Viewer

Image Image Image Image “Add Menu window”)

❍ [Exchange Imgs]
Image Image Image Image
(→ Exchanges images in two exposure menus in
❍ [Images 4 x 3] the “Exchange Menus window”)
(→ Displays 12 image panes arranged horizontally ❍ [Output Destination Settings]
and vertically: three horizontally and four (→ Edits the settings for saving images to storage
vertically from upper left to upper right, and from disks, printing them on a film and saving them
top to bottom in sequence.) in a general-purpose file format in the “Verify
Image Image Image Storage/Print Settings window”)
Image Image Image
Image Image Image
Image Image Image Use Description
Buttons:
❍ [Images 4 x 4]
❍ [View Description]
(→ Displays 16 image panes arranged horizontally
(→ Selects a description in the “Use Description
and vertically: four horizontally and four
window” and displays in the “Image Viewer
vertically from upper left to upper right, and from
window”)
top to bottom in sequence.)
Image Image Image Image
Image Image Image Image Favorites
Image Image Image Image
Image Image Image Image Shows the buttons that have been set in the “Favorites
Settings window”.
❍ [Images 4 x 6]
(→ Displays 24 image panes arranged horizontally
Free Drawing
and vertically : four horizontally and six vertically
from upper left to upper right, and from top to Buttons:
bottom in sequence.) ❍ [Free Drawing]
Image Image Image Image (→ Starts the free drawing function)
Image Image Image Image
Image Image Image Image
Image Image Image Image
Image Image Image Image HINT
Image Image Image Image
To reset the toolbar settings to their defaults,
right-click anywhere in the image pane and click
[Toolbar Settings] – [Reset Toolbar].

4-82 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Display Style Settings Favorites Settings
Displays the “Display Style Settings window”, Displays the “Favorites Settings dialog”, which
which lets you set the style of buttons lets you organize frequently used buttons into
appearing on the toolbar. Toolbar Favorites.

4
1 Select a button style.
Adding buttons to Toolbar Favorites

Using the Image Viewer

1 Select a button from Functions to add to
Toolbar Favorites and click [->].

Four button styles are available from top to bottom

as follows:
The button is added to Toolbar Favorites.
• A button showing only an icon that
represents a specific action.
HINT
• A button that is imprinted with a text-based
You can do the same by double-clicking the
description of a specific action.
button to be added from Functions to Toolbar
• A button having a text-based description of
Favorites.
a specific action imprinted next to an icon
that represents the action.
• A button having a text-based description of
a specific action imprinted under an icon
that represents the action.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-83

 Deleting a button from Toolbar Changing the order of Toolbar
Favorites Favorites buttons

1 Select a button to be deleted from Toolbar 1 Select the button you want to reorder in
Favorites and click [<-]. Toolbar Favorites and click [ (Move UP)]
or [ (Move DOWN)].
HINT
When a button is moved up, it moves to the left
on the toolbar. When a button is moved down, it
moves to the right on the toolbar.

The button is deleted from Toolbar Favorites.

4 HINT
You can do the same by double-clicking the
button to be deleted from Toolbar Favorites.
Using the Image Viewer

The button order has been changed in Toolbar

Favorites.

[Setup]
Saves changes made to the toolbar display/
hide, button display style and favorites settings
and closes the “Toolbar Settings dialog”.

[Cancel]
Closes the “Toolbar Settings dialog” without
saving the changes made to the toolbar
display/hide, button display style and favorites
settings.

4-84 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.7.6 Suspending and Verifying a Study
Suspend or verify the study displayed in the Suspending a study
“Image Viewer window”. Only completed
studies can be updated to Suspended or 1 Click [Suspend] in the lower right-hand
Verified. corner of the study you want to suspend.
❍ Suspending
Leaves the study status as Completed.
Suspended studies are set aside from the
scope of automatic verification. The study remains in the Completed state.
For details, see “9.5 Setting the Time to
Automatically Verify a Study”.
Verifying a study
❍ Verify
The quality of images in the study is
1 Click [Verify] in the lower right-hand corner
of the study you want to verify.
verified.
The study is updated from the Completed to 4
the Verified study status. If automatic saving
of images to a storage disk is programmed,

Using the Image Viewer

the images are saved to a storage disk at The study is updated to the verified study status.
this time. If printing images in a study on
a film (optional) or transmitting images in
a study to DICOM server (optional) upon
verification of the study is programmed, the
images are printed and saved automatically.
To suspend or verify a study, click [Suspend]
or [Verify] in the lower right-hand corner of the
image. [Suspend] and [Verify] is not selectable
for a verified study.

HINT
If neither [Suspend] nor [Verify] is displayed under
an image pane, display them in either of the
following ways:
• Click [Thumbnails/Status] in the toolbar.
• Right-clicking anywhere in the image pane and
click [Display/Hide] - Click [Thumbnails/Status].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-85

 4.8 Editing Study Information
You can perform the following operations on the study being displayed in the “Image Viewer
window”:
• Changing menus
• Deleting menus and invalidating images
• Adding menus
• Replacing images
• Editing storage/print settings
• Editing patient information

4.8.1 Changing Menus

To change menus for images in a study, click
[Menu Change].
When the menu for a read image is changed,
4 the image is subjected to image manipulations
according to the new menu. If the image has
been rotated or reversed, its status is updated
Using the Image Viewer

according to the new menu.

1 Select the study for which you want to

change menus.

3 Choose the exposure menu you want to

change from the selected list of menus.

2 Click [Menu Change].

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking in the study
window bar of the study for which you are about
to change menus and clicking [Modify Study Info]
4 Select a new menu group.
- [Menu Change].

The exposure menus in the selected menu group

appear at the bottom of the window.
The “Changing Exposure Menu window” appears.

4-86 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

5 Select a new exposure menu.

The modified exposure menu is added to the

selected list of menus on the right-hand side of the
window.

6 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner

4
of the window.

Using the Image Viewer

★ To cancel the exposure menu change, click
[Close] to close the “Changing Exposure Menu
window”.

The “Changing Exposure Menu window” closes.

Check the “Image Viewer window” to make sure that
the exposure menu for the image has been modified.

HINT
The exposure menu is displayed as image
information.

If no image information is shown in the image

pane, show it as instructed “4.7.2 Viewing
Image Information”.

- If the following message is displayed -

Verified studies are about to be changed.
❍Do you wish to continue?
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
If you change the menu for a verified study, the
study would return from the Verified to the
Completed study status.

★ To change menus, click [OK].

HINT
Re-verify the study.
★ To cancel the menu changes and return to
the “Changing Exposure Menu window”, click
[Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-87

 4.8.2 Deleting Menus/Inactivating Images
Click [Mis-exposure/Re-exposure] in the [Inactivate]
toolbar to set mis-exposures (invalidating read
images) or re-exposures. The read images are inactivated. The
inactivated images are not reflected in the
1 Select the study for which to set a mis- printing and saving performed with the [Film
exposure or re-exposure. Print] (optional) and [Work Disk] selected.

1 Select the exposure menu for a read image

and click [Inactivate].

4
A mark appears indicating that the image is
Using the Image Viewer

inactivated.
2 Click [Mis-exposure/Re-exposure].
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking in the
study window bar of the study for which you
want to set a mis-exposure or re-exposure and
clicking [Modify Study Info.] - [Mis-exposure/Re-
exposure].

[Activate]
The “Deleting Menus/Inactivating Images window” Select an exposure menu that has been
appears. inactivated by [Inactivate] or [Re-exposure] and
click [Activate] to activate the image.
Check the “Image Viewer window” to make sure
that the exposure menu for the image has been
modified.

4-88 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Re-exposure] - If the following message is displayed -
Verified studies are about to be changed.
Click to inactivate a read image and select a re-
❍Do you wish to continue?
exposure menu.
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations necessary to
1 Select the exposure menu for a read image verify studies.
and click [Re-exposure].
If a re-exposure is programmed for a verified study,
the study would return from the Verified to the
Started study status.
★ To program a re-exposure, click [OK].
Message Being studied is displayed in the study
window bar. Exit the Image Viewer and start a study.
For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List”.

HINT
A re-exposure mark is attached to the exposure Re-verify the study when it is finished.
menu. This image is inactivated and the same
exposure menu as the image is added to the study.
★ To cancel the programming of the re-exposure and
return to the “Delete/Inactivate Menu window”, click
4
[Cancel].

Using the Image Viewer

[Close]
Click to cancel changes to the mis-exposure
(image invalidation) or re-exposure setting and
close the “Delete/Inactivate Menu window”
appears.

[Finish]
Click to save changes to the mis-exposure
(image invalidation) or re-exposure setting and
close the “Delete/Inactivate Menu window”
appears.
Check the “Image Viewer window” to make
sure that an image inactivation mark is
attached to the thumbnail image.
If a re-exposure is programmed, message
Being studied, is displayed in the study window
bar. The study returns to the Started study
status. Exit the Image Viewer and start a study.
For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient List”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-89

 4.8.3 Adding Menus
To register an additional exposure menu, click 3 Select a menu group.
[Additional Exposures] in the toolbar.

1 Select the menu to which you want to add a

menu.

The study and exposure menus in the selected

menu group appear at the bottom of the window.

4 Select a study or exposure menu.

2 Click [Additional Exposures].

Using the Image Viewer

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking in the study
window bar of the study to which you are about
to add a menu and click [Modify Study Info.] - The selected exposure menu is added to the
[Additional Exposures].
selected list of menus on the right-hand side of the
window.

5 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.

The “Adding Exposure Menus window” appears. ★ To cancel the addition of the exposure menu,
click [Close] and close the “Adding exposure
menu window”.

The “Add Menu window” closes.

The selected menu is added to the selected list of
menus on the right-hand side of the window.
Message Being studied, is displayed in the study
window bar in the “Image Viewer window”. The
study returns to the Started study status. Exit the
Image Viewer and start a study.

For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient

List”.

4-90 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

- If the following message is displayed -
Verified studies are about to be changed.
❍Do you wish to continue?
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
If an additional exposure menu is programmed for a
verified study, the study would return from the
Verified to the Started study status.

★ To program an additional exposure menu, click

[OK].
Message Being studied is displayed in the study
window bar. Exit the Image Viewer and start a
study.
For details, see “3.4.3 Manipulating Patient
List”.

HINT
Re-verify the study when it is finished. 4
★ To cancel the programming of the additional
exposure menu and return to the “Adding

Using the Image Viewer

Exposure Menu window”, click [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-91

 4.8.4 Exchanging Images
If the wrong order has been set for reading 3 Select the two exposure menus for which
images, exchange the images to correct the you want to exchange menus.
order in which they are read. To exchange Checkmark is appeared in the check box for the
images, click [Exchange]. selec ted exposure menus. W hen a selec ted
When images are exchanged, they are subjected exposure menu is reselected, it is unchecked and
to image processing according to the destination thus deselected.
menu. If the images have been rotated or
reversed, their status is updated according to 4 Click [Exchange].
the destination menu. HINT
Once images are exchanged, the operation cannot
1 Select the study in which you want images
be undone. To reverse the image status, select
exchanged. the two exposure menus again and exchange the
images.

4
Using the Image Viewer

The images in the two exposure menus selected are

exchanged.

2 Click [Exchange Imgs].

HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking in the study
window bar of the study in which you want images
exchanged and clicking [Modify Study Info.] -
[Exchange Imgs].

5 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.

The “Replacing Images window” appears. The “Replacing Images window” closes.
Check the “Image Viewer window” to make sure that
the images have been exchanged.
- If the following message is displayed -
Verified studies are about to be changed.
❍Do you wish to continue?
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
If images in a verified study are exchanged, the
st u dy wo u l d r et u r n f r o m t h e Ve r i f i e d to t h e
Completed study status.

★ To exchange images, click [OK].

HINT
Re-verify the study.
★ To cancel the image exchange and return to the
“Replacing Images window”, click [Cancel].

4-92 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.8.5 Setting Image Print, Storage and Transmission
You can confirm or modify the following HINT
settings: The User Utility can be configured for users to
• Saving images to a storage disk apply the same set of settings to all the studies
• Printing images on a film (optional) they conduct using FCR PRIMA Console.
• Transmitting images to DICOM server
For details, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving
(optional) and Transmitting Parameters”.
To make modifications to these print or storage
settings, follow these steps: 3 Configure and verify the settings for saving,
storing and printing images.
1 Select the study for which you want to edit
Set whether to save images to a storage disk or not.
image print/storage settings.
Further, verify the current status of save, the save
destination and the save timing. If images have
output status Output Completed, the check box is
selected. This check box is not accessible for

4
handling.
Select the DVD check box to save images to the
storage disk.
To change the output density of images saved to the

Using the Image Viewer

storage disk, click [Details].

For instructions on how to change the image

output density, see “Editing Settings for Saving
Images to Disks” in this subsection.
★ If you choose not to save images to a storage disk,
2 Click [Output Destination Settings].
leave the DVD check box cleared.
HINT
You can do the same by right-clicking in the study
window bar of the study for which you are about to Set whether to print images on a film or not. Further,
edit image print/storage settings and click [Modify verif y the current status of printing, the print
Study Info.] - [Output Destination Settings].
destination and the print timing. If images have the
output status Output Completed, the check box is
selected. This check box is not accessible for
handling.
Check the check box to print images on a film.
The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” for image
output destination and timing setting appears. To edit the detailed settings for printing images on a
film, click [Details].

For a detailed description of the setup procedure,

see “Editing Film Print (Optional) Settings” in
this subsection.
★ If you choose not to print images on a film, leave
the check box cleared.

The window comes up with the default settings of

the User Utility.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-93

 Set whether to transmit images to DICOM server or
Editing Settings for Saving Images
not. Further, verify the current status of output, the
to Disks
output destination and the output timing. If images
have the output status Output Completed, the check You can change the pixel density with which
box is selected. This check box is not accessible for images are saved to a storage disk.
handling.
Select the DICOM-Server check box to transmit 1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the
images to DICOM server for saving. disk indicating line.
To change the destination (output destination) and
the pixel density (output density) of images
transmitted to DICOM server, click [Details].
The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” for disk
For instructions on how to change the image storage setting appears.
output timing, see “Editing Settings for
Transmitting Images to DICOM Server
(Optional)” in this subsection.
★ If you choose not to transmit images to DICOM
server, leave the DICOM-Server check box
4 cleared.

4
Using the Image Viewer

Set whether or not to print or save images

on a priority basis.

★ To print or save images in this study on a priority

basis, select the Execute prioritized printout
check box.
★ To not print or save images in this study on HINT
a priority basis, clear the Execute prioritized The timing at which images are saved to a
printout check box. storage disk (output timing) is when their study
status changes to Verified. The timing at which
images are saved to a storage disk cannot be
changed.
5 Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner
of the window. 2 Select an output density.
★ To cancel the setup, click [Close] in the lower left- Select the pixel density with which images are
hand corner of the window to close the “Output/ generated.
Storage window”.

[Save by Default Pixel Count]:

Saves images with a reduced pixel density and
Images in this study are then printed or saved
hence in a smaller file size.
according to the modified version of settings.
[Save by Max Pixel Count]:
Procedures for editing the detailed settings of the
Saves images with the maximum pixel density that
individual parameters are given below.
allows them to be saved or printed on the system.

HINT
Images once saved by default pixel count on
FCR PRIMA Console, cannot be saved by max.
pixel count when reloaded. Save by Default Pixel
Count would be the only option.

4-94 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner 4 Select a film output count.
of the window. One to nine copies can be printed.

★ To cancel the detailed disk save setup, click

[Back] in the lower left-hand corner of the window
to return to the “Setting Image Print/Storage 5 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner
window” for disk storage setting. of the window.

★ To cancel the detailed film print setup, click

[Back] in the lower left-hand corner of the window
The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” for disk to return to the “Setting Image Print/Storage
storage setting appears. window” for film print setting.
Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
window to save the changes to the settings.

The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” for film

print setting appears.
Editing Film Print (Optional)
Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
Settings
window to save the changes.
4
You can modify the following settings:
• Type of Imager used
• Film print timing Editing Settings for Transmitting

Using the Image Viewer

• Print count of an image Images to DICOM server (Optional)

1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the You can modify the transmission destination
film print indicating line. (output destination) in DICOM server to which
images are transmitted to DICOM server as well
as the pixel density (output density) with which
The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” for film the images are transmitted.
print setting appears.
1 Click [Details] at the rightmost end of the
DICOM output indicating line.

The “Setting Image Print/Storage window” appears.

2 Select a print destination.

Select the type of Imager to be used.

3 Select when to output.

HINT
[Upon Completion]: The timing at which images are transmitted
Prints images on a film when their study status to DICOM server (output timing) is when their
changes to Complete. study status changes to Verified. The timing of
image transmission to DICOM server cannot be
[Upon Verification]: changed.
Prints images on a film when their study status
changes to Verified.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-95

 2 Select a destination.
Select DICOM server at the transmission destination
(output destination).

HINT
DICOM server already selected as a transmission
destination (output destination) does not appear
on the list.

3 Select an output density.

[Save by Default Pixel Count]:

Transmits images with a reduced pixel density and

4 hence in a smaller file size.

[Save by Max Pixel Count]:
Transmits images with the maximum pixel density
that allows them to be saved or printed on the
Using the Image Viewer

system.

HINT
Images once saved by default pixel count on
FCR PRIMA Console, cannot be saved by max.
pixel count when reloaded. Save by Default Pixel
Count would be the only option.

4 Click [Setup] in the lower right-hand corner

of the window.

★ To cancel the detailed DICOM server

transmission setup, click [Back] in the lower
left-hand corner of the window to return to the
“Setting Image Print/Storage window”.

The “Output/Storage window” appears.

Click [Finish] in the lower right-hand corner of the
window to save the changes.

4-96 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4.8.6 Editing Patient Information
To edit patient information, click [Modify] in the [Edit] next to the Patient ID field
upper right-hand corner of the window.
Edits made to the patient information can be Modifies the patient ID in the “Modify ID
reflected in the corresponding information Number window”.
stored in the FCR PRIMA Console database. 1 After modifying the patient ID, click
1 Display the study for which you want to edit [Finish].
patient information. The allowable character length is determined by a
system setting.
In editing patient information, open only one study at
The following characters and space cannot be used:
a time (showing a study window in [1 x 1]). Two study
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <
windows arranged vertically can not verify result of
edited patient information. ★ To cancel the edits made to the patient ID,
click [Back] to return to the “Modifying Patient
Information window”.

Using the Image Viewer

2 Click [Modify].

- If the following message is displayed -

Are you sure you want to apply the changes to the
database?

★ To apply the modified patient ID not only to this

The “Modifying Patient Information window”
study but also to the patient information stored in
appears.
the database, click [OK].
★ To apply the modified patient ID to this study only
and not to the Patient information stored in the
database, click [Cancel].
The “Modify ID Number window” closes. Check the
“Image Viewer window” to make sure that the patient
ID has been modified.
- If the following message is displayed -
Verified studies are about to be changed.
❍Do you wish to continue?
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
If you modify the patient ID for a verified study, the
Detailed patient information fields study would return from the verified to the completed
study status.

[Close] ★ To modify the patient ID, click [OK].

Closes the “Modifying Patient Information HINT

window” without making edits to the patient Re-verify the study.
information. ★ To cancel the modification to the patient ID and
return to the “Modify ID Number window”, click
[Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-97

 [Edit] next to the detailed patient HINT
Re-verify the study.
information fields
★ To cancel the modifications to the patient
Displays the “Input Patient Information
information and return to the “Input Patient
window” to edit details on the patient
Information window”, click [Cancel].
information.

1 After making edits to the detailed [Change the patient]

information, click [Finish].
Displays the “Search for ID Number window”
For instructions on how to enter detailed to re-register the current study as one for new
information, see “3.1.1 Entering New Patient study for another set of patient information.
Information”. Search for the target patient information in the
★ To cancel the edits made to the detailed “Search for ID Number window”.
patient information, click [Back] to return to the
“Modifying Patient Information window”. 1 Enter the patient ID of the target patient
information and click [Search].

4 ★ To cancel the changes made to the patient

information, click [Back] to return to the
“Modifying Patient Information window”.
Using the Image Viewer

The following message is displayed:

Are you sure you want the edits made to the
patient information reflected in the patient
information database?

★ To apply the edits made to the detailed patient The “Edit Patient Information window” appears.
information not only to this study but also to the
patient information stored in the database, click ❍ If the patient information located is not
[OK]. displayed in the “Edit Patient Information
★ To apply the edits made to the detailed patient window”
information to this study only and not to the It means that the patient information matching
patient information stored in the database, click
the patient ID entered in the “Input Patient ID
[Cancel].
window” is not registered in the FCR PRIMA
The “Input Patient Information window” closes. Console database. Retry the search with
Check the “Image Viewer window” to make sure that another patient ID or register it as a new patient
the detailed patient information has been modified. information.

- If the following message is displayed - ★ To retry with another patient ID, click [Back] to
return to the “Input Patient ID window”.
Verified studies are about to be changed.
★ To register new patient information, return to the
❍Do you wish to continue?
“Edit Patient Information window” in these steps:
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
(1) Click [Back] in the “Modifying patient
necessary to verify studies.
information window”.
If you modify detailed patient information for a (2) Click [Back] in the “Search for ID Number
verified study, the study would return from the window”.
verified to the completed study status. (3) Return from the “Image Viewer window” to the
★ To modify the detailed patient information, click “Main window”.
[OK]. (4) Register new patient information.

For details, see “3.1.1 Entering New Patient

Information”.

4-98 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2 After confirming or editing the patient
information located, click [Finish].

The following message is displayed:

Are you sure you want the edits made to the
patient information reflected in the patient
4
information database?

Using the Image Viewer

★ To apply the edits made to the patient information
only to this study but also to the patient
information stored in the database, click [OK].
★ To apply the edits made to the patient information
to this study only and not to the patient
information stored in the database, click [Cancel].

The “Search for and Edit Patient Information

window” appears.
Check the “Image Viewer window” to make sure that
the patient information has been modified.
- If the following message is displayed -
Verified studies are about to be changed.
❍Do you wish to continue?
Notice: To continue, re-verify operations
necessary to verify studies.
If you edit the patient information for a verified study,
the study would return from the Verified to the
Completed study status.

★ To edit the patient information, click [OK].

HINT
Re-verify the study.
★ To cancel the edits made to the patient ID and
return to the “Modifying patient information
window”, click [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-99

 4.9 Free Drawing on Viewer for Informed
Consent
Lines can be drawn freely on the Image Viewer window just as with a pen. The following can be
done with this free drawing function.
• Selection of the thickness and the color of the lines to be drawn
• Capture of the free drawing image (clipboard copy)
• Deleting of the drawn lines

(1) Starting the free drawing (2) Free drawing

function
1 Select pen size and pen color.
1 Click [Free Drawing]. Pen size:
When [Set Pen Size] is clicked, the pen size
HINT
4
selection buttons are displayed under the button.
You can do the same by right-clicking anywhere Selection is possible from thin pen (3 points),
in the image pane and clicking [Free Drawing]. medium pen (9 points), and thick pen (27 points).
Using the Image Viewer

The “Function dialog” opens.

HINT
HINT When the Free Drawing function is started, the
During use of the Free Drawing function, no pen size used last the previous time is selected.
operations other than the Free Drawing function
are possible. To perform operations other than Pen color:
the Free Drawing function, click [Change Drawing When [Set Pen Color] is clicked, the color selection
Mode] and switch to non-drawing mode. buttons are displayed under the button.
To return to drawing mode, click [Change Drawing The pen color can be changed by clicking the
Mode] again. desired color selection button.

HINT
When the Free Drawing function is started, the
pen color used last the previous time is selected.

4-100 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2 Drag the mouse on the “Image Viewer (5) Exiting the free drawing
window” to draw a line.
function

1 Click [Exit].

The “Function dialog” is closed.

All drawn lines are deleted.

HINT
(3) Capturing the drawn image When exiting the Free Drawing function, the
selected pen size and pen color are stored,
and they are set again when the Free Drawing
1 Click [Snapshot]. function is started again.
4

Using the Image Viewer

The data of the drawn image are copied to the
clipboard as a bmp file. The clipboard data can be
pasted by “Paint” or other applications, and they can
be edited, printed, and saved.

HINT
When images are displayed on multiple monitors,
the image data of both monitors are copied to the
clipboard as one file. In case of different screen
sizes, the images copied to the clipboard with
their upper edges aligned.

Image save arrangement:

Monitor configuration Image arrangement
Monitor 1 Monitor 1
Monitor 2 Monitor 2

Monitor 2 Monitor 2
Monitor 1 Monitor 1

(4) Deleting the drawn lines

1 Click [Delete].

All drawn lines are deleted.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 4-101

 4
Using the Image Viewer

4-102 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 5 Confirming by Viewing
Indicators
5.1 Viewing Indicators
Indicators provide visual indications of the status of the Image Reader, disk, NAS, printer
(optional), data transfer and events (errors, warnings and information).

Indicators are separated from the “Main window” (1) Image Reader
or “Image Viewer window”, so it can be placed
in any spots. Indicator
Notice
state
Indicators Off No Image Reader is connected to the
FCR PRIMA Console.
Images cannot be read. Connect an
Image Reader.
On An Image Reader is connected to the
FCR PRIMA Console. 5
Images can be read.
Blinking An error has occurred with the Image
Reader connected to the FCR PRIMA

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

Console.
Select the indicator to view detailed
information about the error. Confirm the
error and respond to it as appropriate.
Indicators represent from left to right:
When you select the Image Reader indicator, the
(1)Image Reader
Reader tab appears, offering you a visual insight
(2)Disk
into the Image Reader status and other detailed
(3)NAS (optional)
information.
(4)Film printer (optional)
For details, see “5.2 Confirming Image Reader
(5)Output Status
Status”
(6)Events (errors, warnings, information)
(2) Disk
Indicator
Notice
state
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Off Either a storage disk is not inserted in the
PC's control drive or a read-only disk is
Indicators turn on, turn off or blink, to notify necessary
inserted in the PC's control drive.
information listed in the following tables. Images cannot be saved to the disk.
On A write-enabled storage disk is inserted in
the PC's control drive.
Images can be saved to the disk.

When you select the indicator, the “Disk window”

appears, allowing you to check the status of disk
set in the PC’s control drive and perform disk
operation.
For details, see “5.3 Confirming Disk Status”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-1

 (3) NAS (Optional) (6) Event
Indicator Indicator
Notice Notice
state state
Off NAS is not available. Off FCR PRIMA Console is running normally.
Blinking An event (error, warning or information)
Images cannot be saved in NAS. has occurred.
On NAS is available. Select the indicator to view detailed
information about the event. Confirm the
Images can be saved in NAS. event and respond to it as appropriate.
Blinking NAS does not have enough space.
When you select the event indicator, the Event
Select the indicator to view detailed tab appears, offering you clues to confirming and
information about the event. Confirm the deleting events.
error and respond to it as appropriate. For details, see “5.7 Confirming Events (Errors,
When you select the NAS indicator, the “Disk Warnings or Information)”.
window” appears, offering you a visual insight into
the NAS status and other detailed information.

For details, see “5.4 Confirming NAS Status

(optional)”.

5 (4) Film printer (Optional)

Indicator
Notice
state
Confirming by Viewing Indicators

Off The default film printer is not available.

Images cannot be printed on a film.
On The default film printer is available.
Images can be printed on a film.
Blinking An error has occurred with the default film
printer.
Select the indicator to view detailed
information about the error. Confirm the
error and respond to it as appropriate.

When you select the Film printer indicator, the

Printer tab appears, offering you a visual insight into
the printer status and other detailed information.
For details, see “5.5 Confirming Film Printer Status
(Optional)”.

(5) Output status

Indicator
Notice
state
Off There is no image being output.
On An image is being output.

When you select the output status indicator, the

Output tab appears, offering you a visual insight
into the progress of output and clues to canceling or
forcing output.
For details, see “5.6 Confirming Image Output
Status”.

5-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 5.2 Confirming Image Reader Status
Confirm the status of the Image Reader connected to the FCR PRIMA Console.
You can also perform scanner cleaning.

1 Select the Image Reader indicator. [Operation]

Image Reader indicator
Displays a screen to execute the Scanner
Cleaning. Perform scanner cleaning on the
Image Reader to dust off the scanner head which
you are reminded to carry out periodically.
The Reader tab appears.

Before performing scanner cleaning, check that

You can confirm the status of the Image Reader
the Image Reader is not busy.
connected to the FCR PRIMA Console.
1 Click [Execute].

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

If an error has occurred with the Image Reader, take
action as suggested. Scanner cleaning takes about 15 seconds to
complete.
Click [Status] to return to the status view of the
[Update] Reader tab.
Refreshes the view of the device status. HINT
Select tabs in the top of the window to confirm the
[OK] disk, film printer, output status or events.

Closes the Reader tab.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-3

 5.3 Confirming Disk Status
You can check the status of the disk set in the PC’s control drive. You can also perform the
following operations:
• Replace disks
• Configure a storage disk as a write-enabled or read-only disk
• Restore a storage disk or work disk (at a disk restoration prompt)
• Restore the database with information from a storage disk or work disk

1 Select the disk indicator. [Update]

Disk indicator
Refreshes the view of the device status, usage
and the setting for writing data.

The Disk tab appears, offering a visual indication of [OK]

the status of the disk drive connected to the FCR Closes the Disk tab.
PRIMA Console.
HINT
Select tabs in the top of the window to confirm the
5 disk, film printer, output status or events.

[Store-Disk List]
Confirming by Viewing Indicators

The “Store-Disk List window” appears, showing

a list of the storage disks registered with the
FCR PRIMA Console.

2 To view the status of the disk mounted in

any other disk drive and to handle it, select
the target drive in Device Name.

The status of the selected disk drive is displayed.

Status:
Shows the name of a disk and the amount of free
Disk Name:
space (%) on it.
Storage disk name.
Usage:
Indicates whether the disk is intended as a storage Write Start:
disk or work disk. The date and time at which writing to a storage disk
Nothing appears for any other type of disk. started.

For disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives Write End:
Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.
The date and time at which writing to a storage disk
Disk Write: ended.
Indicates whether a storage disk inserted is write-
enabled or read-only. Status:
Indicates whether the storage disk is currently write-
enabled or it is a read-only disk.

Click [Status/Operation] to return to the Disk tab.

5-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Replace] 3 Select how to handle the disk inserted in
the disk drive and click [Next]..
Displays the “Replacing Disks dialog”, opening
the disk drive tray.
Set a disk name and usage in these steps:

1 Place a disk in the disk drive tray and close

the tray.

2 Click [Next] in the “Replacing Disks dialog”.

For Image Storage:
HINT Use the disk as an image storage disk.
To cancel the disk replacement, click [Cancel]
and close the dialog. Not For Image Storage:

● DICOM-Compatible Format:
Use the disk as a work disk.
● Other:
Use the disk for any other purpose.
For disk usage details, see “2.5.1 Disks and
Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.

★ If you select For Image Storage or DICOM-

Compatible Format, a disk name entry field
5
★ If you insert an image storage or work disk that
has once been used with FCR PRIMA Console appears.
into the disk drive, the Disk replacement process Go to Step 4 .

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

completes. Go to Step 5 . ★ Click [Other] to return to the Disk tab.
★ If you insert a new formatted disk, non-storage
or non-work disk into the disk drive, For Image 4 Enter a disk name and click [Next].
Storage or Not for Image Storage appears in the
“Replacing Disks dialog”. Go to Step 3 . ★ To cancel the entry of the disk name, click [Restore
setting value].
★ If you insert an unformatted disk into the disk
drive, a formatting confirmation prompt message ★ To cancel the disk replacement, click [Cancel] to
appears. close the dialog.

Click [OK] to launch a disk formatting program for HINT

formatting the disk. For instructions on how to use Affix a label etc. to the disc case for identification
the formatting program, refer to the Operation and management.
Manual that comes with the disk drive.

★ To cancel the formatting process, click [Cancel] to

quit the start of disk handling.

The disk replacement process completes.

5 Click [Update] in the Disk tab.

When the formatting process completes, For Image
Storage or Not for Image Storage appears in the
“Replacing Disks dialog”. Go to Step 3 .

HINT
To replace the disk, see “[Replace]” in this Check that the information of the disk being handled
subsection. is displayed.
To eject the disk, see “2.5.3 Ejecting Disk”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-5

 [Utility] [Disk Setting]
Displays the “Disk Operation dialog”, allowing The “Disk Setting dialog” appears, allowing
you to: you to reconfigure the storage disk as a write-
• Replace disks. enabled or read-only disk.
(Do the same as when you have selected
1 Select a disk write setting.
[Replace] in the Disk tab.)
• Configure a storage disk as write-enabled or ★ Select Write enabled and click [OK] to configure
read-only the storage disk as a write-enabled disk.
• Restore a storage disk or work disk (at a disk ★ Select Write disabled and click [OK] to configure
restoration prompt) the storage disk as a read-only disk.
• Restore the database with information from a ★ To cancel the disk write setting, click [Cancel] to
close the “Disk Setting dialog”.
storage disk or work disk
This window also confirms the disk drive
status.
To view the status of the disk mounted in any
other disk drive and to handle it, select the
target drive in [Equipment Name].

Status: The storage disk is reconfigured as a write-enabled

5 Shows the name of a disk and the amount of free

space (%) on it.
or read-only disk.

Usage: [Disk Restoration]

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

Indicates whether the disk is intended as a storage Restores a storage or work disk after mismatches
disk or work disk. occurring in the image management file on the
Nothing appears for any other type of disk. disk resulting from a power failure while writing
to the disk or other adverse conditions.
Disk Write:
Indicates whether a storage disk inserted is write-
enabled or read-only. The following message is displayed if
mismatches occur in the image management
file:
A data mismatch is found.
❍Restore the disk.

When the message above is displayed, click

this button to restore the disk.

“Confirm ation dialog” appears.

Are you sure you would like to have the disk restored?

Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog, the “Disk

Restoration dialog” appears.
★ To cancel the disk restoration (rebuild), click [Cancel]
to close the “Disk Restoration dialog”.
[Update]
Refreshes the view of the device status, usage
and the setting for writing data.

[Replacing Disks]
Replaces the disk shown in the current “Disk
Operation dialog”. Do the same as [Replace] in
the Disk tab.

5-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

The “Disk Restoration dialog” appears in a while. Studies are updated:
(The “Disk Restoration dialog” may or may not Delete existing studies on the FCR PRIMA Console
appear depending on the disk status. If it does not, system, and register studies imported from the disk.
skip Steps 1 and 2 .)
Skips study registration process on the disk:
1 Select the usage of the disk to be restored Skips the impor ting of studies from the disk,
(rebuilt) and click [Next]. Preser ve the existing studies on FCR PRIMA
Console intact.

The “Database Restoration dialog” appears.

Study information from the disk is imported to the
FCR PRIMA Console database.

★ To cancel the database restoration process, click

If you choose the image storage disk, the message [Cancel]. Study information that has already been
Select an image storage disk from the list appears. imported to the FCR PRIMA Console database
cannot be reverted.
2 Select a storage disk to be restored (rebuilt)
from a pulldown menu and click [OK].

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

The “Disk Restoration dialog” appears again. When the importing of study information completes
When the disk restoration (rebuild) process in a while, the “Database Restoration dialog” closes.
completes in a while, it closes.
Once the disk has been restored (rebuilt), it can To confirm images from a study imported to the FCR
used again as before. PRIMA Console, you need to insert the disk used in
the restoration process into the disk drive. Once the
database restoration process completes, the disk
[Database Restoration]
use is configured as a read-only disk and should be
If the equipment should fail or require managed in read-only status.
replacement, the FCR PRIMA Console database If the database is restored using a work disk, that
can be restored by importing study information disk is configured as a storage disk.
from the storage disk or work disk to the FCR
PRIMA Console.
[Close]
Click this button to display the “Database Closes the “Disk Operation dialog”.
Restoration dialog”.

1 Select what action to take if the same study

already exists on the FCR PRIMA Console
and click [Start].

★ To cancel the database restoration process,

click [Cancel] to close the “Database Restoration
dialog”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-7

 5.4 Confirming NAS Status (Optional)
Confirm the status of the NAS connected to the FCR PRIMA Console.

1 Select the NAS indicator.

NAS indicator

The Disk tab appears, offering a confirmation of the

status of the NAS connected to the FCR PRIMA
Console.

5
Confirming by Viewing Indicators

[Update]
Refreshes the view of the device status, usage
and the setting for writing data.

[OK]
Closes the Disk tab.

CAUTION
• When the HDD does not have enough
space, install another NAS. In such
cases, contact our official dealer.
• When an error of NAS is displayed in the
indicator for Event, contact our official
dealer to fix it.

HINT
Select tabs in the top of the dialog to confirm
the Image Reader, film printer, output status or
events.

5-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 5.5 Confirming Film Printer Status
(Optional)
Confirm the status of the film printer connected to the FCR PRIMA Console.

1 Select the printer indicator.

Printer indicator

The Printer tab of “Indicator dialog” appears,

allowing you to confirm the status of the printer
connected to the FCR PRIMA Console.

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

If an error occurrs in the printer, refer to the
operation manual for the printer for corrective action.

2 To view the status of any other printer, select

the target printer in Device Name.

The status of the selected printer is displayed.

[Update]
Refreshes the view of the device status.

[OK]
Closes the Printer tab.

HINT
Select tabs in the top of the window to confirm the
disk, film printer, output or event status.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-9

 5.6 Confirming Image Output Status
Confirm the output status of images as they are printed on a film (optional), saved to a disk, or
transmitted to DICOM server (optional). Canceled or failed output of images can be retried.

1 Select the output status indicator. [Delete]

Output status indicator
Cancels image output.

1 Select an image to cancel output and click

[Delete].
The Output Status tab appears.

Confirm the output status of images as they are

printed on a film, saved to a disk or transmitted to
DICOM server. Output status is displayed in order of
output.

2 Click [OK] in the “Confirmation dialog”.

The output is canceled.
5 [ v (previous page) ] [ w (next page) ]
Displays the previous and next pages in the
output status list.
Confirming by Viewing Indicators

[Force Output]
Outputs again an image that has once failed to
be output because of an error encountered.

1 Select an image to output again and click

2 To confirm image output status by film, disk [Force Output].
or DICOM, select an output destination of
interest in Filter Conditions.

The status of the selected output destination is

displayed. The output of the selected image resumes.

HINT
[OK] Select tabs in the top of the window to confirm the
Image Reader, disk, film printer or events.
Closes the Output Status tab.

5-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 5.7 Confirming Events
(Errors, Warnings or Information)
Confirm events (errors, warnings or information) occurring on the FCR PRIMA Console system.
If the event indicator is blinking, it indicates that there are unconfirmed events. Confirm the
events and respond to them as appropriate.

1 Select the event indicator. [Update]

HINT Refreshes the view of the events.
You can do the same by right-clicking the server
application icon docked in the task tray and
clicking [Event indicator]. [OK]
Closes the Events tab.
Event indicator

[Details]
Confirms details about an event occurring.
The Events tab appears, allowing you to confirm the
1 Select an event of interest and click
events (errors, warnings or information) that have
occurred on the FCR PRIMA Console system. The [Details]. 5
events are shown in the descending order of Date/
Time.

Confirming by Viewing Indicators

The “Error Details dialog” appears.

2 To view events by type, select a source.

When the confirmation completes, click [Close] to
close the “Error Details dialog”.

Events of the selected type are displayed.

3 To view unconfirmed events or confirmed

events only, select Status.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 5-11

 [Delete]
Deletes an event.

1 Select the event you want to delete and click

[Delete].

2 Click [OK] in the “Confirmation dialog”.

The selected event is deleted.

[ v (previous page) ] [ w (next page) ]

Display the previous and next pages of the event
list.
5
[Confirm]
Marks the selected events as being confirmed.
Confirming by Viewing Indicators

Confirmed events are hidden when Unconfirmed

Only is selected in Status.

1 Select an event and click [Confirm].

The event is updated to confirmed status.

[One page]
Check all the events in the current page as being
confirmed.
Confirmed events are hidden when Unconfirmed
Only is selected in Status.

[Confirm all]
Check all the events as being confirmed.
Confirmed events are hidden when Unconfirmed
Only is selected in Status.

HINT
Select tabs in the top of the window to confirm the
Image Reader, disk, film printer or output status.

5-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 6 Using Study Utilities
6.1 Using Study Utilities
(Studies within FCR PRIMA Console)
In the Study Utilities, deleting studies and saving images etc. can be performed.
This section describes the actions that can be performed on the studies stored within FCR
PRIMA Console.
For information about the operations that can be performed on the studies stored on disk, see
“6.2 Using a Study Utilities (Studies within a Disk)”.

6.1.1 Viewing the study utilities

The names of the individual parts of the study utilities are listed below, along with descriptions of
the parts.

1) Studies Keyword entry field

6
5) Study operations
2) Search queries

Using a Study Utilities

6) Storage/Print

7) List operations

8) Update, Image Viewer

3) Thumbnail images 4) Page navigation

1) Studies When a study is selected, its Selection check box
appears selected (checked), with its row illuminated
A list of the studies that match the set of conditions
in green.
selected in “2) Search queries”, is displayed. To
narrow down the search, enter a keyword in the • To select all the studies in the current page,
field enclosed by a dotted line (keyword entry field). click [Select All] in the Study List on the right-
hand side of the window.
For details, see “6.1.2 Searching for Studies”.
- Selecting Multiple Studies -
<Selecting a Study>
To select multiple studies, either select their Select
• To select a single study, either select its row or
check boxes or select their rows as instructed
select the Selection check box.
below.
• To select multiple discontinuous studies, select
their lines while holding down the Ctrl key.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-1

 Study Status Indicates the status of progress
of the study, which is divided into
four stages as described below.
• Scheduled
The state in which an
exposure operation is
scheduled with patient
• To select a continuous sequence of studies information and exposure
menus having been registered.
(range selection), drag the mouse up or down
â
over the list with the row of a given study on the
• Started
list selected. Alternatively, select the row of each
The state in which an
study while holding down the Shift key. exposure operation is in
progress or suspended. There
are exposure menus in the
study from which images are
to be read.
â
• Completed
The state in which the reading
of all images is completed and
The columns that can be included in the study list [Upon Completion] is selected.
are described below. â
Column name Description • Verified
The state in which the image
No. Indicates serial numbers 1, 2, 3
quality of images read is
... of the studies in the page given
verified and [Upon Verification]
from the top. When a number is
6
is selected.
selected, the image in that study
is displayed in the "Image Viewer Storage/Print Indicates the status of image
window". storage/printing, which is divided
into three stages as described
Selection Has check boxes to select a
below.
Using a Study Utilities

study.
Patient ID Indicates the ID number of • Undelivered
patient studied. Images are ready to be stored
and delivered.
Patient Name Indicates the name of patient
studied. • Delivering
Images are being delivered
Sex Indicates the sex of patient
from storage/printing.
studied.
• Delivered
Date of Birth Indicates the date of birth of
Storage/printing has ended.
patient studied.
Lock Indicates whether the study is
Study Instance UID Indicates numbers uniquely
locked or not.
assigned to each individual study.
• -
Date of Registration Indicates the date on which the
The image is not locked and
study was registered (scheduled).
the study can be deleted.
Time of Registration Indicates the time at which the
• Locked
study was registered (scheduled).
The image is locked and the
Study Date Indicates the date on which the study cannot be deleted.
exposure was started.
# of Img Indicates the number of images
Study Time Indicates the time at which the that have been read or that are
exposure was started. scheduled to be read.
Study Description Indicates the name of the study
menu that has been created with
the User Utility.

6-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Image Indicates whether images are exposure operation with the study date specified as
stored on the FCR PRIMA today, among all studies that are saved on the PC.
Console system or not.
• Nothing HINT
No images are stored on the The studies that are displayed with [Today]
FCR PRIMA Console system.
selected as a search query are those that have
To browse the image for this
started an exposure operation. The studies
study, read it from a storage
disk. that have been scheduled by clicking [Register]
in the “Schedule Exposure window” are not
• Existing
shown in the study list. The studies that are in
An image or scheduled image
is stored on the FCR PRIMA the Scheduled study status, including those
Console system. scheduled by clicking [Register] in the “Schedule
Storage Disk Indicates the name of the storage Exposure window”, can be manipulated into view
disk on which the image is saved. in the study list in one of the following methods:
DB Indicates whether the study • Click [Sheduled] in Search conditions.
is managed by FCR PRIMA • Click [All] in Search conditions.
Console or not.
• - [Scheduled]:
The image is not managed by Shows only those studies that are in the Scheduled
FCR PRIMA Console, or the study status in the study list among all studies that
image has been read from a are saved on the PC.
work disk.
• DB managing [Exposing]:
The study is managed by FCR Shows only those studies that are in the Started
PRIMA Console. study status in the study list among all studies that
History Indicates whether study are saved on the PC.
information has been modified
after the study was verified. [Unverified]: 6
• - Shows only those studies that are in the Completed
Study information has not study status in the study list among all studies that
been modified after the study are saved on the PC.

Using a Study Utilities

was verified.
[Undelivered]:
• Modified
Study information has been Shows only those studies that are in the
modified after the study was Undelivered save/print status in the study list
verified. among all studies that are saved on the PC.
DICOM Indicates the name of the DICOM
transmission server to where images were [Add New Queries]:
transmitted. Displays the “Setting List Search Conditions
Modality Indicates the modality of study. window”, in which you can add additional search
• CR queries.
Indicates a CR study. [Arrange Queries]:
Displays “Search Conditions window”, in which
2) Search queries you can edit, delete and move registered search
conditions. You can also set the search conditions
Shows registered search queries. Only those
under which a search launches right after the
studies matching the selected set of search queries
startup of FCR PRIMA Console.
appear in Studies in 2).
[Save as is]:
HINT Overwrites the current set of search conditions with
“PC” that is appears as a search condition is a narrowed study search queries, item display width
name that was set at time of installation and may changes and study display order changes.
vary from one facility to another. To change this
For details, see “6.1.3 Setting Study Search
name, contact our official dealer.
Queries”.
[All]:
Shows all studies that are saved on the PC in the
study list.
[Today]:
Shows only those studies that have started an

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-3

 3) Thumbnail images [Delete]:
Deletes a study from the FCR PRIMA Console
Shows a thumbnail images of the selected study.
database.

4) Page navigation For details, see “6.1.4 Manipulating Studies”.

Displays other pages without changing the current

status of study selection. 6) Storage/Print
Enables you to save or print selected studies.
Selecting this
Page number, indicating a selected page. portion hides the
operational menu.
: First page
: Previous page
: Next page
: Last page
[Create PDI]:
Displays the “PDI Creation Wizard window” for
5) Study operations saving images to a disk for the purpose of providing
it to the patient.
Enables operations described below on selected
studies. [Film Print]:
Selecting this portion hides the operational menu. Displays the “Film Print Settings window” for
printing images on a film (optional).
[Freelayout]:
Displays the “Free layout print screen” for output of
6 multiple images to one piece of film.
[Work Disk]:
Displays the “Work Disk Storage Settings window”,
[Image Viewer]:
Using a Study Utilities

in which images can be saved to a work disk.

Displays images in the “Image Viewer window”.
[Storage Disk]:
[Edit/Re-Study]:
Displays the “Storage Disk Settings window”, in
Displays the “Main Menu Modification window”. To
which images can be saved to a storage disk.
reconduct a study, set an additional exposure or
re-exposure operation. Study information can be For details, see “6.1.4 Manipulating Studies”.
edited by editing or relocating menus, replacing [DICOM Transmission]:
images, enabling storage/print or editing the patient Displays the “Set Transmission to DICOM window”,
information. enabling you to transmit images to DICOM server.
[Lock]:
Locks a study from being deleted.
[Unlock]:
Unlocks a study so it can be deleted.
[Complete Study]:
Checks that all images have been correctly read
before the exposure operation is completed.
The study is updated from the Started to
Completed study status.
[Verify Study]:
Confirms the read image quality and verifies the
study.
The study is updated from the Completed to the
Verified study status.
[Load Disk Images]:
Retrieves an image from a storage disk when it is
not stored on the FCR PRIMA Console system.

6-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

7) List operations
You can select and deselect all studies in the
current page, and update the display of studies in
the study list.

Selecting this portion

hides the operational
menu.

[Select All]:
Selects all the studies in the current page.
[Unselect All]:
Deselects all the studies in the current page.
[Update]:
Updates the display of the study list to the latest
status.

8) Update, Image Viewer

Updating a study list and displaying images in the
“Image Viewer window” can be performed.
[Update]:
Updates the display of the study list to the latest
status.
[Image Viewer]:
6
Displays the image in a study when clicked after
selecting the study in the “Image Viewer window”.

Using a Study Utilities

For details, see “(1) Launching the Image Viewer”
in “6.1.4 Manipulating Studies”.
[Close]:
Close the study utilities.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-5

 6.1.2 Searching for Studies
Result of the list of studies that are found to ● To narrow down your search
match a selected set of search queries. Enter a search keyword in the keyword entry field.

1 Select search queries for the PC.

If you enter multiple keywords in the keyword

entry field, the studies that match all of these input
keywords are listed.
If keywords are entered as search queries, the
keywords entered in the keyword entry field take
precedence over above.

Keywords are entered in different ways according

to the input items, as follows:
■ Patient ID, Patient Name, Study Instance UID,
Study Description, # of Img, Storage Disk, DICOM
Transmission:
The studies that match the selected search queries
are listed. Fill each entry field and press the Enter key
on the keyboard.

A supplementary explanation of the relationship

between searches and input follows:
6 Patient ID:
Searches for the studies that completely match the
input keyword(s).
Using a Study Utilities

Depending on how FCR PRIMA Console was

configured for the ID digit setting at installation, each
HINT input patient ID is registered with 0s in the beginning
accordingly. For example, if a patient ID of 1 is
You can newly create or organize search queries
for the PC. entered where FCR PRIMA Console is configured
for 10 digits, the ID is displayed as 0000000001.
For details, see “6.1.3 Setting Study Search Patient Name:
Queries”. Searches for the studies that partially match the
HINT input keyword(s).
Click [Update] to update the status of the list. Study Instance UID:
Searches for the studies that completely match the
input keyword(s).
Study Description:
Searches for the studies that partially match the
input keyword(s).
# of Img:
Searches for the studies that completely match the
input keyword(s).
Storage Disk:
Searches for the studies that completely match the
input keyword(s).
DICOM Transmission:
Searches for the studies that partially match the
input keyword(s).

6-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 ■ Sex, Study Status, Storage/Print, Lock, Images, ● To change the display order
DB Management, History, Modality:
Select at the rightmost end of each 1 Select the header of the field to be used as
entry field to open a pulldown menu, from a reference.
which to select a query. Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending (▼).

Studies are sorted in the display order thus selected.

HINT
Click [Save as is] to overwrite the existing search
■ Date of Birth, Study Date, Date of Registration: queries with the new display order.

Select at the rightmost end of each

entry field. When the “Specifying the Date
dialog” appears, specify a date and click
[Setup].

The search for studies is narrowed down to meet

6
the specified set of search queries.
HINT

Using a Study Utilities

Click [Save as is] to overwrite the existing search
queries with the new queries.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-7

 6.1.3 Setting Study Search Queries
The following sets of search conditions are 2 Set search queries.
predefined for searching and listing studies: When you open the “Set Search Queries window”,
<Search Queries: PC> four tabs are displayed: Search Items, Items/
• All Refresh, Order and Display Items. In each tab, you
• Today can set search conditions.
• Scheduled Since the study list comes up with the current choice of
• Exposing search queries, edit them to create new search queries.
• Unverified
• Undelivered For how to work with these setup windows,
• Temporal see the explanations that follow.
<Search Queries: Disk>
• All
Search queries can be added, arranged and
saved to overwrite the existing queries without
quitting the current status of display.

(1) Creating new queries

Add new queries for searching and listing
studies. You can specify the items at your
option by which the FCR PRIMA Console
database is searched through for studies for
listing. You may also specify the number of
6 studies to be shown on the study list, the order
of their appearance, and display fields at your
Search Items
option.
Using a Study Utilities

To create new search queries, display the “List The Search Items tab appears.
Search Conditions window” and then select Set the items to be used as search conditions.
desired tabs to enter required settings as
instructed below.

1 Click [Add New Queries].

1 Enter a search query name.

The “Setting List Search Conditions window”

appears. 2 Select a search target from a pulldown
menu.

6-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 PC : Search through FCR PRIMA Console system
Items/Refresh
for studies. The search query created is
displayed under the PC on the left-hand side The Items/Refresh tab appears.
of the dialog. Set the number of studies you want to view in
Disk : Search the disk for studies. The search query the study utilities and the interval at which the
created is displayed under the Disk on the list is refreshed automatically.
left-hand side of the dialog.

3 Enter a search query keyword.

The entry field is already filled with “Query ...” Set a
unique keyword for each search query.

4 Select the check box for the item you want

to use as a search query and enter a search
query.
If multiple items are specified as search conditions,
the studies that match all of the specified conditions
are located. 1 Select the number of studies displayed
Search conditions are entered in different ways within a window.
according to the input items, as follows:
Select the number of studies you want to view in a
■ Patient ID, Patient Name, Study Instance UID, single page of the “Study List window”.
Study Description, # of Img, Storage Disk, DICOM
Transmission: 6
Fill each entry field and press the Enter key
on the keyboard. 2 Select an option for Auto-refresh upon

Using a Study Utilities

query selection.
Select whether to refresh the list automatically when
■ Sex, Study Status, Storage/Print, Lock, Images, search queries are selected.
DB Management, History, Modality:
Select at the rightmost end of each entry
field to open a pulldown menu, from which
select a condition. 3 Select an option for Periodical refresh.
Select whether to refresh the list automatically upon
expiry of a certain period of time (to be set in Step
4 ).

■ Date of Birth, Study Date, Date of

Registration:
4 If Yes has been selected in Step 3 , enter
Select   at the rightmost end of each entry an interval of time at which you want lists
field. When the “Date Settings dialog” refreshed automatically as Refresh interval.
appears, specify a date and click [Setup]. Enter a period in minutes between 1 and 60 minutes.

5 Select Font Size.

Select a font size to use for the “Study List window”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-9

 Order Display Items

The Order tab appears. The Display Items tab appears.

Set the order of list display. Set the items that are displayed in the study
utilities.

1 Select an item for First-Priority Item from a

pulldown menu. 1 Select the check box for each item
Select the item that requires first priority upon you want to view in the study utilities.
relocation. Alternatively, clear the check box for each
item you want hidden in the study utilities.
6 Selected items appear in the study utilities from top
to bottom in sequence, left-aligned. To change the
display position of an item, proceed to Step 2 .
Using a Study Utilities

2 Select between ascending and descending

order. 2 With the selected display item to be
Select the order of item relocation based on the item repositioned, choose between (Move
Down) and (Move UP).
selected in Step 1 .
Each time you select [Move UP] or [Move DOWN],
the selected item moves up or down.

3 Select an item for Second-Priority Item and

Third-Priority Item as above.

3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to set the rest of the

display items.

6-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Save as is] (2) Arranging queries
Click to save the search queries created and You can arrange registered search queries by
close the “Setting List Search Conditions modifying, deleting or otherwise editing them.
window”. You can perform the following operations on
Check that the search queries created have registered search queries:
been added in the study utilities. • Edit search queries
• Delete search queries
• Relocate search queries
• Set the search queries under which a search
launches right after the startup of FCR
PRIMA Console
To arrange search queries, display the “Search
Queries List dialog” by following the steps
described below before selecting desired
buttons.

1 Select [Arrange Queries].

[Cancel]

Click to cancel the registration of the search

queries and close the “Setting List Search
Conditions window”.
6

Using a Study Utilities

The “Search Queries List dialog” appears.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-11

 [Edit] [Delete]

Click to edit search queries. Click to delete search queries created, except
for the search queries All, Today, Scheduled,
1 Select a search query and click [Edit]. Started, Unverified, Undelivered and Temporal.

HINT
To delete the search query set to initial condition,
set another search query to initial condition; then,
the search query can be deleted.

1 Select a search query you want to delete

and click [Delete].

The “Setting List Search Conditions window”

appears.
Since the window comes up with the current choice
of search conditions, edit them.

For instructions on how to set search conditions,

see “(1) Creating new queries”.
6
A confirmation dialog appears.
Using a Study Utilities

2 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

★ To cancel the deletion of the search query, click

[Cancel].
The selected search query is deleted.

2 When the edit to the search queries is

completed, click [Save] in the lower right-
hand corner of the window.

★ To cancel the editing to the search queries, click

[Cancel].

The “Setting List Search Conditions window” closes

and the edits you have made are saved.

HINT
You may not be able to edit some tabs or items in
the predefined set of search queries depending
on the selected search queries.

6-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Move UP]
[Move DOWN]

Click to relocate the display position of each search

query in the study utilities.

1 Select the search query whose display

needs to be changed and click [Move UP]
or [Move DOWN].
Each time you select [Move UP] or [Move DOWN],
the selected search query moves up or down.

[Save]

Click to save changes made and close the

“Search Queries List dialog”.

[Cancel]

Click to cancel the changes and close the

“Search Queries List dialog”.

6
[Set to Initial Condition]

An initial condition is a search query under

Using a Study Utilities

which a search launches through the study
utilities right after the startup of FCR PRIMA
Console.
Click to select the initial conditions from
among the registered search queries.

1 Select a search query to be an initial

condition and click [Set to Initial Condition].

A search query set as an initial condition is marked

by a check mark appearing on its side.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-13

 (3) Saving the current display 3 Click [Save as is].

status
You can narrow down your search through a
list of studies that have been selected to meet
a specified set of search queries or change the
order of appearance of the studies. Click [Save
as is] to overwrite the current set of search
queries with edited versions of the search
queries, including display width and sort order
changes.

1 Select a search query.

The search query selected in Step 1 is overwritten
with the version of the search query edited in Step
2.

6 Studies that match the selected condition are listed.

Using a Study Utilities

2 Narrow down the study search and change

the order of study display as needed.

For instructions on how to narrow down study

searches and change the order of study display,
see “6.1.2 Searching for Studies”.
Studies are displayed according to the specified
search queries and in the specified display order.

6-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

6.1.4 Manipulating Studies
You can view studies appearing in the study
utilities in the Image Viewer, save images to
a disk, load images from a disk and so on.
You can also start an exposure operation for
scheduled studies, delete studies and various
other operations as described below.
• Launching the Image Viewer to view images
• Reconducting a study and editing study
information The “Image Viewer window” appears.
• Locking and unlocking a study For operating instructions, see “Chapter 4
• Completing and verifying a study Using the Image Viewer”.
• Loading an image from a disk
• Deleting a study
• Saving to PDI disk
• Transmitting studies to DICOM server
(optional)
• Printing images on a film (optional)
• Saving to a work disk
• Saving to a storage disk
• Transmitting studies to DICOM server
(optional)

(1) Launching the Image Viewer

6
Launch the Image Viewer to view images in the - If the following message is displayed -
“Image Viewer window”. Only the images in Some of the studies cannot be handled.

Using a Study Utilities

the Completed or Verified study status can be ● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
viewed. which are not able to process?
The “Image Viewer window” also lets you
magnify views of images or adjust their image ★ To show only those studies that are in the
Completed or Verified study status in the “Image
quality.
Viewer window” among the selected studies, click
To view images in the “Image Viewer window”, [OK].
click [Image Viewer] in the lower right-hand ★ To cancel the launch of the “Image Viewer”, click
corner of the window. [Cancel].
- If the “Requesting for Disk Insert dialog” is
1 Select the images that are in the Completed
displayed -
or Verified study status from the list and Because no applicable images are available on the
click [Image Viewer] in the lower right-hand FCR PRIMA Console system, load images from a
corner of the window. disk. To do this, follow these steps:
Multiple studies can be selected.

HINT
You can do the same by:
• Selecting a study in the study list and clicking
[Image Viewer] on the right-hand side of the
window.
• Entering the number of the study (item at the
leftmost end of the list) you want to view in the
“Image Viewer window”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-15

 (1) Select the drive to be used for loading images (2) Reconduct a study and
and click [OK].
editing study information
In conducting a restudy, set exposure menus
for performing additional and re-exposure
operations.
Study information can be edited by modifying
The “Ready to retrieve Images dialog” appears and or relocating menus in the display order,
the disk drive tray opens. replacing images and making modifications to
the Storage/Print settings.
(2) Place the requested disk in the drive tray and
To reconduct a study or edit study information,
close the tray.
(3) Click [OK] in the “Ready to retrieve Images
click [Edit/Re-Study] on the right-hand side of
dialog”. the window.

★ To cancel the image loading process, click 1 Select a study from the list and [Edit/
[Cancel]. Re-Study] on the right-hand side of the
window.

- If no disk is mounted -
The following message is displayed:
Preparing to retrieve images

6 When the disk mounting process completes, the

“Images retrieve dialog” appears, enabling you to The “Main Menu Modification window” appears.
confirm the status of image loading.
Using a Study Utilities

★ To cancel the image loading process, click

[Cancel].

When the image loading process completes, the

“Image Viewer window” appears.
Images that have been loaded for viewing are
To close the “Main Menu Modification window”, click
automatically deleted from the FCR PRIMA Console
[Close].
system when a specified retention period expires. A
retention period can be set with the User Utility.
2 Select an operational menu.
For details, see “9.6 Changing the Time to
Automatically Delete Images Loaded from a ● Conducting a Restudy
Disk”. Select an operational menu from the following
choices and configure it to conduct an additional or
re-exposure operation.

• Add Menu
You can register additional exposure menus.
• Delete/Inactivate Menu
You can delete menus that are no longer needed or
inactivate read images to configure a re-exposure
operation.
For the operating instructions, see “3.3.4
Editing Study Information”.

6-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 The selected study returns to the Started study (3) Locking and unlocking a study
status, enabling you to start an exposure operation.
If a study is locked, it is no longer accessible
For instructions on how to start an exposure
for deletion. To lock a study, click [Lock] on the
operation, see “3.2 Starting an exposure
operation”. right-hand side of the window.
If a study is unlocked, it becomes accessible
HINT for deletion. To unlock a study, click [Unlock]
If [Output after Re-verified] in the user utility on the right-hand side of the window.
printer settings has been unchecked (setting for
no film printing at the time of study re-verification),
perform print output manually in image units at Locking a study
the time of study menu addition.
1 Select a study from the list and click [Lock]
HINT on the right-hand side of the window.
If an already verified study (which is in the Multiple studies can be selected.
Verified study status) has been reconducted,
verify the study again when the study is
completed.

● Editing Study Information

To edit study information, select an operational
menu from the following choices.

• Change Menu
Changes the menu for a read image and
reprocesses the image according to the new menu. The selected studies are locked and are marked
If the image has been rotated or reversed, its
status is updated according to the new menu.
“Locked” in the Lock column of the list, so they
cannot be deleted.
6
• Relocate Display Order
Changes the order of appearance of a menu in the

Using a Study Utilities

“Read Image window”.
• Exchange Images
Exchanges images to correct the order in which
they are read.
• Output/Storage
Modifies the settings for saving images on a
storage disk and printing them on a film (optional).
• Edit Patient Information
Edits patient information. Edits made to the patient Unlocking a study
information can be reflected in the corresponding
information stored in the FCR PRIMA Console 1 Select a study from the list and clicking
database. [Unlock] on the right-hand side of the
For instructions on how to edit studies, see window.
“3.3.4 Editing Study Information”. Multiple studies can be selected.
To close the edit main menu, click [Close].

HINT
If menus for an already verified study (which
is in the Verified study status) are changed or
relocated, images in the study is replaced or its
patient information is edited, the study returns
to the Completed study status. Verify the study
again.

The selected studies are unlocked and are marked

“-” in the Lock column of the list, so they can be
deleted.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-17

 (4) Completing and verifying a study 2 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.
Completing an exposure operation for a study ★ To cancel the change to the study status, click
updates the study status to Completed, and [Cancel].
verifying the study updates the study status
The study is updated to the Completed status.
from Completed to Verified (the status appears
- If the following message is displayed -
in the list as Verified).
Unexposed menu exists.
❍ Completing an exposure operation
Are you sure you wish to delete unexposed
Completing an exposure operation means to
menus?
complete the exposure operation for a study
after confirming that all images in the study ★ To delete the exposure menus from which images
have been properly read. are to be read, click [OK]. The study is updated to
When a study is completed, it is updated the Completed study status.
from the Started to the Completed study ★ To cancel the deletion of the exposure menus
status. from which images are to be deleted, click
6 If film printing (optional) is programmed by [Cancel]. The study status remains unchanged.
Start an exposure operation and read all images
the User Utility, the images in the study are
in the study.
automatically printed or saved when the
Using a Study Utilities

study is updated to the Completed study

status. Updating a study to the Verified study status
❍ Verifying a study
Verifying a study means to verify the image
1 Select a study in the Completed study
status from the list and click [Verify study]
quality of read images in a study.
on the right-hand side of the window.
When a study is verified, the study is
updated from the Completed to the Verified Multiple studies can be selected.
study status.
If automatic saving of the images in a study
to a storage disk is programmed, the images
are saved to the disk when the study is
verified.
If film printing (optional) is programmed,
the images in the study are automatically
printed or saved when the study is verified.

Updating a study to the Completed study status

1 Select a study in the Started study status

from the list and click [Complete Study] on
the right-hand side of the window.
Multiple studies can be selected.

6-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

2 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog. (5) Loading images from a disk
★ To cancel the change to the study status, click Unless images in a study have been saved to
[Cancel]. the FCR PRIMA Console system, load images
The study is updated to the Verified study status. from a disk. To load images from a disk, click
HINT [Load Disk Images] on the right-hand side
of the window. The loaded images can be
If multiple studies have been selected and
verified, they might take considerable time displayed in the “Image Viewer window”.
before being updated to the Verified study status HINT
depending on the number of selected studies.
Studies that do not have images saved on the
If the update of the study status does not
FCR PRIMA Console system are marked with
complete minutes after the start of [Verify Study],
Nothing in the Image column.
contact our official dealer leaving the FCR PRIMA
Console system untouched. The following operations have no effect on
Do not bring FCR PRIMA Console to a forced images loaded from a disk:
shutdown. If you do, FCR PRIMA Console might
• Rotating and reversing images
not be able to execute studies next time it starts
up or otherwise result in failure.
• Saving FCR image processing parameters
• Editing markers
• Editing study information
• Verifying and suspending a study
If the size of image data to be loaded from a
disk is larger than the size of available space
on the FCR PRIMA Console system, existing
images stored in the FCR PRIMA Console
database are automatically deleted in sequence
in ascending time order of browsed studies.
6
1 Select a study from the list and click [Load

Using a Study Utilities

Disk Images] on the right-hand side of the
window.
Multiple studies can be selected.

The “Retrieve Images from Disk dialog” appears.

2 Select the purpose for which you are

loading images from a disk and click
[Retrieve].
For System:
Loads images to save to the FCR PRIMA Console
system.
Temporarily:
Loads images for temporary browsing on the FCR
PRIMA Console system.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-19

 Specify the number of days for which the images are When the image loading process completes, the
retained on the FCR PRIMA Console system. message Loading of the study completed is
Loaded images are automatically deleted when the displayed. Click [OK].
storage period thus specified expires. To manipulate the studies thus loaded, search
★ To cancel the image loading process, click through the study utilities for target studies stored on
[Cancel] to close the “Image Retrieve dialog”. the PC.

For details, see “6.1 Using a Study utilities

(Studies within FCR PRIMA Console)”.

(6) Deleting a study

Studies can be deleted from the FCR PRIMA
Console database. Studies, once deleted,
The “Requesting for disk insert dialog” appears. cannot be restored.
To delete a study, click [Delete] on the right-
hand side of the window. Studies in the
3 Select the drive used for loading images
following study status cannot be deleted:
and click [OK].
• Study in progress
★ To cancel the image loading process, click • Studies shown in the “Image Viewer
[Cancel]. window”
• Studies being printed or being saved
• Locked studies

1 Select a study from the list and clicking

[Delete] on the right-hand side of the
6 The “Ready to retrieve Images dialog” appears and window.
the disk drive tray opens. Multiple studies can be selected.

4
Using a Study Utilities

Place the requested disk in the drive tray,

and close the tray.

5 Click [OK] in the “Ready to retrieve images

dialog”.

★ Click [OK] in the “Ready to retrieve Images

dialog”.

2 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

★ To cancel the study deletion, click [Cancel].

The selected study is deleted.
If no disk is mounted, the message Preparing to - If the following message is displayed -
retrieve images is displayed. Some of the studies cannot be handled.
When the disk mounting process completes, the ● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
“Retrieve Images from Disk dialog” appears, which are not able to process?
allowing you to verify the status of image loading.
★ To delete only those studies that can be deleted
★ To cancel the image loading, click [Cancel]. among all selected studies, click [OK].
★ To cancel the deletion of the study selected from
the list, click [Cancel].

6-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(7) Saving to a PDI disk 2 Place a CD-R or DVD-R disk in the disk
drive tray and select [Next].
The study images can be saved to CD-R disks
or DVD-R disks in PDI format. ★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [Cancel].

Studies that can be saved as a PDI file are only

studies controlled by FCR PRIMA Console with
study status Verified.
Unformatted or unused formatted 640MB or
700MB CD-R disks can be used.
Unformatted or unused formatted 4.7GB DVD-R
disks can be used.

WARNING
Before saving study image in PDI disk,
write the following information on
★ To output images with annotations embedded,
the surface of the PDI disk to prevent select [Yes] in the “Output images with
confusing with study image for other annotations embedded”.
patient ID.
CAUTION
• Patient name
• Birth date Progress is displayed when write to
• Disk creation date CD-R or DVD-R disk starts. Do not press
• Study date (write all if more than one) the drive eject button or use any other
• Facility name program while writing. Otherwise, write
may not complete properly.
Note that once write starts, it cannot be
6
HINT
canceled.
The processing takes time when a large quantity

Using a Study Utilities

of PDI data is saved to a DVD-R disk. As a guide When write to CD-R or DVD-R disk completes,
value for the processing time, it takes about 15 “Write to disk has completed” appears on the PDI
minutes to save all measuring data.
Creation Wizard window and the drive tray opens.

1 Select a study in the Verified study status - When the following message is displayed -
from the list and click [Create PDI] on the No disk is inserted.
right-hand side of the window.
Multiple studies can be selected. Unable to write to this disk.

★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [OK].

★ To continue the PDI file creation, reset the correct
CD-R or DVD-R disk and then select [Next] in the
“PDI Creation Wizard window”.
The “PDI Creation Wizard window” appears. - When the following message is displayed -
You can view the write preparation status.
Unable to write to this disk because the capacity
★ To cancel the PDI file creation, click [Cancel]. is exceeded.

★ Remove the CD-R or DVD-R disk from the disk

drive tray and select [OK]. If multiple studies are
selected, reduce the number of studies and redo
with a new CD-R or DVD-R disk.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-21

 3 Remove the CD-R or DVD-R disk from the - If the following message is displayed -
disk drive tray and select [Close]. Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To print only those studies that contain images on

a film among all selected studies, click [OK].
★ To cancel the printing of the selected study on a
film, click [Cancel].

2 Select a print destination.

3 Select a print target.

★ If a PDI file is created in the storage disk drive,
set the storage disk in the drive.

(8) Printing on a film (Optional)

All imgs included in a study:
Unprocessed FCR study images are printed Print all the images in the study on a film. Images
on a film automatically when the exposure already printed on a film are reprinted.
operation is completed or the study is verified.
Study imgs yet-to-be output:
For instructions on how to program the automatic Print only those images in a film that have not been
printing, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving, and
printed on a film.
Transmitting Parameters”.

6 To reprint the images on a film, click [Film

Print] on the right-hand side of the window.
4 Select a print count.
One to nine copies can be printed.
HINT
Check the indicator to confirm the printer status.
Using a Study Utilities

For details, see “5.5 Confirming Film 5 Select a priority.

Printer Status (Optional)”.
To print images on a film, follow these steps:

1 Select a study in the Completed or Verified LOW : Gives higher priority to other print
study status from the list and click [Film operations.
Print] on the right-hand side of the window. MEDIUM : Print with the ordinary priority.
Multiple studies can be selected. HIGH : Starts print immediately.

6 Select [Output].

★ To cancel the film print operation, click [Cancel] to

close the “Film Print Settings dialog”.
The “Film Print Settings dialog” appears.

Images will then be printed on a film under the

conditions programmed.

6-22 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(9) Saving to a work disk 4 Select a saved image density.

You can save images in a study to a work

disk. If the same study already exists on the
destination work disk, it is overwritten. Default Pixel Count :
For more disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives Saves images with a reduced pixel density and
Used by FCR PRIMA Console”. hence in a smaller file size.

* Before starting the operation described below, Max Pixel Count :

insert work disk into a write-enabled control Saves images with their pixel density unchanged.
drive of the PC.
5 Select an FCR image processing option.
For instructions on how to replace disks, see “5.3
Confirming Disk Status”.

1 Select a study in the Completed or Verified

study status from the list and click [Work
Disk] on the right-hand side of the window. Processed :
Performs FCR image processing and display
Multiple studies can be selected.
gradation correction processing on the pixel data in
the images to be saved. Image data thus processed
is accessible to the DICOM server for viewing the
same way as FCR PRIMA Console views them
when the DICOM server does not support FCR
The “Work Disk Storage Settings dialog” appears.
image processing and display gradation correction
processing.

HINT 6
Although images that have been saved with
“Processed” being selected can be reloaded into
the FCR PRIMA Console, the images thus loaded

Using a Study Utilities

cannot be printed on film (option). These images
are also subject to a certain file format limitation
when they are saved in a general-purpose file
format. If you plan to perform these operations,
select “Unprocessed” when saving.
- If the following message is displayed -
Unprocessed :
Some studies cannot be processed. Does not perform FCR image processing and
● Would you like to continue processing by display gradation correction processing on the pixel
removing those studies? data in the images to be saved. Select Unprocessed
to handle images on equipment that supports FCR
★ To save only those studies that contain images
image processing.
to a work disk among all selected studies, click
[OK].
★ To cancel the saving to the work disk, click 6 Select an Annotation output option.
[Cancel].

2 Select a save destination.

No :
Annotation information is not saved to the work disk.
3 Select a compression option. Yes :
Annotation information is saved to the work disk.

Uncompressed :
Saves images uncompressed.
JPEG Lossless :
Saves images compressed. The image file size
shrinks. Compressed images can fully be restored.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-23

 7 Select [Output]. 2 Select a priority.

★ To cancel saving to the work disk, click [Cancel]

to close the “Work Disk Storage Settings dialog”.

LOW : Gives higher priority to other save

Images will then be saved to the work disk under the operations.
conditions programmed. MEDIUM : Save with the ordinary priority.
HIGH : Starts save immediately.
(10) Saving to a storage disk
3 Select [Output].
Images for a study are automatically saved in
the storage disk set in the PC’s control drive ★ To cancel the saving to the storage disk, click
when the study is verified. [Cancel] to close the “Save to Storage Disk
Storage Settings dialog”.
For instructions on how to program the automatic
saving, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving, and
Transmitting Parameters”.
Images are saved to the storage disk.
To save images to the storage disk once again,
click [Storage Disk] on the right-hand side of HINT
the window. If the same study already exists on When the disk access lamp is ON, never press
the destination storage disk, it is overwritten. the Eject button on the disk drive.
For more disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives
Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.

1
6 Select a study in the Verified study status
from the list and click [Storage Disk] on the
right-hand side of the window.
Multiple studies can be selected.
Using a Study Utilities

Images other than those in a study in the Verified

study status cannot be saved to a storage disk.

The “Storage Disk Settings dialog” appears.

- If the following message is displayed -

Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To save only those studies that contain images to

a storage disk among all selected studies, click
[OK].
★ To cancel the saving of the selected study to the
storage disk, click [Cancel].

6-24 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(11) Transmitting studies to 3 Select a transmission image density.

DICOM server (Optional)

Unprocessed FCR study images are
automatically transmitted to DICOM server
Default Pixel Count :
when the study is verified.
Transmits images with a reduced pixel density and
For instructions on how to program the automatic
hence in a smaller file size.
transmission, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving,
and Transmitting Parameters”. Max Pixel Count :
Transmits images with their pixel density
To retransmit the images to DICOM server, click
unchanged.
[DICOM Transmission] on the right-hand side of
the window.
4 Select a priority.
1 Select a study in the Completed or Verified
study status from the list and click [DICOM
Transmission] on the right-hand side of the
window.
Multiple studies can be selected.
LOW : Gives higher priority to other
Images other than those in a study in the Verified
transmission operations.
study status cannot be transmitted to DICOM server.
MEDIUM : Transmission with the ordinary priority.
HIGH : Starts transmission immediately.

5 Select [Output].

The “Setting for DICOM Transmission dialog” ★ To cancel the transmission to the DICOM server, 6
appears. click [Cancel] to close the “Setting for DICOM
Transmission dialog”.

Using a Study Utilities

Images will then be transmitted to DICOM server
under the conditions thus programmed.

- If the following message is displayed -

Some of the studies cannot be handled.
● Do you wish to continue excluding the studies
which are not able to process?

★ To transmit only those studies that contain

images to DICOM server among all selected
studies, click [OK].
★ To cancel the transmission of the selected study
to DICOM server, click [Cancel].

2 Select a destination.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-25

 6.2 Using Study Utilities
(Studies within a Disk)
The study utilities shows a list of the studies that have been located.
You can select a study from the list and start an exposure operation, view resultant images and
save the images to the FCR PRIMA Console system.
For information about the operations that can be performed on studies stored within FCR PRIMA Console, see
“6.1 Using a Study Utilities (Studies within FCR PRIMA Console)”.

6.2.1 Viewing the Study Utilities

The names of the individual parts of the study utilities are listed below, along with descriptions of
the parts.
1) Studies Keyword entry field

4) Disk operations

2) Search 5) List operations

queries

6
Using a Study Utilities

6) U
 pdate,
Image Viewer

3) Page navigation

1) Studies [Select All] in the study list on the right-hand side of

the window.
A list of the studies that match the set of queries
- Selecting Multiple Studies –
selected in “2) Search queries” is displayed.
To select multiple studies, either select their
To narrow down the search, enter a keyword in the
Selection check boxes or select their rows as
field enclosed by a dotted line (keyword entry field).
instructed below.
For details, see “6.2.2 Searching for Studies”.
• To select multiple discontinuous studies, select
<Selecting a Study> their lines while holding down the Ctrl key.
• To select a single study, either select its row or
select the Selection check box.

• To select a continuous sequence of studies (range

selection), drag the mouse up or down over the list
When a study is selected, its Selection check box with the row of a given study on the list selected.
appears selected (checked), with its row illuminated Alternatively, select the row of each study while
holding down the Shift key.
in green.

• To select all the studies in the current page, click

6-26 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

The columns that can be included in the study list
are described below.
Column name Description
No. Indicates serial numbers 1, 2, 3 ... of
the studies in the page given from the
top. When a number is selected, the
image in that study is displayed in the
"Image Viewer window".
Selection Has check boxes to select a study.
Patient ID Indicates the ID number of patient
studied.
Click ▼ to hide the search conditions.
Patient Name Indicates the patient name of patient
studied. [Add New Queries] :
Sex Indicates the sex of patient studied. Displays the “Setting List Search Conditions
Date of Birth Indicates the date of birth of patient
window”, in which you can add additional search
studied.
queries.
Study Instance Indicates numbers uniquely assigned
UID to each individual study. [Arrange Queries] :
Study Date Indicates the date on which the Displays “Search Conditions window”, in which

6
exposure was started. you can edit, delete and move registered search
Study Time Indicates the time at which the queries. You can also set the search queries under
exposure was started.
which a search launches right after the startup of
Study Indicates the name of the study menu
FCR PRIMA Console.
Description that has been created with the User

Using a Study Utilities

Utility. [Save as is] :
# of img Indicates the number of images that Overwrites the current set of search queries with
have been read or that are scheduled narrowed study search queries, item display width
to be read.
changes and study display order changes.
For details, see “6.1.3 Setting Study Search
2) Search queries Queries”.

Shows registered search queries. Only those

studies matching the selected set of search queries 3) Page navigation
appear in the list described in “1) Studies”. Displays other pages without changing the current
The PC search conditions may vary from one status of study selection.
facility to another.

Page number, indicating a selected page.

: First page
: Previous page
: Next page
: Last page

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-27

 4) Disk operation
You can perform the operations described below
on selected studies.

Select this portion to hide the operational menu.

[Image Viewer] :
Displays images in the “Image Viewer window”.
For details, see “6.2.3 Launching the Image
Viewer”.
[Registering studies stored on the disk] :
The “Load Disk Images dialog” appears, enabling
you to load images from a disk into the FCR PRIMA
Console system.
For details, see “6.2.4 Loading Images from a Disk
into the FCR PRIMA Console System”.

5) List operations
You can select and deselect all studies in the
current page, and update the display of studies in
6 the study list.
Selecting this portion hides the operational menu.
Using a Study Utilities

[Select All] :
Selects all the studies in the current page.
[Unselect All] :
Deselects all the studies in the current page.
[Update] :
Updates the display of the study list to the latest
status.

6) Update, Image Viewer

Updating the study list view and displaying in the
“Image Viewer can be performed.
[Update] :
Updates the display of the study list to the latest
status.
[Image Viewer] :
Select a study and click this button to view the
image of the selected study in the “Image Viewer
window”.
For details, see “6.2.3 Launching the Image
Viewer”.
[Close]:
Close the study utilities.

6-28 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

6.2.2 Searching for Studies
The studies that are found to match a selected 3 Select a drive and click [OK].
set of search queries can be listed. Studies
stored on a storage or work disk can be ★ To cancel the image loading process, click
[Cancel].
located.
● Storage disk
A disk on which images are managed.
● Work disk
A disk on which images in FCR PRIMA
Console are temporarily stored, images
provided from other facilities are stored or
images ready for FCR image processing are If no disk is mounted on the drive, the “Ready to
stored. (Only DICOM-compliant disks from retrieve Images dialog” appears. Click [Cancel], and
other facilities are acceptable. When reading then repeat from Step 1 .
the study image stored in another facility,
When the disk reading completes, the images that
be sure to modify the patient information match the selected set of search queries are listed.
for the local system. After completion of
modification, click the [Update] to check
whether the patient information has been
modified properly.)
For more disk details, see “2.5.1 Disks and Drives
Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.
To search through a disk for studies, follow
these steps: 6
1 Insert the disk subject to search in the disk
drive.

Using a Study Utilities

HINT
For how to insert the disk subject to search Disk study search queries can be newly created
in the disk drive, see “2.5.2 Starting Disk or arranged.
Handling”.
For details, see “6.1.2 Searching for Studies”.
2 Select the search conditions under which HINT
you want to search through a disk for Click [Update] to update the status of the list.
studies in the study utilities.
★ When searching for studies in another disk,
repeat from Step 1 .

● To narrow down your search

You can enter keywords to narrow down your
search. The existing search queries are overwritten
with new queries thus set.
For details, see “6.1.2 Searching for Studies”.

● To change the display order of studies in the

list
You can change the order of studies appearing
in the study list. The existing search queries are
overwritten with the new display order set.
The “Requesting for disk insert dialog” appears.
For details, see “6.1.2 Searching for Studies”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-29

 6.2.3 Launching the Image Viewer
You can load images from a disk into FCR
PRIMA Console and view them in the “Image
Viewer window”. To view images in the “Image
Viewer window”, click [Image Viewer] in the
lower right-hand corner of the window.
Images that have been loaded for viewing are
automatically deleted from the FCR PRIMA
Console system when a specified retention
period expires. A retention period can be set
with the User Utility.
For details, see “9.6 Changing the Time to
Automatically Delete Images Loaded from a With images imported from disks for display in
Disk”. viewer mode, you cannot:

1 Select a study from the study list and click • Rotate or reverse the images,
[Image Viewer] in the lower right-hand • Save FCR image processing parameters,
corner of the window. • Edit markers,
Multiple studies can be selected. • Update study information, and
• Verify or suspend studies.
HINT
- If any of the following messages is displayed:
You can do the same by:
Study importing has completed.
• Selecting a study in the study list and clicking ● When importing from other than a disk for

6 [Image Viewer] on the right-hand side of the

window.
storage, check the patient information for the study
registered in the study list, and set up the patient
• Entering the number of the study you want to ID correctly.
view in the “Image Viewer window” (item at the
★ Launch the “Image Viewer window” and then
Using a Study Utilities

leftmost end of the list).

modify the patient information.
- If any of the following messages is displayed:
The image could not be imported.

★ Check the disk and drive status.

★ To view study images stored on the PDI disk,
browse them in the PDI viewer.
- If any of the following messages is displayed:
Certain study could not be imported.

★ After a study has been successfully imported,

launch the “Image Viewer window” to make
The “Image retrieve dialog” appears, enabling you to
necessary edits to the relevant patient
view the status of image loading from a disk in
information.
progress.
★ To view study images stored on the PDI disk,
★ To cancel the image loading process, click browse them in the PDI viewer.
[Cancel].
HINT
Studies that have been imported from any source
other than the storage disk, such as those saved
at another facility, have ID numbers and other
patient information based on different means
used for FCR studies. When reading the study
When the image loading process completes, the image stored in another facility, be sure to modify
“Image Viewer window” appears. the patient information for the local facility. After
completion of modification, click [Update] to
For operating instructions, see “Chapter 4 check whether the patient information has been
Using the Image Viewer”. modified properly.

For more detailed information about editing

patient information, see “4.8.6 Editing Patient
Information.”

6-30 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

6.2.4 Loading Images from a Disk into the FCR PRIMA
Console System
You can load images contained in the studies Temporarily :
appearing in the study utilities into the FCR Loads images for temporary browsing on the FCR
PRIMA Console system. To load images, click PRIMA Console system.
[Registering studies stored on the Disk] on the Specify the number of days for which the images are
right-hand side of the window. retained on the FCR PRIMA Console system.
With images imported from disks, you cannot: Loaded images are automatically deleted when the
• Rotate or reverse the images storage period thus specified expires.
• Save FCR image processing pameters The “Image retrieve dialog” appears, enabling you to
• Edit markers view the status of image loading from a disk in
• Update study information progress.
• Verify or suspend studies
★ To cancel the image loading process, click
If the size of image data to be loaded from a [Cancel].
disk is larger than the size of available space
on the FCR PRIMA Console system, existing
images stored in the FCR PRIMA Console
database are automatically deleted in sequence
in ascending time order of browsed studies.

1 Select a study from the list and click When the image loading process completes, the
[Registering studies stored on the disk] on message Study loading completed is displayed.
the right-hand side of the window. Click [OK].

Multiple studies can be selected. To manipulate the studies thus loaded, search 6
through the study utilities for target studies stored on
the PC.

Using a Study Utilities

For details, see “6.1 Using a Study Utilities
(Studies within FCR PRIMA Console)”.

- If any of the following messages is displayed:

Study importing has completed.
● When importing from other than a disk for
The “Retrieve Images from Disks dialog” appears.
storage, check the patient information for the study
registered in the study utilities, and set up the
2 Select the purpose for which you are patient ID correctly.
loading images from a disk and click
★ Launch the “Image Viewer window” and then
[Retrieve].
modify the patient information.
★ To cancel the image loading process, click - If any of the following messages is displayed:
[Cancel].
The image could not be imported.

★ Check the disk and drive status.

★ To view study images stored on the PDI disk,
browse them in the PDI viewer.
- If any of the following messages is displayed:
Certain study could not be imported.

★ After a study has been successfully imported,

launch the “Image Viewer window” to make
For System : necessary edits to the relevant patient
Loads images to save to the FCR PRIMA Console information.
system. ★ To view study images stored on the PDI disk,
browse them in the PDI viewer.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 6-31

 HINT
Studies that have been imported from any source
other than the storage disk, such as those saved
at another facility, have ID numbers and other
patient information based on different means
used for FCR studies. When reading the study
image stored in another facility, be sure to modify
the patient information for the local facility. After
completion of modification, click [Update] to
check whether the patient information has been
modified properly.

For more detailed information about editing

patient information, see “4.8.6 Editing
Patient Information”.

6
Using a Study Utilities

6-32 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 7 Configuring by Client
Utilities
7.1 Launching and Exiting Client Utilities
Client utilities let you perform the following operations:
• Register, edit and delete patient information
• Confirm the IP use frequency
• Set user information
• Confirm history information
• Handle disks
The routines of launching and exiting the client utilities are described below.

7.1.1 Launching Client Utilities

Launch the client utilities from the “Main
window”.

Configuring by Client Utilities

1 Click - [Client Utilities] in the “Main The various types of operations are as follows:
window”. • Patient Info Maintenance
Registers, edits or deletes patient information.

For details, see “7.2 Registering, Editing or

Deleting Patient Information”.

• IP Use Frequency
Confirms the IP use frequency for image reading.

For details, see “7.3 Confirming the IP Use

Frequency”.

• User Settings (for Administrator)

Sets various information about users. (This facility
is accessible only to administrators.)

For details, see “7.4 Setting User Information

(for Administrator)”.

The “Main Menu dialog” appears. • User Settings (for General Users)
Edits information about the currently logged-in
user.

For details, see “7.5 Editing Information about

the Logged-in User”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-1

 • History Info
Confirms the histories of sessions of logon and
logoff to and from FCR PRIMA Console, access
to studies, image storage/print, and backup and
restoration.

For details, see “7.6 Confirming History

Information”.

• Disk Operation
Replaces disks, configures disks for writing, and
restores disks or the database.

For details, see “7.7 Handling Disks”.

HINT
Guidance is displayed in the “Client Utilities
dialog” to lead the user through operating
procedures.

Guidance

7
Configuring by Client Utilities

7-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

7.1.2 Exiting Client Utilities
Exit the client utilities and return to the “Main
window”.

1 Click [Close] in the “Main Menu dialog”.

The “Main Menu dialog” closes and the client utilities

exit.

Configuring by Client Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-3

 7.2 Registering, Editing or Deleting
Patient Information
Register new patient information in the FCR PRIMA Console database. You can also edit or
delete registered patient information.

7.2.1 Registering New Patient Information

To register new patient information in the FCR 2 Click [New].
PRIMA Console database, click [Patient Info
Maintenance].
The “Patient Information Registration dialog”
1 Click [Patient Info Maintenance] in the appears.
“Main Menu window”. Enter the patient information you want to register in
the FCR PRIMA Console database.

HINT
Items other than ID and Sex are optional.

7
The “Patient Info Maintenance dialog” appears.
3 Enter ID.
An ID is a key used to identify patient information to
Configuring by Client Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console. IDs of patient information

already registered in the FCR PRIMA Console
database cannot be used.

The allowable character length is determined by a

system setting.
The following characters cannot be used:
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <
IDs consisting solely of spaces are not
allowed.

4 Enter a patient name in the Name field.

Enter a patient name within 64 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
*, @, “, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, <, =

7-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

5 Select Sex.

6 Enter DOB.
Enter a date of birth according to the sample entry.

7 Continue to register more patient

information or exit.

★ To discontinue the new registration of patient

information, click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand
corner of the dialog. ★ To exit the patient information setup, click [Close].

To continue registering additional

patient information

Click [Next Patient].

7
The patient information is registered in the FCR
PRIMA Console database and the entry fields are
cleared. Continue to register additional patient

Configuring by Client Utilities

information.

To register and exit

Click [Register].

The patient information is registered in the FCR

PRIMA Console database and the “Patient
Information Registration dialog” closes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-5

 7.2.2 Editing Patient Information
To edit patient information registered in the • ID
FCR PRIMA Console database, click [Patient The patient information that completely matches
Info Maintenance]. Edits to patient information the ID as entered is located.
would have no effect on the patient information • Name
The patient information whose prefix matches the
in the studies already conducted.
Name as entered is located.
1 Click [Patient Info Maintenance] in the • Sex
“Main Menu dialog”. Select from a pulldown menu. The patient
information that matches the selected Sex is
located.
• DOB
Enter a date of birth according to the sample
entry to the right of the entry field. The patient
information that completely matches the DOB as
entered is located.

3 Select the date of last update.

The date of last update is the date on which patient
information was the most recent because of new
registration, update and the like.

★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click

the upper radio button and then select a date
range from the pulldown menu.

The “Patient Info Maintenance dialog” appears.

7
★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and
Configuring by Client Utilities

select it from the pulldown menu.

First, search for and list the patient information you

want to edit.

2 Enter Patient ID, Name, Sex and DOB for

the patient information you want to edit.
HINT
If you set multiple search conditions, patient
information that matches the entire set of search
conditions specified is listed.

7-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Click [Search].

Data matching the specified set of search conditions

is displayed.
HINT
The data is displayed in ascending order of ID.
To change the display order, select the header of The window comes up with the information
the field to be used as a reference. registered in the database.
Each time you select the header, the display order Perform Steps 6 to 10 to make necessary edits to
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending the patient information.
(▼).
HINT
Items other than ID and Sex are optional.

6 Edit ID.
An ID is a key used to identify patient information to
FCR PRIMA Console. IDs of patient information
already registered in the FCR PRIMA Console
database cannot be used.

The allowable character length is determined by a

system setting.
The following characters cannot be used:
“, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <
IDs consisting solely of spaces are not

Next, select patient information from the list and edit

allowed. 7
it.

5 7

Configuring by Client Utilities

Select the patient information you want to Edit the patient name in the Name field.
edit from the list and click [Edit]. Enter a patient name within 64 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
*, @, “, #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, <, =

8 Change the selection of Sex.

9 Edit the date of birth in the DOB field.

Enter a date of birth according to the sample entry.

The “Modify Patient Information dialog” appears.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-7

 10 Click [Save].
★ To cancel the edits made to the patient
information, click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand
corner of the dialog.

The edits made to the patient information are saved

to the FCR PRIMA Console database and the
“Modify patient information dialog” closes.

★ To exit the patient information setup, click [Close].

Configuring by Client Utilities

7-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

7.2.3 Deleting Patient Information
To delete patient information from the FCR 2 Enter Patient ID, Name, Sex and DOB for
PRIMA Console database, click [Patient the patient information you want to delete.
Info Maintenance].The deletion of patient
information would have no effect on the patient HINT
information in the studies already conducted. If you set multiple search conditions, patient
information that matches the entire set of search
1 Click [Patient Info Maintenance] in the conditions specified is listed.
“Main Menu dialog”.

• ID
The patient information that completely matches
the ID as entered is located.
• Name
The patient information whose prefix matches the
Name as entered is located.
• Sex
Select from a pulldown menu. The patient
information that matches the selected Sex is
located.
• DOB
Enter a date of birth according to the sample
“Patient Info Maintenance dialog” appears.
entry to the right of the entry field. The patient
information that completely matches the DOB as
entered is located.

3 Select the date of last update. 7

The date of last update is the date on which patient
information was the most recent because of new

Configuring by Client Utilities

registration, update and the like.

★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click

the upper radio button and then select a date
range from the pulldown menu.

First, search for and list the patient information you

want to delete.

★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and

select it from the pulldown menu.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-9

 4 Click [Search]. 6 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

★ To cancel the deletion of patient information, click

[Cancel].

The selected patient information is deleted from the

FCR PRIMA Console database.
Data matching the specified set of search conditions
is displayed.

HINT
The data is displayed in ascending order of ID.
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending
(▼).

★ To exit the patient information setup, click [Close].

7 Next, select patient information you want to delete

from the list.
Configuring by Client Utilities

5 Select the patient information you want to

delete from the list and click [Delete].

7-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 7.3 Confirming the IP Use Frequency
Confirm IP use frequency as a guideline for IP replacement.
To confirm the IP use frequency, click [IP Use Frequency].

1 Click [IP Use Frequency] in the “Main Menu

dialog”.

The “IP Use Frequency dialog” appears.

[Barcode Number] is a number that identifies an IP

uniquely.

HINT
The data is displayed in ascending order of [IP
Use Frequency].
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
7
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending

Configuring by Client Utilities

(▼).

2 When the confirmation completes, click

[Close] in the lower left-hand corner of the
window.

The “Main Menu dialog” appears.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-11

 7.4 Setting User Information
(for Administrator)
Register, edit or delete information about the users who use FCR PRIMA Console.
You can also assign operational authorities to user groups and set images to appear in the
“User Selection dialog”.
* These functions are accessible only to users having an administrator authority.

7.4.1 Registering, Editing or Deleting User Information

Register, edit or delete information about the 2 Click [User Info Maintenance].
users who use FCR PRIMA Console. Only the
Administrator’s information is registered to the
FCR PRIMA Console by default. Register users
to suit your environmental needs.

(1) Registering new user

information
Once a new user who uses FCR PRIMA
Console is registered, you can select that user
from the “User Selection dialog” and log in as
such user.

To register a new user, click [User Settings (for

Administrator)]. The “Registered User List dialog” appears.

7 1 Click [User Settings (for Administrator)] in 3 Click [New].

the “Main Menu dialog”.
Configuring by Client Utilities

The “User Registration dialog” appears.

The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”

appears.

Register a new user who uses FCR PRIMA

Console.

7-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 HINT 6 Enter the User Name For Data Storage.
• Entries made into the “User Selection dialog” This information is needed to save images to a disk
will appear as shown below. in the DICOM format. The same user name as the
one that already exists cannot be registered.
Image User name – for image display
Leave a space between the first name and family
name.

Enter a user name within 64 characters.

The following characters cannot be used:
User names consisting solely of spaces are
Comment
not allowed.

• The entry of Comment and Password is

optional. When the entry of Password is
omitted, this user can log in without being
required to enter the password. 7 Click [Authority].
An authority is an operational privilege on FCR
4 Enter Account Name. PRIMA Console assigned to each individual user
An account name is a piece of information that group. The new user is assigned to selected user
identifies each individual user. The same account group which has User Group Operational
name as the one that already exists cannot be Authorities.
registered. For details, see “6.4.2 Changing User Group
Operational Authorities”.
Enter an account name within 20 characters
including numerals (0-9), alphabetic characters (A to
Z and a to z), and the following symbols:
!, `, (, ), -, ., @, ^, _, {, }, ~

8 Enter a comment.

HINT
Enter a comment within 50 characters. 7
Account names are information recorded in the
log. Do not register account names that pertain to

Configuring by Client Utilities

personal information.

5 Enter the User Name For Image Display.

This user name appears in the dialog. The same
user name as the one that already exists cannot be
registered.

Enter a user name within 20 characters.

The following characters cannot be used:
\, /, |, :, <, >, ?, +, =, *
User names consisting solely of spaces are
not allowed.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-13

 9 Set an image. 12 To set this user as an Auto-Verify user,
(1) Click [Image Select]. select the Automatically verify user check
box.
An Auto-Verify user is a user who is registered with
FCR PRIMA Console and the user having the study
automatically verified after exposure.
The “Image Select dialog” appears.
HINT
Auto-Verify users can be configured using the
(2) Select an image and click [Setup] in the lower
User Utility.
right-hand corner of the dialog.
For details, see “9.5 Setting the Time to
★ To cancel the image selection, click [Cancel] in
Automatically Verify a Study”.
the lower left-hand corner of the dialog.

13 Click [Register] in the lower right-hand

corner of the dialog.

★ To cancel the registration of new user information,

click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand corner of the
dialog.

7 The image thus set is displayed in the “User

Registration dialog”.

10 Set a password. The new user is registered and the “User

Configuring by Client Utilities

(1) Enter a new password in the New Password. Registration dialog” closes.
Enter a password within 20 characters. The
password is indicated as **** in the dialog.

(2) Enter the same password in the Confirm.

Verify the password entered in (1).
The password is indicated as **** in the dialog.

11 To set this user as an Auto-Login user,

select the Automatically login user check
box. ★ To exit the user information setup, click [Close].
An Auto-Login user is a user who logs in to FCR Then, click [Close] in the “User Settings (for
PRIMA Console automatically when it launches. A Administrator) dialog”.
user set as an Auto-Login user logs in to FCR
PRIMA Console automatically without being required
to make a user selection or enter a password.

7-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Editing user information 3 Select the user information you want to edit
from the list and click [Edit].
To edit information about the users who use
FCR PRIMA Console, click [User Settings (for
Administrator)].

Edits to user information would have no effect

on the user information in the studies already
conducted. Information about Administrator
registered by default can be edited but cannot
be deleted.

1 Click [User Settings (for Administrator)] in

the “Main Menu dialog”. The “Modify User Information dialog” appears.

The dialog comes up with the information registered

in the database.
Perform Steps 4 to 13 to make necessary edits to
the user information.
The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”
appears. HINT
• Entries made into the “User Selection dialog” 7
2 Click [User Info Maintenance]. will appear as shown below.

Image User name – for image display

Configuring by Client Utilities

Comment

• The entry of Comment and Password is

optional. When the entry of Password is
omitted, this user can log in without being
required to enter the password.

4 Enter Account Name.

The “Registered User List dialog” appears. An account name is a piece of information that
identifies each individual user. The same account
name as the one that already exists cannot be
registered.

Enter an account name within 20 characters

including numerals (0-9), alphabetic characters (A to
Z and a to z), and the following symbols:
!, `, (, ), -, ., @, ^, _, {, }, ~

Select an user in the list and edit it.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-15

 HINT 9 Set an image.
Account names are information recorded in the (1) Click [Image Select].
log. Do not register account names that pertain to
personal information.

5 Enter the User Name For Image Display.

This user name appears in the window. The same The “Image Select dialog” appears.
user name as one that already exists cannot be
registered. (2) Select an image and click [Setup] in the lower
right-hand corner of the dialog.
Enter a user name within 20 characters. ★ To cancel the image selection, click [Cancel] in
the lower left-hand corner of the dialog.
The following characters cannot be used:
\, /, |, :, <, >, ?, +, =, *
User names consisting solely of spaces are
not allowed.

6 Enter the User Name For Data Storage.

This information is needed to save images to a disk
in the DICOM format. The same user name as the
one that already exists cannot be registered.
Leave a space between the first name and family
name.

Enter a user name within 64 characters.

The image thus set is displayed in the “Edit Users
The following characters cannot be used:
dialog”.
7 User names consisting solely of spaces are
not allowed.
10 To change the password, follow these
steps:
Configuring by Client Utilities

(1) Check the Change Password check box.

7 Select the Authority. (2) Enter a new password in the New Password
An authority is an operational privilege for FCR field.
PRIMA Console assigned to each individual user Enter a new password within 20 characters.The
group. The new user is assigned to selected user password is indicated as **** in the dialog.
group which has User Group Operational (3) Enter the same password in the Confirm field.
Authorities. Verify the password entered in (2).
The password is indicated as **** in the dialog.
For details, see “7.4.2 Changing User Group
Operational Authorities”.

11 To set this user as an Auto-Login user,

8 Enter a comment. select the Automatically login user check
Enter a comment within 50 characters. box.
An Auto-Login user is a user who logs in to FCR
PRIMA Console automatically when it launches. A
user set as an Auto-Login user logs in to FCR
PRIMA Console automatically without being required
to make a user selection or enter a password.

7-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

12 To set this user as an Auto-Verify user, ● To change the display order of users
select the Automatically verify user check
box. 1 Select the user whose display position
needs to be moved and click [UP] or
An Auto-Verify user is a user who is registered with
[DOWN].
FCR PRIMA Console as one having its study
verified.

HINT
Auto-Verify users are configured using the User
Utility.

For details, see “9.5 Setting the Time to

Automatically Verify a Study”.
Each click on [UP] or [DOWN] moves up or down
the user.

13 Click [Save] in the lower right-hand corner 2 Click [Save Order].

of the dialog.

★ To cancel the edits made to the user information,

click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand corner of the
dialog.

3 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

This display order is saved.
The user is displayed in the specified order in the
“User Selection dialog”.
7

Configuring by Client Utilities

14 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.
★ To cancel the save and return to the “Edit User
Information window”, click [Cancel].

The edited version of user information is saved and

the “Edit User Information dialog” closes.

★ To exit the user information setup, click [Close].

Then, click [Close] in the “User Settings (for
Administrator) dialog”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-17

 (3) Deleting user information
To delete information about the users who use
FCR PRIMA Console, click [User Settings (for
Administrator)].

The deletion of user information would have

no effect on the user information in the studies
already conducted.

1 Click [User Settings (for Administrator)] in

the “Main Menu dialog”.
Select a user from the list and delete it.

3 Select user information you want to delete

from the list and click [Delete].
Auto-Verify users cannot be deleted.

The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”

appears.

7
2 Click [User Info Maintenance].
4 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.
Configuring by Client Utilities

★ To cancel the deletion of user information, click

[Cancel].

The “Registered User List dialog” appears. The selected user information is deleted.

★ To exit the “Registered User List dialog”, click

[Close]. Then, click [Close] in the “User Settings
(for Administrator) dialog”.

7-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

7.4.2 Changing User Group Operational Authorities
If multiple users use FCR PRIMA Console, 1 Click [User Settings (for Administrators)] in
settings or information could be inadvertently the “Main Menu dialog”.
altered by non-administrator users. To prevent
this risk, limitations may be imposed on users’
operations.
To do this, assign operational authorities
to users according to their user groups or
responsibilities.

To change user group operational authorities,

click [User Settings (for Administrators)].

There are four user groups, Groups 1 to 4 and

Administrator, as shown below.

User group name Sample use

Group 1 Assign the physician’s operational
authority. The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”
Group 2 Assign the nurse’s operational appears.
authority.
Group 3 Assign the technologist’s 2 Click [User Group Info Maintenance].
operational authority.
Group 4 Assign the clerk’s operational
authority.
Administrator Assign all operational authorities
to system administrators. The
operational authorities cannot be
modified.
7
By default, Groups 1 to 4 are not granted the
operational authorities. Modify the operational
authorities to suit your environmental needs.

Configuring by Client Utilities

• User information maintenance
• User group information maintenance
• User utility
• Restore operation
• Disk copy operation The “User Group Info Maintenance dialog” appears.
If an user attempts to perform an operation for
which the user has no privilege, a message is
displayed and the operation is rejected.

HINT
When registering a user, select a user group
suited to the user.

For details, see “7.4.1 Registering, Editing or

Deleting User Information”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-19

 3 Select the user group from the User Group
pull down list to which you want to assign
an operational authorities.

The operational authorities of the selected user

group is displayed.

4 Click the check boxes to assign operational

authorities to the selected user group.

★ Click the check boxes to assign the operational

authorities to the selected user group.
★ Deselect the check boxes to clear the assignment
of the operational authorities to the selected user
group.

5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to complete the

assignment of operational authorities to
the selected user group.

6 Click [Save] in the lower right-hand corner

of the dialog.

★ To cancel the operational authority assignment,

7 click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand corner of the
dialog to close the “User Group Info Maintenance
dialog”.
Configuring by Client Utilities

The operational authorities assigned to the selected

user group are saved and the “User Group Info
Maintenance dialog” closes.

★ To exit the user information setup, click [Close] in

the “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”.

7-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

7.4.3 Adding and Deleting Images for Display in the User
Selection Box
User-unique images are displayed in the User 2 Click [Addition/Deletion of User Images].
Selection box. To add or delete the images that
are assigned to users, follow these steps:

(1) Adding an image to appear in

the User Selection box
To add an image to appear in the “User
Selection box”, click [User Settings (for
Administrators)].
A JPEG file up to 25 KB (kilobytes) in size can
be added as an image.

HINT The “Image Setup dialog” appears.

• When registering a new user, select its image.
For details, see .”7.4.1 Registering, Editing
or Deleting User Information”.
• The image appears in the User Selection box
as shown below.

Image

1 Click [User Settings (for Administrators)] in

7
the “Main Menu dialog”. 3 Click [Add].

Configuring by Client Utilities

The “Image Add dialog” appears.

4 Click [View].

The “Select Image to be Added dialog” appears.

The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”

5 Select the image you want to add and click
[Open].
appears.

The location and name of the selected image file are

displayed in the Look in and File Name fields in the
“Select Images to be Added dialog”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-21

 6 Click [Add].

★ To cancel the image addition, click [Cancel] to

close “Image Add dialog”.

The “Image Add dialog” closes and “Image Setup

dialog” appears. The newly added image is not
displayed at this moment.

9 Click [Close] in the lower left-hand corner

of the dialog.

The “Image Setup dialog” closes.

7 Click [Close] in the lower left-hand corner

of the dialog.

8 Click [Addition/Deletion of User Images].

7
★ To exit the User Settings (for Administrator), click
[Close].
Configuring by Client Utilities

The added image is displayed in the “Image Setup

dialog”.

7-22 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Deleting an image from 3 Select the image you want to delete and
click [Delete].
display in the User Selection
The image that is assigned to a user cannot be
box deleted.

To delete an image from display in the User

Selection box, click [User Settings (for
Administrators)].

1 Click [User Settings (for Administrators)] in

the “Main Menu dialog”.

4 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

★ To cancel the image deletion, click [Cancel].

The selected image is deleted.

The “User Settings (for Administrator) dialog”
appears. 5 Click [Close] in the lower left-hand corner
of the dialog.
2 Click [Addition/Deletion of User Images].

The “Image Setup dialog” closes.

7

Configuring by Client Utilities

The “Image Setup dialog” appears.

★ To exit the User Settings (for Administrator), click

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-23

 7.5 Editing Information about
the Logged-in User
The user who is currently logged-in to FCR PRIMA Console can edit his/her own password and
other information by him/herself.
To edit logged-in user information, click [User Settings (for General Users)].

1 Click [User Settings (for General Users)] in 2 Enter a comment.

the “Main Menu dialog”. Enter a comment within 50 characters.

3 Set an image.
(1) Click [Image Select].

“Image Select dialog” appears.

(2) Select an image and click [Save] in the lower

The “Modify currently logged in user information right-hand corner of the dialog.
dialog” appears.
★ To cancel the image selection, click [Cancel] in
the lower left-hand corner of the dialog.

7
Configuring by Client Utilities

Among the user information, the following

information can be edited:

• Comment
• Image
• Password
Perform Steps 2 t o 4 to make necessary edits
to the user information.
HINT The selected image is displayed in the “Modify
• Edits made to the User Selection box will currently logged in user information dialog”.
appear as shown below.

Image

Comment
• The entry of Comment and Password is
optional. When the entry of Password is
omitted, this user can log in without being
required to enter the password.

7-24 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 To change the password, follow these
steps:
(1) Click the Change Password check box.
(2) Enter Old Password.
The password is indicated as **** in the dialog.
(3) Enter Password.
Enter a new password within 20 characters. The
password is indicated as **** in the dialog.
(4) Enter Confirm.
Verify the password entered in (3).
The password is indicated as **** in the dialog.

5 Click [Save] in the lower right-hand corner

of the dialog.

★ To cancel the edits made to the user information,

click [Cancel] in the lower left-hand corner of the
dialog.

Configuring by Client Utilities

The edited version of user information is saved and
the “Modify currently logged in user information
dialog” closes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-25

 7.6 Confirming History Information
Confirm the following four kinds of history information:
• History of sessions of logon and logoff to and from FCR PRIMA Console
• History of sessions of access to studies for purposes such as browsing and modification
• History of sessions of image storage/print
• History of sessions of backup and restoration carried out using the Backup Utility

7.6.1 Confirming the Login/Logoff History

Confirm the history of sessions of logon and
logoff to and from FCR PRIMA Console.

To view the login history, click [History Info].

1 Click [History Info] in the “Main Menu

dialog”.

Specify search conditions and view login history

information that matches the conditions.

3 Specify Date of Operation as login history

7 information.

★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click

The “History Info dialog” appears. the upper radio button and then select a date
Configuring by Client Utilities

range from the pulldown menu.

2 Click [Login History].

★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and

select it from the pulldown menu.

The “Login History dialog” appears.

7-26 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Click [Search].

Data matching the specified set of search conditions

is displayed.

HINT
The data is displayed in descending order of Date
of Operation.
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending
(▼).

7
★ To exit the login history check, click [Close]. Then,
click [Close] in the “History Info dialog”.

Configuring by Client Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-27

 7.6.2 Confirming the Study Access History
Confirm the history of sessions of access to HINT
studies. If both search conditions ID and Date of Access
are specified, studies that match both are listed.
To view the access history, click [History Info].
3 Enter the ID of the studies for which you
1 Click [History Info] in the “Main Menu
want to view an access history.
dialog”.
The studies that completely match the ID as entered
are located.

4 Specify Date of Access.

★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click

the upper radio button and then select a date
range from the pulldown menu.
The “History Info dialog” appears.

2 Click [Study Access History].

★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and

select it from the pulldown menu.
7
Configuring by Client Utilities

5 Click [Search].
]
The “Study Access History dialog” appears.

Data matching the specified set of search conditions

is displayed.

HINT
The data is displayed in descending order of Date
of Access.
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending
(▼).

Search for studies for which you want to view a

history of access and list them.

7-28 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

★ To exit the login access history check, click
[Close]. Then, click [Close] in the “History Info
dialog”.

Configuring by Client Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-29

 7.6.3 Confirming the Image Storage/Print History
To view the history of sessions of image HINT
storage/print, click [History Info]. If both search conditions ID and Date of Image
Transfer are specified, studies that match both
1 Click [History Info] in the “Main Menu
are listed.
dialog”.
3 Enter the ID of the studies for which you
want to view a history of image transfer.
The studies that completely match the ID as entered
are located.

4 Select Date of Image Transfer to the

storage/print destination.

★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click

The “History Info dialog” appears. the upper radio button and then select a date
range from the pulldown menu.
2 Click [Image Transfer History].

7 ★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and

select it from the pulldown menu.
Configuring by Client Utilities

The “Image Transfer History dialog” appears. 5 Click [Search].

Data matching the specified set of search conditions

is displayed.

HINT
The data is displayed in descending order of Date
of Image Transfer.
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
Each time you select the header, the display order
toggles between ascending (▲) and descending
(▼).
Search for studies for which you want to view a
history of image transfer and list them.

7-30 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

★ To finish the access history check in the “Image
Transfer History dialog”, click [Close] in the dialog
and then [Close] in the “History Info dialog”.

Configuring by Client Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-31

 7.6.4 Confirming the Backup/Restoration History
To view the history of sessions of backup and 3 Specify Date of Operation for the backup.
restoration carried out using the Backup Utility,
click [History Info]. ★ To specify a retrospective range of dates, click
the upper radio button and then select a date
1 Click [History Info] in the “Main Menu range from the pulldown menu.
dialog”.

★ To specify a date, click the lower radio button and

select it from the pulldown menu.

The “History Info dialog” appears.]

2 Click [Backup History].

4 Click [Search].

7 Data matching the specified set of search conditions

is displayed.

HINT
Configuring by Client Utilities

The data is displayed in descending order of Date

of Operation.
To change the display order, select the header of
the field to be used as a reference.
Each time you select the header, the display order
The “Backup History dialog” appears. toggles between ascending (▲) and descending
(▼).

Search for studies for which you want to view a

history of backup and list them.
★ To exit the backup/restoration history check, click
[Close]. Then, click [Close] in the “History Info
dialog”.

7-32 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 7.7 Handling Disks
You can perform the following operations on the disk inserted in the PC’s control drive:
• Replace disks
• Configure a storage disk as a write-enabled or read-only disk
• Restore a storage disk or work disk (when a disk restoration prompt message appears)
• Restore the database with information from a storage disk or work disk

1 Click [Disk Operation] in the “Main Menu [Update]

dialog”.
Refreshes the view of the device status, usage
and the setting for writing data.

[Replacing Disks]
Replaces the disk displayed in the “Disk
Operation dialog”.

The “Replacing Disks dialog” appears, opening

the disk drive tray.
Set a disk name and usage in these steps:

The “Disk Operation dialog” appears. 1 Place a disk in the disk drive tray and close
the tray.

2 Click [Next] in the “Replacing Disks dialog”.

★ To cancel the disk replacement operation, click

[Cancel] to close the “Replacing Disks dialog”. 7

Configuring by Client Utilities

2 Confirm the status of the disk drive.
Status:
Shows the name of a disk and the amount of free
space (%) on it. The subsequent course of operation depends on the
Usage: status of the disk inserted in the disk drive.
Indicates whether the disk is intended as a storage • If you insert an image storage or work
disk or work disk. disk that has once been used with FCR
Nothing appears for any other type of disk. PRIMA Console into the disk drive, the disk
For more disk usage details, see “2.5.1 Disks replacement process completes.
and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console”. • If you insert a new formatted disk or non-
storage or non-work disk into the disk drive,
Disk Write: the “Specify how to handle the disk dialog”
Indicates whether a storage disk inserted is write-
appears. Go to Step 3 .
enabled or read-only.

★ To view the status of the disk inserted in any other

disk drive and to handle it, select the target drive
in Device name.

The status of the selected disk drive is displayed.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-33

 • If you insert an unformatted disk into the 4 Enter a disk name and click [Next].
disk drive, a formatting confirmation prompt
message appears. Click [OK] to launch a ★ To restore the disk name, click [Restore setting
value].
disk formatting program. For instructions
★ To cancel the disk replacement process, click
about how to use the formatting program,
[Cancel] to close the “Specify disk name dialog”.
refer to the Operation Manual that comes
with the disk drive.
★ To cancel the formatting process, click [Cancel] to
quit the start of disk handling.

The disk replacement process completes.

When the formatting process completes, the

“Specify how to handle the disk dialog” appears. Go
to Step 3 .
Check that information about the disk whose
handling has started is displayed.
3 Select how to handle the disk mounted in
the disk drive and click [Next].
[Disk Setting]
Configures the disk shown in the “Disk
Operation dialog” as a write-enabled or read-
only disk.
7 The “Disk Setting dialog” appears, allowing
you to reconfigure the storage disk as a write-
enabled or read-only disk.
Configuring by Client Utilities

For Image Storage: 1 Select a disk write setting.

Use the disk as an image storage disk.
★ Select Write-enabled and click [OK] to configure
Not for Image Storage: the storage disk as a write-enabled disk.
● DICOM-Compatible Format: ★ Select Write-disabled and click [OK] to configure
Use the disk as a work disk. the storage disk as a read-only disk.
★ To cancel the disk write setting, click [Cancel] to
● Other:
close the “Disk Setting dialog”.
Use the disk for other purposes.

For more disk usage details, see “2.5.1 Disks

and Drives Used by FCR PRIMA Console”.
★ If you select For Image Storage or DICOM-
Compatible Format, the “disk name entry dialog”
appears. Go to Step 4 .
★ Click Other to return to the “Disk Operation
dialog”.
The storage disk is reconfigured as a write-enabled
or read-only disk.

7-34 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Disk Restoration] 2 Select a storage disk to be restored (rebuilt)
from a pulldown menu and click [OK].
Restores the disk inserted in the disk drive
shown in the “Disk Operation dialog”.
It restores a storage or work disk after
mismatches occurring in the image
management file on the disk following power
failure while writing to the disk or other
adverse conditions. The “Disk Restoration dialog” appears again.
The following message is displayed if
mismatches occur in the image management When the disk restoration (rebuild) process
file stored on the disk inserted in the disk drive completes in a while, the “Disk Restoration dialog”
shown in the “Disk Operation dialog”: closes.

A data mismatch is present.

Once the disk has been restored (rebuilt), it can be
❍Restore the disk.
used again as before.
When the message above is displayed, click
this button to restore the disk.
Clicking this button will display a confirmation
dialog.
Are you sure you would like to have the disk restored?

Click [OK] in the “confirmation dialog”. The

“Disk Restoration dialog” appears.
★ To cancel the disk restoration (rebuild), click [Cancel]
to close the “Disk Restoration dialog”.

Configuring by Client Utilities

The “Specify how to handle the disk dialog”
appears in a while. (The “Specify how to handle the
disk dialog” may not appear depending on the disk
status. If it does not, skip Steps 1 and 2 .)

1 Select the usage of the disk to be restored

(rebuilt) and click [Next].

If you choose the disk to be a storage disk, the

“Select an image storage disk from the list dialog”
appears.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 7-35

 When the import of study information completes in a
[Database Restoration]
while, the “Database Restoration dialog” closes.
If the equipment should fail or require To confirm images from a study that has been
replacement, the FCR PRIMA Console database imported to the FCR PRIMA Console system, you
can be restored by importing study information need to insert the disk used in the restoration
from the storage disk or work disk to the FCR process into the disk drive. Once the database
PRIMA Console system. restoration process completes, the disk use is
Click this button to display the “Database configured as a read-only disk and should be
Restoration dialog”. managed in read-only status.
If the database is restored using a work disk, that
1 Select the action to take when there are the disk is configured as a storage disk.
same studies on the FCR PRIMA Console
system as the ones in the disk and click
[Start]. [Close]

★ To cancel the database restoration process, Closes the “Disk Operation dialog”.
click [Cancel] to close the “Database Restoration
dialog”.

Studies are updated:

Delete existing studies on the FCR PRIMA Console
system, and register studies imported from the disk.

7 Skip study registration process:

Skip the import of studies from the disk, to preserve
the existing studies on FCR PRIMA Console system.
The “Database Restoration dialog” appears.
Configuring by Client Utilities

Study information from the disk is imported to the

FCR PRIMA Console database.

★ To cancel the database restoration process, click

[Cancel]. Study information that has already been
imported to the FCR PRIMA Console database
cannot be reverted.

7-36 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 8 Customizing Main Window
8.1 Starting Customize Window
Customize window can be used to set patient list display items, exposure menu shortcuts, etc.
for the “Main window” display. Starting Display setting window is explained below.

Customize window is opened from the “Main 1 Select - [Customize] from the “Main
window”. window”.

The “Display setting window” appears.

Customizing Main Window

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-1

 General Exposure · Shortcut menus

The initial display for the “Main window” can be The shortcuts for the exposure menu can be
set. set.
Exposure menus not set to shortcuts can be
selected from [Others].

HINT
This item is set for the entire system.

For details, see “8.2 Setting the General Display

Contents”.

ID input

Set the items to display in the “Input ID window”

and its order. Also name of items can be set to
display/hide.
For details, see “8.5 Setting the Display Contents
for Exposure Menus”.

Exposure · Operations

Behavior on registering a study and behavior

after reading images with the Image Viewer can
be set.

8 For details, see “8.3 Setting the Display Contents in

the “Input ID window”.

Patient List
Customizing Main Window

The items to be displayed in the patient list and

their order can be set.
Autoupdate of the patient list can also be set.
For details, see “8.6 Setting the Display Contents
for Take X-rays”.

For details, see “8.4 Setting the Display Contents

for Patient List”.

8-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Study list · Modalities

The modalities to be displayed in the study list

and their order can be set.

For details, see “8.7 Setting the Display Contents

for Modalities”.

Study list · Operations

Operations which can be performed for studies

in the study list can be added or removed.

For details, see “8.8 Setting the Display Contents

8
for Operations”.

Customizing Main Window

Font

The font size can be set for the each screen in

the “Main window”.

For details, see “8.9 Setting the Window Font

Size”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-3

 8.2 Setting the General Display Contents
Set the window to be displayed first when the “Main window” is started.

1 From the pull-down menu in the “General

window”, select the window to be displayed
first in the upper side of the “Main window”
when the FCR PRIMA Console is started.

2 From the pull-down menu, select the

window to be displayed in the lower side
of the window when a patient is selected in
the “Input ID window” or in the “Patient List
window”,

3 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

8
Customizing Main Window

8-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 8.3 Setting the Display Contents in the
“Input ID window”
Set the items to display in the “Input ID window” and its order. Also name of items can be set
to display/hide.

1 In the “ID input window”, check the check 5 Click [OK].

box of items to be displayed as entering
★ Select another tab when customizing other display
items. Uncheck the check box of items not
properties at this time.
to be displayed as entering items.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

2 Select an item to change the disoplay order

in the list, and click [Up] or [Down].
By clicking [Up] or [Down], the item is moved up or
down respectively.

Customizing Main Window

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to set the display
items.

4 Select display/hide for the name of item.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-5

 8.4 Setting the Display Contents for Patient List
Set the items to be displayed in the patient list and the maximum number of the list to be
displayed. Also set whether the patient list is to be updated automatically or not and the update
interval when autoupdate is enabled.

1 In the “Patient List window”, check the check 4 Set the maximum number of the list to be
box of items to be displayed in the patient displayed in the patient list.
list. Uncheck the check box of items not to
be displayed in the patient list.
The items are displayed left aligned in the patient list
according to the order of items on the customize
window.

5 For the contents of the patient list, select

whether or not to enable the autoupdate.

★ To enable the autoupdate, check the check box of

“Enable automatic updating”.
★ To disable the autoupdate, uncheck the check
box of “Enable automatic updating”.

6 When “Enable automatic updating” is checked

2 Select an item to change the display order in
in step 5 , set the update interval of the list
the patient list, and click [Up] or [Down].
with “Update interval”.
By clicking [Up] or [Down], the item is moved up or
down respectively.

8
Select either of the up or down button to change the
value.
Customizing Main Window

7 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to set the display

items.

8-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 8.5 Setting the Display Contents for Exposure Menus
Set frequently used exposure menus as shortcuts in the “Take X-rays window” of the “Main
window”.
Exposure menus which is not set as shortcuts can be selected from [Others].
This item is set for the entire system.

1 Click [Select] in the “Exposure · Shortcut 4 Click [OK] at the right bottom of the window.
menus window”.
The selected menu is added.

★ To cancel addition of an exposure menu, click

[Cancel] and return to the “Display setting
window”.

5 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

The “Exposure Menu (Detail) window” appears.

2 Select a menu group.

The exposure menus and/or the study menus in the

selected menu group are displayed in the lower side
of the window.
8
3 Select a study menu or an exposure menu.

Customizing Main Window

The menu is displayed in the list of selected menus

on the right side of the window.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-7

 8.6 Setting the Display Contents for Take X-rays
Set whether to start an exposure immediately or to register only the study after selecting the
exposure menu.
Also set whether the window is to be closed or not after reading an image to the simple read
image window.

1 In the “Exposure · Operatioins window”,

select the “Behavior on registering a
study”.

2 Select the “Behavior after reading images”.

3 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

8
Customizing Main Window

8-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 8.7 Setting the Display Contents for Modalities
Set the modalities to be displayed in the study list of the “Refer window”.

1 In the “Study list · Modalities window”, check

the check box of items to be displayed in the
study list. Uncheck the check box of items
not to be displayed in the study list.

2 Click [Up] or [Down] while selecting an

item for which the display order is to be
changed.
By clicking [Up] or [Down], the item is moved up or
down respectively.

Customizing Main Window

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to set the display
items.

4 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-9

 8.8 Setting the Display Contents for Operations
Operation items which can be performed for studies in the study list can be added or removed.
Each operation items are displayed as an icon at the lower part of the “Refer window”.
The display position and the order of the operation items can also be set with these settings. The
“Refer window” has three blocks.
Each operation icon can be assigned and added to one of the three blocks.

Adding an operation item to Removing an operation item from

a block a block

1 Select an operation item to be added to a 1 Select the operation item to be removed from
block from the operation item list on the each block in the “Study list · Operations
left side of the window in the “Study list · window” and select [Remove].
Operations window”.

2 Select [>>>] on the left side of the block for

which you wish to add the item.

The selected operation item is removed.

2 Click [OK].

★ When operation items have been added or their

8 The selected operation item is moved from the
operation item list to the block for which [>>>] has
order has been changed, these settings are also
reflected in the “Main window”.
been selected.
★ Select another tab when customizing other display
properties at this time.
Customizing Main Window

3 Click [OK]. ★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

★ When operation items have been removed or their

order has been changed, these settings are also
reflected in the “Main window”.
★ Select another tab when customizing other display
properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

8-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Changing the display order of operation
items in a block

1 Select the operation item for which the

display order in a block of the “Study list ·
Operations window” is to be changed.

2 Click [Up] or [Down].

By clicking [Up] or [Down], the item is moved up or

down respectively.
8

3 Click [OK].

Customizing Main Window

★ When operation items have been added or
removed, these settings are also reflected in the
“Main window”.
★ Select another tab when customizing other display
properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 8-11

 8.9 Setting the Window Font Size
Set the font size for the “Main window”.
Font size can be set for each tab in the “Main window”.

1 Select the font size for the main window from

the pull-down menu in the “Font window”.

2 Click [OK].

★ Select another tab when customizing other display

properties at this time.
★ To cancel changed settings, click [Cancel].

8
Customizing Main Window

8-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 9 Setting User Utilities
9.1 Launching and Exiting the User Utility
The User Utility is used to prepare the environment required for operating the FCR PRIMA
Console, such as adding or editing exposure menus and study menus.
This section explains how to launch and exit the User Utility.

9.1.1 Launching the User Utility

The FCR PRIMA Console will shut down if 4 Enter Password and click [OK].
you attempt to launch the User Utility. Before
starting the User Utility, confirm that all the ★ To cancel the User Utility operation, click
[Cancel]. The “User authentication dialog” closes
windows launched from the FCR PRIMA
and the User Utility shuts down. After that, the
Console are closed. FCR PRIMA Console will launch automatically.
Also, confirm that other users are not using the
FCR PRIMA Console.

1 Double-click the server application icon

placed in the task tray.
The “Select Server Application Behavior dialog”
appears.

Once the user authentication has been confirmed,

the “Main Menu dialog” appears.

2 Select [User Utility] and click [OK].

9
★ Click [Cancel] to quit the User Utility. The screen
returns to the FCR PRIMA Console.
A message appears, followed by the “User
The following operations are possible. Setting User Utilities
authentication dialog”.
• Menu Setting
Set the Exposure Menu and Study Menu.

For details, see “9.2 Setting up the Exposure

Menu and Study Menu”.

3 Select User Name for log-in.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-1

 • Character String Info Annotated on Film • Media Consistency check
Set the character string annotated on a film. Check that the information in the storage disk has
not been altered.
For details, see “9.3 Setting the Character
String Annotated on a Film”. For details, see “9.12 Disk Consistency
• Output Destination Settings Check”.
Set up the parameters to automate various • Auto-Logoff Settings
features such as storing images to disk, printing Set up to enable/disable automatic logoff.If you
images on film (optional), or transmitting images select automatic logoff, set the time to
to the DICOM server (optional). automatically logoff.

For details, see “9.4 Setting of Printing, For details, see “9.13 Setting Automatic
Saving and Transmitting Parameters”. Logoff”.
• Auto-Determine settings • History-Info Consistency Check
Set up automatic verification of the completed Check that the history of processes such as FCR
study. PRIMA Console login/logoff, access to studies,
image storing or printing, and backup or restoring,
For details, see “9.5 Setting the Time to
has not been altered.
Automatically Verify a Study”.
• Image Deletion Settings For details, see “9.14 History Information
Change the time to automatically delete images Consistency Check”.
read from a disk. • Marker Setting
Register and delete user markers.
For details, see “9.6 Changing the Time to
Automatically Delete Images Loaded from a For details, see “9.15 Setting Markers”.
Disk”.
• Setting Preset Settings
• Backup Notification Settings Assign preset settings to the keypad keys.
Set up to display a message prompting you to
make the backup. For details, see “9.16 Setting Preset Settings”.

For details, see “9.7 Setting the Backup

Notification”.
• Client Application Startup Settings
Set up the client application of the PC to start
automatically, after starting the server application.

For details, see “9.8 Setting Automatic Start-

up of Client Application”.
• Prefix Display Settings
9 Set up to add a prefix to the patient names
displayed on the FCR PRIMA Console.

For details, see “9.9 Setting a Prefix”.

Setting User Utilities

• Additional Image Info Display Settings

Set up the display content of additional image
information.

For details, see “9.10 Setting Additional Image

Information Display Content”.
• Patient Database Import
Import the patient information to the FCR PRIMA
Console database.

For details, see “9.11 Importing Patient

Information”.

9-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

9.1.2 Exiting the User Utility
Exit the User Utility.
After exiting the User Utility, the FCR PRIMA
Console will launch automatically.

1 Select [Finish] in the lower right-hand

corner of the “Main Menu dialog”.

The “Main Menu dialog” closes and the User Utility

shuts down. After that, the FCR PRIMA Console will
start

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-3

 9.2 Setting up the Exposure Menu and Study Menu
Create, edit or delete exposure and study menus for CR studies.

9.2.1 Displaying the Menu Settings

You can create a new exposure menu by Exposure/Study Menu column
copying the information and changing the
settings of existing exposure menus. Select a source menu from this column for
creating a new menu or editing. The currently
1 Select Menu Setting in the “Main Menu registered exposure menu or study menu is
dialog”. displayed.

The “Display Settings dialog” appears.

For details, see “9.2.2 Creating, Editing and

Deleting Exposure Menus” and “9.2.3 Creating,
Editing and Deleting Existing Study Menus”.

Display Setting column

Set up the menu group display.

9
Display Settings Exposure/Study Menu
column column
Setting User Utilities

Exposure menus and study menus currently

stored are displayed by groups (the same
display as shown in the ordinary operation
window).
For details, see “9.2.4 Changing the Display
Group Setting”, and “9.2.5 Registering, Deleting
or Moving the Display Menu”.

9-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

9.2.2 Creating, Editing and Deleting Exposure Menus
The following are procedures for adding newly 3 Select [New].
created exposure menus to the Exposure/Study
Menu column or editing existing menus. Also
explained is how to delete exposure menu.

(1) Creating a new exposure menus

The “Exposure Menu Setting dialog” appears.
A new exposure menu can be created by
copying and editing the information of an
existing exposure menu.

1 Click an exposure menu in the Exposure/

Study Menu column.

Currently stored exposure menus are displayed in

the order of the study menu code. 4 Enter Extended Menu Code.
A code not yet in use is displayed in the Extended
2 Select the exposure menu to be copied. Menu Code field.
HINT To change the code, enter up to 16 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
You can do the same by clicking an exposure
*, @, ‘
menu in the Exposure/Study Menu column and
Also, codes overlapping with other exposure menus
exposure menu in the Display Settings column.
cannot be set.

< What is the Extended Menu Code? >

The extended menu code is a code number to
manage the exposure menu.

The color of the selected exposure menu reverses.

If several exposure menus are copied from the same 9
exposure menu, they will have the same MPM code
HINT as the exposure menu that was copied. Exposure
Select an exposure menu with an exposure menus having the same MPM code also have the Setting User Utilities
format (region, positioning) similar to the same EDR (a function to correct the density and
exposure menu you want to create. For example, contrast automatically) and image processing
if you want to create an exposure menu for a parameters. Therefore, even if the extended menu
chest X-ray, select a similar chest X-ray exposure code is different, EDR and image processing
menu. If you select an exposure menu not similar parameters are the same.
to a chest X-ray in this case, you can select an
exposure menu for the head and created a new The following are examples of extended menu
menu out of it, the read images resulting from codes and MPM codes when you attempt to create
this menu may not be suitable for radiographic a new menu for cervical spine front, cervical spine
interpretation. side, cervical spine RAO, and cervical spine LAO,
using a copy from cervical spine (MPM Code: 0107).
(Because the EDR and display parameters are
stable, it is not necessary to change them here.)

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-5

 Image Copied Exposure Menu Pelvis General
MPM Extended
Menu Name
Code Menu Code
EDR Processing
Parameters
Remarks
(MPM Code: 0500)
Extended Exposure Pelvis Oblique
Menu
Cervical spine 0107 0107-0000
Different exposure
parameters such as Menu (MPM Code: 05X0)
copied reversal of image or
film marks can be set
Cervical spine front 0107 0107-0001
Same Same
in each menu. For X, enter any number from 1
If you change the
Extended Cervical spine side 0107 0107-0002
display parameters – 9 or any character from A – F.
Menu Cervical spine RAO 0107 0107-0003 of Cervical spine, all
menus will be changed
Cervical spine LAO 0107 0107-0004 accordingly.

7 Set Exposure Parameter 1, Exposure

5 Enter Exposure Menu Name. Parameter 2, Exposure Parameter 3 and the
Enter an exposure menu name up to 64 characters. IP Logical Size, referring to the explanation
The following characters cannot be used: given below.
*, @ Complete the settings and click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

The new exposure menu will be displayed in the

6 Enter MPM Code.
operation window, once you have registered it in the
The code of the original exposure menu is set as Display Setting column.
default in the MPM Code field.
Select a code which is not used yet from the drop For details, see “(1) Registering a display
down list. menu” in “9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or
Moving the Display Menu”.

Exposure Parameter 1

If the selected code has already been assigned to Displays the Exposure Parameter 1 tab.
another exposure menu, this exposure menu will be The setting items are described below.
displayed in the Related Menu field. In this case,
select another unused code so that the Related
1 Select whether or not to flip image at the
Menu field becomes empty.
time of exposure. Leave [Frontal Image]
selected by default for normal exposure.
< What is the MPM code? >
Select [Frontal Image] again (deselection)
The MPM code is a four-digit code number to
to flip image (to back image) for exposure.
manage the exposure menus. This code determines
Select an reversed display of the image.
EDR (function for automatic density and contrast
correction) and the image processing parameters.

9 1st digit : Any character to determine EDR.

2nd digit : You can set any number or character
from 0 to 9 or A to F. EDR does not For PA exposure, select Horiz.
change regardless of changes made in Normally, the Frontal Image or Horiz is selected.
Setting User Utilities

the number or character of this digit.

3rd digit : Represents the exposure region. 2 Select whether or not to rotate image at the
0:Cephalic region 4:Abdominal region
time of exposure. Leave [None] selected by
1:Cervical region 5 Pelvic region
default for normal exposure. Select [Left
2:Thoracic region 6:Upper limb region
3:Mammary region 7:Lower limb region 90-deg. Image Rotation] to rotate image 90
4th digit : Represents the exposure method. degree clockwise for exposure.
0:General radiography
1:Contrast radiography
2:Laminagraphy
The following is an example of how to assign an
MPM code to a new menu. Normally, this parameter is fixed to None.
When creating a new menu named Pelvis Oblique
with slightly reduced density from Pelvis General
(MPM Code: 0500):
3 Set SS/CS.
Click the Up or Down arrow button to change the
value. Click the Up button to increment the value or
Down button to decrement it. Values cannot be
entered directly from the keyboard.

9-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 You can add a film mark to those displayed in the
drop-down list.

For details, see “9.3 Setting the Character

CS : The image contrast can be changed by String Annotated on a Film”.
parameter assigned as coefficient of gray level
curve. 7 Select Function.
Set within *0.5 to *2.0. Select a function (Special Processing) from the
SS : The image density can be changed by drop-down list.
assigning a coefficient to the reading sensitivity
parameter.
Set within /2.0 to *2.0.
RT: Routine Processing
TS: Temporal Subtraction Processing
4 Select EDR Mode. ES: Energy Subtraction Processing
Select EDR Mode (Image Reading Sensitivity WS: Whole Spine (Entire Spine Exposure)
Setting). Processing
PS: IVP Processing
TM: Tomography Processing

8 Select No. of film prints.

Select the number of images to be printed on a film.
Auto: Sets Image Reading Sensitivity to Auto Select a number between 1 and 9.
mode.
Semi: Sets Image Reading Sensitivity to HINT
Semi-auto mode. You can do the same by entering a number
Fix: Sets Image Reading Sensitivity to Fix directly using the keyboard.
mode. When selecting this mode, enter
S Value (4 – 20047). Use the arrow
button to change the value under S
Value.
Manual: Select this checkbox for manual EDR
processing. This setting is valid only if
the Image Reader has the manual EDR [Display Color Setting]
processing function.
Displays the “Display Color Setting dialog” in
HINT which a display color for the exposure menu
The S Value can be entered directly using the name can be set.
keyboard.
1 Select a color for the exposure menu name
5 displayed in the Exposure Menu Name field
Select Image Position.
The image position is displayed.
in the “Exposure Menu Setting dialog”. 9
Do not change this parameter. ★ To cancel the display color changing operation,
click [Cancel] and close the “Display Color
Setting User Utilities
Setting dialog”.

6 Select Film Mark.

Select the Film Mark (letters on the film) from the
drop-down list.

HINT
You can do the same by entering up to 10
characters directly using the keyboard.

The colors already selected as candidates for the

exposure menu name are displayed in this “Display
Color Setting dialog”.

★ You can restore the exposure menu name to

its original color or change to another color by
repeating the above procedure.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-7

 ● Setting a color not available in the “Display Certain image processing sequences have no
Color Setting dialog” effect when carried out concurrently. Each image
The procedures to set a color not available in processing sequence takes the course shown
the “Display Color Setting dialog” are below.
described below. DRC GP/MFP

(1) In the “Display Color Setting dialog”, select

FNC
[More Colors...].
The “Color window” appears. TAS GP/RP

❍: Exclusive control

HINT
In the “Color window”, you can create a unique
color by adjusting a color selected from the Basic
Colors. You can add this newly created color
to the Custom Colors pallet by clicking [Add to 1 Select Image Position.
Custom Colors] to make it selectable as a display
Select an image to which the image processing
color for the exposure menu name.
parameter setting is to be applied.
(2) Select the desired color either in the Basic
Colors or Custom colors pallet in the “Color
window” and then click [OK].
The “Color window” and “Display Color Setting
dialog” close. An exposure menu name in the
Exposure Menu Name field on the “Exposure 2 Select whether to enable GP/RP or MFP
Menu Setting dialog” will be displayed by the (optional).
selected color.
Select GP (Gradation Processing)/RP (Spatial
★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] and close Frequency Processing) or MFP (Multi-objective
the “Color window”. Frequency Processing).

9 [Detailed-Img Processing Parameter Setting]

Displays the “Image Processing Parameter

Setting dialog” in which you can change the
Setting User Utilities

image processing conditions of the exposure

menu. The following parameters determine the 3 Select whether to enable/disable DRC.
image processing conditions. Select ON (enable) or OFF (disable) for DRC
(Dynamic Range Control Processing).
• GP (Gradation Processing) parameter
• RP (Spatial Frequency Processing)
parameter
• DRC (Dynamic Range Control Processing)
parameter
• TAS (Tomographic Artifacts Suppression
Processing) parameter
• FNC (Frequency Noise Control Processing)
parameter (optional)
• MFP (Multi-objective Frequency Processing)
parameter (optional)

9-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Select whether to enable/disable TAS. GC
Select ON (enable) or OFF (disable) for TAS Characteristics Center density of gray level curve slope.
(Tomographic Artifacts Suppression Processing). Changes GA according to the density
specified here.

Value range 0.30 to 2.64 (2 decimal places)

GS
HINT Characteristics Parallel shift of the gray level curve.
Changes the display density of the
DRC has priority over TAS in image processing.
entire image.
This means that setting DRC to ON automatically
sets TAS to OFF. Value range -1.44 to 1.44 (2 decimal places)

5 Select whether to enable/disable FNC ● RP (Spatial Frequency Processing)parameter

(optional). RN
Select ON (enable) or OFF (disable) for FNC
Characteristics Enhanced frequency band for frequency
(Frequency Noise Control Processing). processing.
The frequency band specified here is
subjected to enhanced processing.

Value range 0 to 9 (10 types)

RT
6 Change the parameter values.
Characteristics Shape of the enhanced curve
corresponding to the density of the
★ To restore standard parameters set as default (by
image.
FUJIFILM Corporation), select Return to Default.
By changing this parameter, the
Please note that this button is disabled when enhancement level can be adjusted
the standard exposure menu set as default (by within a certain density region.
FUJIFILM Corporation) are not displayed in the
Related Menu field. Value range F, P to Z (12 types)

7 Complete the settings and click [OK]. RE

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] and close Characteristics Enhancement of frequency processing.
the “Image Processing Parameter Setting dialog”. Changes the enhancement level of
processing in accordance with the
specified value.

Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 digit after decimal point)

The “Image Processing Parameter Setting dialog” 10 to 16 (no decimal places) 9
closes.
● DRC (Dynamic Range Control Processing)
The image processing parameters are explained
parameter Setting User Utilities
below.
DRN
● GP (Gradation Processing) parameter
Characteristics Mask size of DR compression.
GA Sets the processing region to match
Characteristics Slope of the gray level curve. DRT.
It adjusts the image contrast.
Value range 0 to 9 (10 sizes)
Value range -4.0 to -0.1
0.1 to 4.0 (except for 0.0, 1 decimal DRT
place)
Characteristics This is a DR compression filter type.
Sets the density region for processing.
GT
Value range A to T (20 types)
Characteristics Shape of the gray level curve.
Yields the same result as changing the
γ-curve of X-ray films.

Value range A to Z (26 types)

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-9

 DRE MRE
Characteristics Enhancement of DR compression filter Characteristics Enhancement of frequency processing.
processing. Changes the enhancement level of
Changes the enhancement level of processing in accordance with the
processing in accordance with the specified value.
specified value.
Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 decimal place)
Value range 0.0 to 2.0 (1 decimal place) 10 to 16 (no decimal places)

● TAS (Tomographic Artifacts Suppression MDB

Processing) parameter Characteristics This is a DR compression frequency
ORN type.
Sets the processing region to match
Characteristics One-dimensional unsharpness mask.
MDT.
Sets the most effective size for the
tomographic angle. Value range A to Z (26 types)
Value range 0 to 9 (10 sizes)
MDT
ORD Characteristics This is a DR compression filter type.
Sets the density region for processing.
Characteristics Processing direction of one-dimensional
unsharpness mask. Value range A to T (20 types)
Set in accordance with the reading
direction and orbital direction of
MDE
tomography.
Characteristics Enhancement of DR compression filter
Value range 0: The orbit is at right angles to the processing.
green line of the cassette. Changes the enhancement level of
1: The orbit is parallel to the green line processing in accordance with the
of the cassette. specified value.

ORE Value range 0.0 to 2.0 (1 decimal place)

Characteristics Enhancement level of one-dimensional The parameters for GP (GA, GT, GC, GS) are
unsharpness mask processing.
the MFP gradation processing parameters. For
Changes the enhancement level of
processing in accordance with the characteristic, refer to the description for GP.
specified value. ● FNC (Frequency Noise Control Processing)
Value range 0.0 to 9.9 (1 decimal place) parameter (optional)
10 to 16 (no decimal places) FFC
Characteristics Parameter used to determine the
9 ● MFP (Multi-objective Frequency Processing) scale of the noise control processing
parameter (optional) according to the X-ray exposure dose.
A is for general exposure and is for linac
MRB
graphy.
Setting User Utilities

Characteristics Enhanced frequency band for frequency

processing. Value range A to Z (26 types)
This frequency band is subjected to
enhanced processing.
FNB
Value range A to Z (26 types)
Characteristics Parameter used to determine the
scale of the noise control processing
MRT according to the frequency component.
The closer to A, the more suppression
Characteristics Shape of the enhanced curve
by low frequencies.
corresponding to the density of the
image. Value range A to Z (26 types)
By changing this parameter, the
enhancement level can be adjusted
within a certain density region. FNT
Characteristics Parameter used to determine the
Value range F, P to Z (12 types)
scale of the noise control processing
according to the image density.

Value range A to Z (26 types)

9-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

FNE Exposure Parameter 2
Characteristics Parameter used to determine the
Displays the Exposure Parameter 2 tab.
scale of the noise control processing.
Effectiveness of the processing is The setting items are described below.
changed.

Value range 0.0 to 1.0 (1 decimal place)

1 Select Film Reference Orientation.

Select the film reference orientation for film printing.

This parameter is applicable only to the 1-image

format (203 x 254mm) and 2-image format (383.5 x
383mm). If you want to print with a 90-degree
rotated image on the film, select Portrait.

2 Select Film Edge.

Select a color for the film edge (frame).

3 Select Pixel Density.

Select a pixel density for the image.

Standard Density: 9
Print or save the image with low pixel density.
This reduces the size of the stored image file.
Setting User Utilities
High Density:
Print or save the image without changing the pixel
density.

4 Select Film Size.

The film size is displayed.
Do not change this parameter.

5 Select Number of division exposure.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-11

 Exposure Parameter 3 (2) Editing an exposure menu
Displays the Exposure Parameter 3 tab. Edit the exposure menu information.
The setting items are described below.
1 Select Exposure Menu in the Exposure/
Study Menu column.

1 Select Image reading mode.

This parameter is intended for the functions to be
introduced in the future, and is currently not yet
available. (Changes to the parameter will not take Currently registered exposure menus are displayed.
effect.)
2 Select the exposure menu to be edited.

FR : Reading 5 lines/mm
SR : Reading 10 lines/mm
GR : Reading 10 lines/mm

2 Select whether to enable/disable GPR The color of the selected exposure menu reverses.
Processing (optional).
Select ON (enable) or OFF (disable) for GPR (Grid 3 Select [Edit].
Removal Processing ).

The “Exposure Menu Setting dialog” appears.

IP Logical Size

Displays the IP Logical Size tab. 4 Perform settings.

The setting items are described below. Perform editing by the same procedure as creating
a new exposure menu.
9 For details, see “(1) Creating a new exposure
menus”.

5
Setting User Utilities

Complete the settings and click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel]. The dialog

1 Select IP Logical Size. returns to the “Menu Display Setting dialog”.
From the drop-down list, select the IP logical read
size for the cassette type Image Reader.

9-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(3) Deleting an Exposure Menu
from the Exposure/Study
Menu column
Delete the exposure menu.
HINT
Exposure menus registered in the Display
Settings column can be deleted.

For details, see “(2) Deleting a display menu”

in “9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or Moving the
Display Menu”.

HINT
Please note that you cannot restore the standard
exposure menu set as default (by FUJIFILM
Corporation) once you delete it. (User-created
exposure menus cannot be restored either and
need to be re-created.)

1 Select Exposure Menu in the Exposure/

Study Menu column.

Currently registered exposure menus are displayed.

2 Select the exposure menu to be deleted.

9
The color of the selected exposure menu reverses.
Setting User Utilities
3 Select [Delete].

The selected exposure menu is deleted.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-13

 9.2.3 Creating, Editing and Deleting Existing Study Menus
Create a new study menu or edit/delete an
existing study menu.

❍ What is a Study Menu?

A study menu is a consolidation of exposure
menus for use in a series of studies.
If you register frequently used menus such
as Chest biplane as a study menu, it is not
necessary to select two kinds of exposure
menus such as “Chest, FRN P→A” and
“Chest, LAT”.
Examples: <Work Flow>
If a study menu was selected If an exposure menu was selected 3 Enter Study Menu Code.
Select "Chest biplane" Select "Chest, FRN P→A" Enter the Study Menu Code within 16 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
The two menus "Chest, FRN Process "Chest, FRN P→A"
P→A" and "Chest, LAT" appear.
*, @, ‘
Names already assigned to other study menus
Select "Chest, LAT"
Process "Chest, FRN P→A" cannot be set.
Process "Chest, LAT"
Moves automatically to
"Chest, LAT"
End

Process "Chest, LAT"

indicates that the screen

End
changes automatically. 4 Enter Study Menu Name.
Enter the Study Menu Name within 64 characters.
(1) Creating a new study menu The following characters cannot be used:
*, @
Create a new study menu.

1 Select Study Menu in the Exposure/Study

Menu column.

5 Select Film Print Format (optional).

9 .

2
Setting User Utilities

Select [New].

The “Study Menu Setting dialog” appears.

9-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Default :
[Film Print Position Setting] (Optional)
Images are printed on film in the format specified in
each exposure menu. Displays the “Film Print Position Setting
2 ON 1 : dialog” in which you can set the positions of
The two images are printed on a film in the 2 On 1 images printed on a film.
format. If you have selected 2 On 1 or 4 On 1 under
Select [Film Print Position Setting] and set the Film Print Format, you can set the position of
position of each image printed on a film. each image printed on a film.
4 ON 1 :
The four images are printed on a film in the 4 On 1
format.
Select [Film Print Position Setting] and set the
position of each image printed on a film.

6 Select the exposure menu to be registered

in the Exposure Menu List and click .
Repeat this operation to select multiple exposure
menus (max. 32 menus). Print position of images on a film
To cancel the exposure menu selection, select the
● Exchanging the image print position on a film
exposure menu and then click .
Change the current layout of images

1 Select the image whose position is to

be changed and move it to the desired
position by dragging with the mouse.

HINT
Dragging it across [ v (Previous) ] or [ w (Next) ]
will display the previous or next film images.

The selected exposure menus will be displayed in

the Selected Menu list. Exposures will be made in
the order the menus were selected.
To change the order of selected Exposure Menus,
select the respective Exposure Menu and click
(UP) / (Down). 9
7 Complete the settings and click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel]. The dialog Setting User Utilities
returns to “Study Menu Setting dialog”.
The selected image is exchanged with the image
currently displayed at the desired position.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-15

 [ v (Previous) ] [ w (Next) ] 1 Select an exposure menu in the Registered
Displays the previous or next film images. Exposure Menu list and move it to a desired
position by dragging with the mouse.

(Clear) HINT
Dragging it across [ v (Previous) ] or [ w (Next) ]
Clears the selected image from the layout of will display the film images of the previous or next
images. film.
The procedure to clear an image from the
layout is explained below.

1 Select the image to be cleared and move it

to the (Clear) icon by dragging with the
mouse.

The image is arranged, and Registered is displayed

next to the rearranged image in the Registered
Exposure Menu list.
Repeat the above procedure to arrange the rest of
the images. After having rearranged the images,
confirm that all exposure menus are displayed as
Registered in the Registered Exposure Menu list.
The selected image is removed from the layout.
All remaining images needed to be rearranged to fill
the cleared positions after images are deleted. After
[Exposed Order]
having rearranged the images, confirm that all
exposure menus are displayed as Registered in the Arranges the images in the order of exposure.
Registered Exposure Menu list. Exposure order refers to the order in which
exposure menus are displayed in the
Registered Exposure Menu list.

[Cancel]
Cancels the operation and closes the “Film

9
Print Position Setting dialog”.

[OK]
Setting User Utilities

Saves the set image print position and closes

the “Film
[Cancel All]
Clears all current images.

After having cleared all images, arrange the

images one by one as follows.

9-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Display Color Setting] HINT
In the “Color window”, you can create a unique
Displays the “Display Color Setting dialog” in color by adjusting a color selected from Basic
which a display color for the study menu name Colors. You can add this newly created color
can be set. to the Custom Colors pallet by clicking [Add to
Custom Colors] to make it selectable as a display
1 Select a display color for the study menu color for the study menu name.
name.
(2) Select the desired color either in the Basic
★ To cancel the display color changing operation, Colors or Custom colors pallet in the “Color
click [Cancel] and close the “Display Color Setting window” and then click [OK].
dialog” displayed in the Study Menu Name field in
the “Study Menu Setting dialog”. The “Color window” and “Display Color Setting
dialog” close. An study menu name in the Study
Menu Name field on the “Study Menu Setting
dialog” will be displayed by the selected color.

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] and close

the “Color window”.

The colors already selected as candidates for the

study menu name are displayed in this “Display
Color Setting dialog”.

★ You can restore the study menu name to its

original color or change to another color by
repeating the above procedure.

HINT
The color selected in the “Display Color Setting
dialog” is applied to the display of study menu
name in the Study Menu Name field when clicking
[OK] in the “Study Menu Setting dialog”.
The selected display color is not applied to the
study menu, if [Cancel] is selected in the “Study
Menu Setting dialog”.
9
● Setting a color not available in the “Display
Color Setting dialog”
The procedure to set a color not available in Setting User Utilities
the “Display Color Setting dialog” is described
below.
(1) In the “Display Color Setting dialog”, select
[More Colors...].
The “Color window” appears.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-17

 (2) Editing a Study Menu (3) Deleting a Study Menu
Edit the study menu information. Delete the Study Menu.
HINT
1 Select Study Menu in the Exposure/Study
Study menus registered in the Display Setting
Menu column.
column can be deleted.

For details, see “(2) Deleting a display menu”

in “9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or Moving the
Display Menu”.

HINT
Please note that you cannot restore the standard
study menu set as default (by FUJIFILM
Currently registered study menus are displayed. Corporation) once you delete it. (User-created
study menus cannot be restored either and need
2 Select a study menu to be edited. to be re-created.)

1 Select Study Menu in the Exposure/Study

Menu column.

The color of the selected study menu reverses.

3 Select [Edit].
Currently registered study menus are displayed.

2 Select the study menu to be deleted.

The “Study Menu Setting dialog” appears.

4 Edit settings.
Edit the settings of an existing study menu using the
same procedure as creating a new study.
9
The color of the selected study menu reverses.

For details, see “(1) Creating a new study

menu”. 3 Select [Delete].

5
Setting User Utilities

Complete the settings and click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

The selected study menu is deleted.

9-18 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

9.2.4 Changing the Display Group Setting
You can create new display group names in 4 Click [OK].
a menu displayed in the normal operation
window, or change/delete existing names. You ★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].
can also change the display position of menus
registered in a Display Group or have them
excluded from display.

(1) Creating a new display group

name The entered name appears on the Display Group
tab.
Create a new display group in the menu and
assign a name. HINT
Once an exposure menu or study menu has been
1 Select a tab to which no display group registered in the newly created display group, it
name has been assigned. will be displayed in the normal operation window.

For details, see “(1) Registering a display

menu” in “9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or
Moving the Display Menu”.

A blank display group where no menu has been

registered is displayed.

HINT
Up to 16 display groups can be set.
When 16 display groups have already been set,
no further new display groups can be created. In
this case, you can delete display groups no longer
needed to create new groups.

2 Select [Edit Display Group].

Setting User Utilities

The “Display Group Setting dialog” appears.

3 Assign a name to the display group.

Enter the Display Group Name within 64 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
*, @

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-19

 (2) Changing the display group (3) Deleting a display group
name Delete a display group.
Change the name of the display group in the 1 Select the tab of the display group you
menu. want to delete.
1 Select the tab of the display group whose
name you want to change.

The color of the selected tab reverses.

The color of the selected tab reverses. 2 Select [Edit Display Group].

2 Select [Edit Display Group].

The “Display Group Setting dialog” appears.

The “Display Group Setting dialog” appears. 3 Select [Delete].

3 Change the display group name.

Enter the Display Group Name within 64 characters.
The following characters cannot be used:
*, @

4 A message to confirm deletion appears.

Click [OK].

★ To cancel deletion of the display group, click

9 [Cancel].
The selected display group is deleted.
4 Click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

Setting User Utilities

The entered name appears on the Display Group

tab.

9-20 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(4) Changing the display group (5) Setting to exclude display
position group from display
Changes the position (sequence) of the Display Set so that a display group is excluded from
Group tab. display.

1 Select the tab of the Display Group whose 1 Select the tab of the Display Group which
position you want to change. you want to exclude from display and click
[Change Display].

The color of the selected tab reverses.

The color of the selected tab reverses. (The
2 Move the tab to the desired position by background turns black.)
dragging with the mouse. ★ To cancel exclusion from display, click [Change
(The cursor turns into a hand-shaped Display] again.
pointer.)

3 Release the mouse button at the target

position.
The selected Display Group moves to the dragged
position .

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-21

 9.2.5 Registering, Deleting or Moving the Display Menu
The exposure menus or study menus displayed 4 Release the mouse button at the new
in the normal operation window can be position.
registered in a Display Menu Group. The menus
registered in the Display Group can be deleted HINT
or their position can be changed. Dragging over the Change Page button allows
you to change the position across pages.
(1) Registering a display menu
Register exposure/study menus in a display
menu group. Drag over the Change Page button.

1 Select the tab of the Display Group in

which you want to register the menu.

The page display changes.

Drag to unused button.

The color of the selected tab reverses.

2 Display a page with a button that has

not yet been used ( : Change Page
button). The menu is registered to the button.

3 Select the menu name to be registered

from the list in the Exposure/Study Menu
column, and move it to the unused button
by dragging with the mouse. (The cursor
turns into a hand-shaped pointer.)

9
Setting User Utilities

9-22 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Deleting a display menu (3) Changing the display menu
Delete a menu registered in a Display Menu position
Group. Change the menu position registered in the
1 Select the tab of the Display Group in which Display Menu Group.
the menu to be deleted is registered. 1 Select the menu whose position you want
to change.

2 Select the menu whose position you want

to change and drag it to the desired button.
(The cursor turns into a hand-shaped
pointer.)
The color of the selected tab reverses.

2 Display the page where the menu you want

to delete is registered ( : Change
Page button).

3 Select the menu you want to delete and

drag it to the . (The cursor turns into a 3 Release the mouse button at the new
hand-shaped pointer.) position.
The position of the selected Display Menu changes.
When moved to a button on which a menu is already
displayed, the positions of the latter menu and the
moved menu are exchanged.

A B B A
Move A to B Positions of A and B
position. are exchanged.

HINT
Dragging over the Change Page button allows
you to change the position across pages.

The selected menu is deleted.

9
Drag over the Change Page button

Setting User Utilities

The page display changes

Drag to unused button

The menu is moved

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-23

 9.3 Setting the Character String
Annotated on a Film
Film character string refers to the character strings annotated on a film. The film character
string is set in each Exposure Menu for CR studies.
This section explains how to newly register, change/delete alternative film marks displayed in
the “Exposure Menu Setting dialog”.

1 Select [Character String Info Annotated on (1) Registering the character

Film] in the “Main Menu dialog”.
string annotated on a film
Add the new character string to the film mark
selection in the “Exposure Menu Setting
dialog”.

1 Select a button for which no character

string has been registered and enter the
character string you want to register in the
character string Input field.
Enter up to 10 characters into the Film Character
String input column.
The “Film Mark Setting dialog” appears. The following characters cannot be used:
*, @
2 After setting the character string, click
[OK].

Character string input field

9 The “Film Mark Setting dialog” closes. The settings HINT
for registration, edition, deletion and position change To display a page other than the current page,
are reflected in the film mark selection in the select the Change Page button .
Setting User Utilities

“Exposure Menu Setting dialog”.

2 Select [Register].

The character string entered into the character string

input field is applied to the selected button.

9-24 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

(2) Editing the character string (3) Deleting the character string
to be annotated on film to be annotated on film
Edit the registered film character string. Delete the registered character string from
the film mark selection in the “Exposure Menu
1 Select the button of the character string to Setting dialog”.
be edited.
1 Select the button of the character string to
be deleted and click [Delete].

The character string of the selected button is

displayed in the character string input field.
The character string of the selected button is
HINT
deleted.
To display a page other than the current page,
select the Change Page button . HINT
To display a page other than the current page,
2 Edit the character string in the character select the Change Page button .
string input field and select [Register].
Enter up to 10 characters into the character string
input field.
The following characters cannot be used:
*, @

The character string entered into the character string

input field is applied to the selected button. 9

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-25

 (4) Changing the position of a
character string button
Delete the registered character string from
the film mark selection in the “Exposure Menu
Setting dialog”.

1 Select the button whose position you want

to change and drag it to the desired button.
(The cursor turns into a hand-shaped
pointer.)

2 Release the mouse button at the new

position.
The selected character string button moves to the
dragged position.
When moved to position on which a character string
button is already displayed, the positions of the latter
character string button and the moved character
string button are exchanged.

A B B A
Move A to B Positions of A and B
position. are exchanged.

HINT
Dragging over the Change Page button allows
9 you to change the position across pages.

Drag over the Change Page button

Setting User Utilities

Drag to unused button

The page display changes

The film mark is moved

9-26 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.4 Setting of Printing, Saving and
Transmitting Parameters
Set the parameters to store images to a storage disk, print images on film (optional), or
transmit images to a DICOM server (optional).

9.4.1 Setting of CR Study Printing, Saving, and Transmitting

This section explains the procedure to change Disk
the unprocessed FCR study data output
settings. Displays the Disk tab in which you can set the
parameters for saving images to a storage disk.
1 Select [Output Destination Settings] in the
“Main Menu dialog”.

The “Setting destination for image output dialog”

appears. 1 Select whether to enable/disable automatic
saving to storage disk.
2 Select the CR Study tab and set the
parameters to store images to a storage ★ To save images automatically on a disk, check
disk, print images on film (optional), Automatic image output.
or transmit images to a DICOM server When a study is verified, the images are
(optional). automatically saved on the storage disk.

★ To disable automatic saving on a disk, deselect

the Automatic image output check box. 9
If you deselect the Automatic image output check
box, you can save the study to disk from the “Main
window”. Setting User Utilities
For details, see “3.5.7 Saving to a storage
disk”.

HINT
Destination for data transfer is selected by
default.
The Timing of output is set as the Upon
On the CR Study tab, the setting tabs for Disk, verification of a study.
Printer, and DICOM Transmission can be displayed It cannot be changed.
by clicking on the respective tab.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-27

 Printer (Optional) 4 Select film printing or not printing at the
time of re-verification.
Displays the Printer tab in which you can set
the parameters for printing images on film. ★ Check [Output after Re-verified] when film
printing is to be performed at the time of re-
verification.
★ Check off [Output after Re-verified] when film
printing is not to be performed at the time of re-
verification.

5 Select whether annotations of the image on

film to be added or not.

★ Check [Output Annotation] to print film with added

annotations.
★ Check off [Output Annotation] to print film without
added annotations.
1 Select whether to print images on film
automatically.
HINT
★ To print on film automatically, select Automatic Saving is done with the marker added,
image output check box. independent of whether [Output Annotation] is
When a study is verified, the images are checked or not.
automatically printed on film. Set the printer and
print timing as described in 2 and 3 below. DICOM Transmission (Optional)
★ To disable automatic film printing, deselect
Automatic image output check box.
Displays the DICOM Transmission tab in
which you can set the parameters for the
If you deselect the Automatic image output check
transmission of images to DICOM server.
box, you can print the images on film from the
“Image Viewer window” or “Study List window”.

For details, see “4.5.1 Printing Images on a

Film (Optional)” and “3.5.5 Printing on a film
(Optional)”

2 Select Destination for data transfer.

9
Setting User Utilities

3 Select Timing of output.

Upon verification of a study:

If the Automatic image output is selected, the
images are automatically printed on film when a
study is verified.
Upon completion of an exposure:
If the Automatic image output is selected, the
images are automatically printed after completion of
exposure.

9-28 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

1 Select whether to enable/disable automatic [Cancel]
transmission to the DICOM server.
Cancels the settings for printing and saving
★ To enable automatic image transmission to the and closes the “Setting Destination for
DICOM server, select Automatic image output Automatic Image Output dialog”.
check box.
★ To disable automatic image transmission to the
DICOM server, deselect Automatic image output
check box.
If you deselect the Automatic image output, you
can transmit images to the DICOM server from
the “Main window”.

For details, see “3.5.8 Transmitting studies to

DICOM server (Optional)”.

2 Select the DICOM-Storage for Destination 1.

3 Select Pixel Count for Destination 1.

Default Pixel Count:

Transmits the images with low pixel density. This
reduces the size of the transmitted image file.
Max Pixel Count:
Transmits the images with the highest pixel count
with which the system can save or print them.

HINT
The Timing of output is set as the Upon
verification of a study.
It cannot be changed.

[OK]
9
Saves the settings for printing, saving,
and transmitting and closes the “Setting
Destination for Automatic Image Output Setting User Utilities
dialog”.
- When the following message appears -
Set up again so that CR study images are
stored on the image storage disk, printing film or
DICOM server.

★ Error is displayed when the Automatic image

output is not selected in any of Disk, Printer, or
DICOM Transmission tabs. In this case, click [OK]
and select the Automatic image output tab in at
least one of these tabs.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-29

 9.4.2 Setting of Non-CR Study Printing and Saving (Optional)
This section explains the procedures to change Disk
other than unprocessed FCR study data output
setting. For a general-purpose image, the Displays the Disk tab in which you can set the
output of a study loaded with modality CR is parameters for saving images to a storage disk.
controlled by the settings (set with the Other
tab) made here.
For instructions on how to change the CR study
settings, see “9.4.1 Setting of CR Study Printing,
Saving and Transmitting”.

1 Select [Output Destination Settings] in the

“Main Menu dialog”.

1 Select whether to enable/disable automatic

saving to storage disk.

★ To save images automatically on a disk, check

Automatic image output.
The “Output Destination Settings dialog” appears. When a study is verified, the images are
automatically saved on the storage disk.
2 Select the Other tab and set to save to ★ To disable automatic saving on a disk, deselect
storage disk. the Automatic image output check box.
If you deselect the Automatic image output check
box, you can save the study to disk from the “Main
window”.

For details, see “3.5.7 Saving to a storage

disk”.

9 HINT
Destination for data transfer is selected by
default.
Setting User Utilities

The Timing of output is set as the Upon

verification of a study.
It cannot be changed.
When each tab is selected after selecting the Other
tab, a setup window is displayed for Disk. HINT
To save to the work disk, perform this setting
operation on the “Save to Work Disk dialog”.

Refer to “4.5.2. Saving to a Work Disk” for the

operation for saving to a work disk.

9-30 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [OK]

The settings for automatic transmission to

the DICOM server are saved, and the “Setting
Destination for Automatic Image Output
dialog” closes.
- When the following message appears -
Set up again so that CR study images are stored
on the image storage disk, printing film or DICOM
server.

★ Error is displayed when the Automatic image

output is deselected in the DICOM Transmission.
In this case, click [OK] and select the Automatic
image output tab in the DICOM Transmission tab.

[Cancel]

The settings for automatic transmission to the

DICOM server are canceled, and the “Setting
Destination for Automatic Image Output
dialog” closes.

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-31

 9.5 Setting the Time to Automatically Verify a Study
A completed study can be automatically verified.
The study status changes automatically from Exposure Completed to Verified.

1 Select [Auto-Determine Settings] in the Proceed to Step 5 .

“Main Menu dialog”.

3 Select the timing for automatic verification.

★ To simultaneously complete and verify a study,

select the Completi on of an exposure and its
verification take place simultaneously check box.
Studies unable to be verified upon exposure
completion will be verified after the specified time
has elapsed. In this case, enter the time required
for automatic verification of a study in Step 4 .

The “Automatic verification of a study dialog” ★ To verify a study after a certain time elapsed
appears. after completing an exposure, select the Study is
verified after the set time followed by exposure
check box.

4 Enter the time to verify a study after the

exposure in the Time required for automatic
verification of a study field.

2 Select whether to enable/disable automatic ★ Set a time between 5 and 720 minutes. Enter only
verification. integral numbers.
The study will be automatically verified within a
★ To verify a study automatically after completion,
period equivalent to the entered time up to double
select the Automatically verifying a study check
that time at maximum.
9 box.
The completed study is automatically verified. Set
For example, if 30 is specified for the Time
required for automatic verification of a study field,
the time to automatically verify a study as
the study will be automatically verified in 30
described in 3 .
Setting User Utilities

minutes to 1 hour after checking.

★ To disable automatic verification, deselect the
Automatically verifying a study check box.
If you deselected the Automatically verifying a
study check box, you can verify the study
manually from the “Image Viewer window” or
“Study List window”.

For details, see “4.7.6 Suspending and

Verifying a Study” and “(4) Completing and
verifying a study” in “6.1.4 Manipulating
Studies”.

9-32 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

5 Click [OK].

★ To cancel automatic verification, click [Cancel].

The automatic verify setting is saved and the

“Automatic Verify Setting dialog” closes.

HINT
To automatically verify the study, select the
auto verify user using the client utility. If you
do not select it, the study will not be verified
automatically.

For details, see “7.4 Setting User Information

(for Administrator)”.

HINT
While the study is shown on the viewer, the study is not
verified automatically even if automatic verification of
study is specified.
The study is not verified automatically while the
information about the study whose status is Finish
Exposure is being modified. When display on the
viewer is closed or the study information is being
modified, the study will be verified automatically
after lapse of the predetermined time.

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-33

 9.6 Changing the Time to Automatically
Delete Images Loaded from a Disk
You can change the time that images read from a disk for reference purposes are temporarily
stored by the FCR PRIMA Console.
Images are deleted automatically when the specified time has elapsed.

1 Select [Image Deletion Settings] in the

“Main Menu dialog”.

The “Settings to Delete Images dialog” appears.

2 Select Time period for data storage.

The storage period can be set to 0.5 - 30 days.

9
Setting User Utilities

3 Click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation to change the storage

period, click [Cancel].

The changed storage period is saved, and the

“Image Deletion Setting dialog” closes.

9-34 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.7 Setting the Backup Notification
You can set up the following message to prompt you for a backup when you have not made a
backup for a certain period of time.
No backup made within certain period.
❍ Do you want to start the Backup Utility for immediate backup?
This message will appear when you start up the FCR PRIMA Console.

1 Select [Backup Notification Settings] in the ★ To disable the backup prompt, deselect the
“Main Menu dialog”. Issuing a backup notification check box.
In this case the backup prompt will not be
displayed and you will have to make backups
regularly on your own.

Proceed to Step 4 .

3 Select Time interval between notifications.

The interval can be set to 1 - 90 days.

The “Settings for issuing a backup notification

dialog” appears.

4 Click [OK].

★ To cancel backup notification, click [Cancel].

The backup notification setting is saved, and the

“Settings for issuing a backup notification dialog”
closes.

2 Select whether to enable/disable backup

notification.

★ To display the backup prompt, select the Issuing 9

a backup notification check box.
If you have not made a backup for a certain
period of time, the backup prompt will be Setting User Utilities
displayed when you start up the FCR PRIMA
Console. Set the time interval in the Time interval
between notifications field for backup notification
as described in Step 3 .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-35

 9.8 Setting Automatic Start-up of Client Application
You can set the Client Application so that it automatically starts after startup of the Server
Application.

1 Select [Client Application Startup Settings] 3 Click [OK].

in the “Main Menu dialog”.
★ To cancel automatic startup of the Client
Application, click [Cancel].

Automatic startup of the Client Application is saved,

and the “Setting startup of the client’s application
dialog” closes.

The “Setting startup of the client’s application dialog”

appears.

2 Select whether to automatically start the

client application of the PC after starting
the server application.

★ To set the Client Application so that it

automatically starts after startup of the Server
Application, select the Automatic Startup check
box.
When the FCR PRIMA Console is turned on, the
9 Server Application starts. After that, the Client
Application starts automatically and the “User
Selection window” opens.
Setting User Utilities

★ To disable automatic startup of the Client

Application, deselect the Automatic Startup check
box.
When the FCR PRIMA Console is turned on, the
Server Application starts. To start the Client
Application, double-click on the icon on the
desktop.

9-36 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.9 Setting a Prefix
Set to add a prefix to the patient’s name is displayed on the FCR PRIMA Console.

1 Select [Prefix Display Settings] in the “Main 3 Enter a prefix in the A title of respect of a
Menu dialog”. patient to be displayed field.
Enter up to 4 characters.

4 Click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

The prefix setting is saved, and the “Setting a title of

The “Setting a title of respect prefixed to a patient
respect prefixed to patient a name dialog” closes.
name dialog” appears.

2 Select whether or not to add a prefix to the

display of patient name.

★ To add a prefix to a patient name, select the

Displaying a title of respect of a patient check
box.
A prefix will be added to the patient name
displayed on the FCR PRIMA Console. Set the
prefix to be displayed as described in Step 3
9
below.

★ To display the patient name without prefix, Setting User Utilities

deselect the Displaying a title of respect of a
patient check box.
Proceed to Step 4 .

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-37

 9.10 Setting Additional Image Information
Display Content
Additional image information such as menu names and magnification/reduction ratio is
displayed in the image display pane of the “Image Viewer window”.
You can select the information you want to have added to the image.

Additional image information is displayed in

the “Image Viewer window” as shown in the
following examples.
You can enable/disable the display of
additional image information in the “Image
Viewer window”.
For details, see “4.7.2 Viewing Image Information”.

2 Select FCR image (unprocessed) tab or

Other tab.

Additional image information

Additional image information

HINT
1 Select [Image-incidental info Display
Information associated with the image can be set
Settings] in the “Main Menu dialog”.
individually by CR study or other studies.

3 Select a display position of additional

9 image information.
Setting User Utilities

The “Setting to Display Additional Image Information

dialog” appears. HINT
If you have selected the lower right-hand corner
Additional image information can only be displayed
for display of additional image information, avoid
in the light gray corners of the image pane.
the bottom right-hand line. If the additional image
information is positioned in the bottom right-hand
line, it may be difficult to read.

9-38 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 The “Setting to Display Additional Image Information 6 Select the additional image information to
dialog” appears. be displayed from the Information List.
HINT
Positions where characters are displayed already
have additional image information assigned to
them. Edit as necessary.

7 Enter Prefix/Suffix.
Enter up to 15 characters in each field. For example,
if you input the following, the Patient ID 1234567890
will be displayed as Patient ID [1234567890].

4 Select Display additional image 8 Click [OK].

information.
★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] and
★ To display additional image information in the close the “Setting to Display Additional Image
position selected in Step 3 click on Display Information dialog”.
additional image information.
Set the information to be displayed as described
in Steps 5 to 7 below.
★ To disable display of additional image information The “Setting to Display Additional Image Information
in the position selected in Step 3 click Not to dialog” closes.
display additional image information. The information will be displayed in the selected
The additional image information displayed up to position.
now will disappear.

Proceed to Step 8 .

9
5 Select Classification.

Setting User Utilities

Classified information is displayed in the Information

List.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-39

 ★ To continue setting additional image information,
select display positions.
★ To save the settings made for additional image
information, click on [OK] in the lower right-hand
corner of the dialog.
★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] in the
lower right-hand corner of the dialog and
close the “Setting to Display Additional Image
Information dialog”.
This cancels all settings made.
The setting made for additional image information is
saved, and the “Setting to Display Additional Image
Information dialog” closes.

9
Setting User Utilities

9-40 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.11 Importing Patient Information
Import the patient information to the FCR PRIMA Console database.

9.11.1 Creating a File of Patient information to Import

To import patient information, you must first
create an import file. Create a file using an
editor such as Notepad or Microsoft Excel.
The procedure to create a file is described
below.

(1) Creating with an editor such

as Notepad For details, see “(3) Patient information input
format”. If the wrong input format is used,
the patient information in that row will not be
1 Start the editor. registered.
Microsoft Notepad is used in this example.
3 Save the file.
2 Enter patient information. (1) S
 elect [File] - [Save As...] from the menu bar.

Enter patient information in the format shown below.

ID No.<Tab> Patient Information Name<Tab>Patient
Name<Tab>Sex<Tab>Date of Birth <Enter>
ID No.<Tab> Patient Information Name<Tab>Patient
Name<Tab>Sex<Tab>Date of Birth<Enter>
ID No.<Tab> Patient Information Name<Tab>Patient
Name<Tab>Sex<Tab>Date of Birth <Enter>
••••

• M
 ake sure to enter the Patient ID. If the Patient ID
is not entered, the patient information in that row
The “Save As window” appears.
will not be registered.
(2) S
 pecify the storage folder of the file in the
• <
 Tab> and <Enter> refer respectively to the Tab
Save in.
and Enter key on the keyboard.
(3) F
 or Save as type, select All.
• P
 ress the Tab key on the keyboard each time (4) E
 nter the extension .csv after the File name.
between Patient ID, Patient Information Name,
Patient Name, Sex and Date of Birth. A space
(Example: Patient.csv)
(5) S
 elect [Save].
9
entered with the Space key on the keyboard will
cause an error when importing.
Setting User Utilities
• A
 fter Date of Birth, press the Enter key to insert
a line feed. Enter the patient information for 1
individual in 1 line.
• T
 o leave some items blank, press the Tab key on
the keyboard repeatedly.
Example: Leaving Patient Name
blank1234567890<Tab>Brown
James<Tab><Tab>M<Tab>20020705

The file is saved.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-41

 (2) Creating with Microsoft Excel (2) S
 pecify the storage folder of the file in the
Save in.
(3) F
 or Save as type, select Text (Tab delimited)
1 Start Microsoft Excel. (*.txt).
(4) E
 nter the extension .txt after the File name.
2 Enter patient information. (Example: Patient.txt)
Enter patient information in the format shown below. (5) S
 elect [Save].

1 2 3 4 5
1 Patient Patient Patient Sex Date of
ID information name birth
name
2 Patient Patient Patient Sex Date of
ID information name birth
name
3 Patient Patient Patient Sex Date of
ID information name birth
name
4 ••••
- If the following message is displayed -
• M ake sure to enter the Patient ID. If the Patient ID The selected file type does not support
is not entered, the patient information in that row workbooks that contain multiple sheets.
will not be registered.
• Enter the patient information for 1 individual in 1 Click [OK].
line. - If the following message is displayed -
• To leave some items blank, leave the …txt may contain features that are not
corresponding cell blank. compatible with Text (Tab delimited). Do you
Example: Leaving Patient Name blank want to keep the workbook in this format?

1234567890 Misako Fuji F 19731205 Click [Yes].

The file is saved.
For details, see “(3) Patient information input
format”. If the wrong input format is used, 4 Change the extension of the stored file
the patient information in that row will not be name to .csv. (Example: Change Patient.txt
registered.
to Patient.csv.)
- If the following message is displayed -
If you change a file name extension, the file may

9
become unusable. Are you sure you want to
change it?
Setting User Utilities

3 Save the file. Select [Yes].

(1) Select [File] - [Save As...] from the menu bar. HINT
If the file name is displayed without extension,
the file name cannot be changed. In this case,
proceed as follows to change the file name.

The “Save As window” appears.

9-42 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 (1) Select [Organize] - [Folder and Search Options]
Patient information name
on the menu bar.
Number of Up to 64
characters

Usable All characters except:

characters *, @

* If the patient information name format does not

conform to the above, the patient information in
that row will not be registered.
Patient name
Number of Up to 64
The “Folder Options window” appears. characters
(2) Select View tab.
Usable All characters
(3) Deselect the Hide extensions for known file characters
types check box in the Advanced settings list.
(4) Select [Apply]. * If the patient name format does not conform to
the above, the patient information in that row will
not be registered.
Sex
Usable Male : M or m
characters Female : F or f
If unknown, etc.: O or o

* If a different character or no character at all was

entered for Sex, O (Other) will be registered.
Date of birth
Input format (1) yyyy.MON.dd (1972.JUL.15)
(Ex.) (2) yyyy.mm.dd (1972.07.15)
(3) MON.dd.yyyy (JUL.15.1972)
(4) mm.dd.yyyy (07.15.1972)

(3) Patient information input (5) dd.MON.yyyy (15.JUL.1972)

(6) dd.mm.yyyy (15.07.1972)
format
* If the entered is invalid, date of birth will be
Use the following format to create a file for registered as a blank.
importing patient information.
Patient ID
9
Number of Up to 64
characters * D
 epending on the setting made Setting User Utilities
when installing the software, the
missing number of characters in the
Patient ID will be filled with zeros.
For example, if 10 characters were
specified for the Patient ID and 1 is
entered, the number is registered as
0000000001.

Usable All characters except:

characters ", #, %, &, ‘, +, ?, \, /, *, @, <,
Space alone cannot be used.

* Make sure to enter the Patient ID.

* If the Patient ID format does not conform to the
above, the patient information in that row will not
be registered.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-43

 9.11.2 Importing Patient Information
Use an import file to import patient information
to the FCR PRIMA Console database.
To import patient information, you must first
create an import file.
For details, see “9.11.1 Creating a File of Patient
Information to Import”.
If the FCR PRIMA Console database already
contains patient information under the same
Patient ID, that information will be overwritten.

1 Select [Patient Database Import] in the

“Main Menu dialog”.

The “Open window” appears.

2 Select a patient information import file and

then click [Open].

9
Setting User Utilities

A message appears. When import of patient

information is completed, the message disappears.

9-44 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.12 Disk Consistency Check
Check the consistency of the disk, for example, whether the information on the storage disk
has been altered.
When the storage disk is full, carry out a consistency check and then copy the disk.
For details, see “2.5.5 Copying a Disk”.

Insert the disk for consistency check into the The consistency check starts as soon as the storage
disk drive beforehand. disk is detected.
The “Consistency check - Consistency check in
1 Select [Media Consistency Check] in the progress dialog” is displayed for checking the drive
“Main Menu dialog”. name, disk name and the progress of the
consistency check.

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel]. The

“Consistency check - Check result dialog”
appears. Click [Finish].

The “Consistency check - Drive selection dialog”

appears.

When the consistency check is completed, the

“Consistency check - Check result dialog” appears.

2 Select the drive in which a storage disk

inserted and click [OK]. 9
The messages given on the next page will appear
★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel] and close
depending on the result of the check. Read the
the “Consistency check - Drive selection dialog”.
message and take the necessary action. Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-45

 Message Disk is normal. Message Integrity of management and image
information not verified.
Action Disk consistency verified.
No action required. Action Integrity of management and image
information on image storage disk not
verified.
Message The drive specified for integrity check
is not connected or does not exist. Proceed as follows.
(1) Perform Restore Disk referring
Action Make the following checks, and then to "7.8 Handling Disks".
repeat the operation. (2) Repeat disk integrity check.
• Make sure the drive is ON.
• Make sure the drive is connected to
the FCR PRIMA Console main unit. Message Integrity check was aborted in
response to [Cancel].
If the same message appears after
repeating the operation, take the Action This message is displayed
following actions. when [Cancel] is clicked in the
(1)  erform Restore Disk referring
P "Consistency check- Check result
to "7.8 Handling Disks". dialog".
To close the Consistency check result
(2) Repeat disk consistency check.
dialog, click [Finish].

Message Disk for integrity check is not loaded.

Message Integrity check ended abnormally.
Action Make the following checks, and then Check the drive used for integrity
repeat the operation. check or check the disk.
• Make sure the storage disk is
Action Make the following checks, and then
inserted into the drive.
repeat the operation.
• Make sure the drive is ON.
Message Integrity of management information • Make sure the drive is connected to
not verified. the FCR PRIMA Console main unit.
• Make sure the storage disk is
Action Integrity of management information inserted into the drive.
on image storage disk not verified.
If the same message appears after
(Image information is normal.)
repeating the operation, take the
Proceed as follows. following action.
(1) Start the Client Utility and perform (1) Perform Restore Disk referring
Restore Disk. to "7.8 Handling Disks".
Perform Restore Disk referring (2) Repeat disk integrity check.
to "7.8 Handling Disks".
(2) Repeat disk consistency check.

9
Message Integrity of image information not
verified.
Setting User Utilities

Action Integrity of image information on

image storage disk not verified.
(Management information is normal.)
(1) Save the integrity check results
for each image in a file as
described below.
(2) Store images whose Result is NG
in the integrity check result file
again to a new disk.
For storing images, see "3.5.7
Saving to a storage disk".

9-46 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Data stored on a file] Detail Info Explanation of consistency check
result.
Saves the result of the consistency check for
• Normal :
each image in a file.
Normal
Selecting this button will open the “Save As
• The DICOM file is missing. :
window”. Select the storage folder and click Data was deleted.
[Save] to save a file with the consistency check • The history file is missing. :
results (MediaValidationResult.csv). Consistency check information file
was deleted.
You can check the following items for each
image in the consistency check result file. • Inconsistency between DICOM file
and history file. :
Data consistency not verified.
Item Description
• Not able to read the data. :
Result The result of the consistency check is Data reading failed.
displayed.
• OK : The image information has
not been altered.
• NG : The image information has
been altered.
• - : Check has failed.
* T
 he message Consistency
of management information
not verified means that only
management information is
not consistent, but the image
information is consistent.
Therefore, the result is indicated
by OK.

Patient ID ID No. of the image.

Patient Name Patient name of image.

Study Date Date when the study was conduced.

Instance Registration sequence of exposure

Number menu.

Menu Name Name of exposure menu.

Correction_ User who conducted the study or

Person corrected the study information.
9
Upd_Datetime Time and date when the study
information was last updated.

Correction_ Device on which the study was Setting User Utilities

Server conducted or the study information
was corrected.

Record_In- Indicates whether the images on the

use_Flag disk are active/inactive.
• Active : Valid image on the disk.
• Inactive: Invalid image on the disk.

Version_ Version number of image display

Number information and patient information.

File Name Name of image file.

(Relative path from disk drive root
path.)

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-47

 9.13 Setting Automatic Logoff
Set to enable/disable automatic logoff. If you select automatic logoff, set the time to
automatically logoff.

1 Select [Auto-Logoff Setting] in the “Main 3 Set Time-to-automatic logoff.

Menu dialog”. Set a time between 1 and 30 minutes.

4 Click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

The automatic logoff setting is saved, and the

The “Automatic logoff setting dialog” appears.
“Automatic Logoff Setting dialog” closes.

2 Select whether to enable/disable automatic

logoff.

★ For automatic logoff, select the Automatically Log

off check box.
9 If no operation is performed for a certain length of
time after logging in, the FCR PRIMA Console will
log off automatically. Set the time to automatically
logoff as described in Step 3 below.
Setting User Utilities

★ To disable automatic logoff, deselect the

Automatically log off check box.
Proceed to Step 4 .

9-48 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 9.14 History Information Consistency Check
Check that the history of processes such as FCR PRIMA Console login/logoff, access to
studies, image storing or printing, and backup or restoring, has not been altered.

1 Select [History-Info Consistency Check] in

the “Main Menu dialog”.

The “History-Info Consistency Check dialog”

appears.

9
2 After verifying the history, click [OK].
Setting User Utilities
The “History-Info Consistency Check dialog” closes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-49

 9.15 Setting Makers
Register or remove user’s markers.

9.15.1 Registering User’s Markers

1 Select [Marker Setting] on the “Main Menu The “Open dialog” appears.
dialog”.

The “Add or Remove Marker dialog” appears. 3 Select the marker to register.

4 Click [Open].
The registered marker displays on the “Add or
Remove Marker dialog”.

2 Select [Add Marker].

9
5 Click [OK].
Setting User Utilities

The “Add or Remove Marker dialog” closes.

9-50 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

9.15.2 Removing User’s Markers
1 Select [Marker Setting] on the “Main Menu The “[64200] Markers selected will be deleted
dialog”. dialog” appears.

4 Click [OK].

★ To cancel removing the marker, click [Cancel].

The “Add or Remove Marker dialog” appears.
5 Click [OK].

The “Add or Remove Marker dialog” closes.

2 Select the marker to remove.

9
3 Select [Remove Marker].

Setting User Utilities

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 9-51

 9.16 Setting Preset Settings
Preset settings can be assigned to the keypad keys (1 to 9).

1 Select [Preset Setting] in the “Main Menu

dialog”.

The “Preset Setting dialog” appears.

2 Select the position of the key to which

preset settings are to be assigned and the
Preset Name.

9
Setting User Utilities

3 Click [OK].

★ To cancel the operation, click [Cancel].

The preset settings are set and the “Preset Setting

dialog” closes.

9-52 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 10 Troubleshooting

10.1 Troubleshooting
When the equipment does not operate normally, see the relevant page to take remedial actions
according to the symptom shown below.
Should you encounter any trouble you cannot handle, contact our official dealer.

Troubleshooting

PC Does Not Start 10.2

PC is Inoperative 10.3

PC Does Not Shut Down 10.4

Event Indicator is Blinking 10.5

Error Message Appears 10.6

Image is Streaked 10.7

Message "Not Logged In" Appears when Trying to

10.8
Operate the Screen

Window Disappears 10.9

Disk Cannot be Removed 10.10

Toolbar is Not Displayed on "Image Viewer Window" 10.11

Study was Scheduled or Registered

10.12
but patient list is Unchanged

Unintended Studies Appear on patient list 10.13

Unable to Print or Save Image from "Image Viewer Window" 10.14

The "Web page unavailable while offline Dialog" is Displayed 10.15

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-1

 10.2 PC Does Not Start
If the PC does not start, check the following:

Is the power cord Check that the power cord is firmly connected to the electrical outlet.
disconnected? Otherwise, your PC may not start. In such case, turn off the main power
switch, firmly insert the power cord in the outlet, and turn on the power
switch once more.

HINT
When AC mains power is supplied, the POWER lamp illuminates
green.

Is the monitor switch turned If the monitor switch is not turned ON, nothing will be displayed on the
ON? screen even if the PC power switch is turned ON. Turn ON the monitor
switch.

HINT
When monitor power is supplied, the monitor lamp illuminates blue.

10
Troubleshooting

10-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.3 PC is Inoperative
If the PC is inoperative, check the following:

Is the PC frozen? If nothing happens when you press a key or move the mouse, your PC is
frozen. Take the following actions:
(1) Press the Delete key while holding down Ctrl and Alt keys to display the
“Windows Task Manager window”.
Select the Application tab to display a list of currently running
applications. If the Status column of the displayed application list shows
No response, select that application and click [Terminate task]. Restart
your PC because Windows may be unstable.

HINT
If the mouse is disabled, use the Tab key and Enter key.

(2) If there is no response after performing Step (1) or if your PC freezes,

force shutdown your PC by pressing the Delete key once again while
holding down Ctrl and Alt keys. Then restart the PC.
(3) If there is no response after performing Step (2), hold down the PC
power button for few seconds to turn OFF the power.
(4) If the power still does not turn off, pull out the power cord to turn OFF
the power.

HINT
All current data are lost when you force shutdown your PC.

If this message appears, there is no recovery method. This message is not

Terminating (program name)
caused by any operational error by the user. It is displayed because the
because a problem has occurred.
program could not continue normal operation.
We are very sorry for this
Force shutdown according to the message displayed in the window.
inconvenience.

HINT
All current data are lost when you force shutdown your PC.

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-3

 10.4 PC Does Not Shut Down
If the PC does not shut down, check the following:

Is there a cassette in the Image FCR PRIMA Console cannot quit if there is a cassette remaining in the
Reader connected to the FCR Image Reader.
PRIMA Console? Remove the cassette from the Image Reader and quit FCR PRIMA
Console.

Is the PC frozen and inoperative If the PC cannot be shutdown, keep pressing the power button for at least 4
when you try to shutdown? seconds. The power will turn off.
If the power still does not turn off, pull out the power cord to turn OFF the
power.

HINT
If the PC could not shutdown by normal shutdown procedure,
SCANDISK will start automatically next time you turn on the PC.
This will take some time, but normal screen will eventually appear if
there is no problem.

10
Troubleshooting

10-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.5 Event Indicator is Blinking
If the event indicator is blinking, check the following:

Is the event indicator blinking? If the event indicator is blinking, there is an error.
Check the cause of error as follows and take the appropriate action:

(1) Select the indicator of Event.

Event indicator

The Event tab appears.

(2) Select the event to check and click [Details].

The “Error Detail dialog” appears.

10
(3) Check the detailed Information and take appropriate action.
Troubleshooting

See “5.7 Confirming Events (Errors, Warnings or Information)” for

details.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-5

 10.6 Error Message Appears
When an error message appears in the FCR PRIMA Console window, check the content and
take the appropriate action. Should you encounter any trouble you cannot handle, contact our
official dealer.

An example of an error message displayed on the “Warning dialog” and a description of each
display area are given below:

Error message displayed on the “Warning dialog” (Example 1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Error message displayed on the “Warning dialog” (Example 2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

Name Description
(1) Title Display Field The title of an error is displayed.
(2) Message Display Field Displays an error code and a message prompting the user to perform an operation.
(3) Selection-menu Display Selection menu is displayed. Select the button of the operation to be performed in
10 response to the message.
Troubleshooting

10-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.7 Image is Streaked
This section describes the action to take when a streak appears on an image scanned with the
Image Reader.

If the scanner or IP is dirty, a streak may appear as shown below.

Streak

Note that the streak on this example is

enhanced for the sake of clarity.

■ Remedial action
If a streak appear on the image, clean the scanner and IP.

• Scanner cleaning
Clean the scanner using the Utility.
For details on scanner cleaning, see “5.2 Confirming Image Reader Status”.

• IP cleaning
Remove dirt from the surface of the IP and then wipe with a dry cloth.
If the dirt cannot be removed by dry wiping, wipe the surface using a small amount of dehydrated
ethanol.
The IP should be dried completely before use.
10
HINT
• Be very careful not to damage IPs.
• Never use plastic erasers and other solvents.
Troubleshooting

• Do not scratch IP surfaces with finger nails.

• Do not use excessive dehydrated ethanol or clean the IP frequently, otherwise the IP’s edges may discolor into
yellow.

For details on IP cleaning, see “Image Reader Operation Manual”.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-7

 10.8 Message “Not Logged In” Appears
when Trying to Operate the Screen
If the Auto Logoff Setting of the User Utility is set to Automatically log off, FCR PRIMA Console
will log off automatically when it is not used for a predefined period.
A message appears if you try to operate the FCR PRIMA Console after it is logged off
automatically.
In such cases, perform the following:
For details on the Auto logoff setting, see “9.13 Setting Automatic Logoff”.

The following message appears Click [OK] to display the “Login window” and log in once more.
when you try to operate the FCR
PRIMA Console after it is logged For instructions about how to log in, see “2.4.1 Starting Up FCR
off automatically.
PRIMA Console”.
Not logged on
 Log in and then re-execute.
* Contact our official dealer if the
same symptom recurs even
after operation has been retried.

10
Troubleshooting

10-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.9 Window Disappears
While operating FCR PRIMA Console, you may accidentally click [X] at the right-hand side of
the title bar or a window may be hidden behind the active window.
In such cases, perform the following:

Did you click [X] on the title bar If you accidentally closed the client application, double-click the client
and close the window? application (FCR Web) icon to start it once more.

For details, see “Launching the Client Application with Only the
Server Application Running” in “2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA
Console”.

Is the window hidden behind Window hidden behind another window is displayed minimized on the
another window? taskbar (Example: ). Click (Example: ) on the
taskbar to redisplay the window.

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-9

 10.10 Disk Cannot be Removed
Perform the following when the disk cannot be removed:

Did you try to remove the disk On the PC’s control drive, be sure to eject the disk from FCR PRIMA
by pressing the disk drive Console because the eject button is locked while FCR PRIMA Console is
EJECT button? in operation.
If you use an application other than the FCR PRIMA Console to eject the
disk, the PC can freeze or the disk can become unusable.

For instructions about how to remove the disk, see “2.5.3 Ejecting
Disk”. If the disk cannot be removed, terminate FCR PRIMA Console. If
you cannot terminate it, see “10.3 PC is Inoperative”.
For details on disk handling, also see “2.5.3 Ejecting Disk”.

10
Troubleshooting

10-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.11 Toolbar is Not Displayed on
“Image Viewer Window”
Perform the following if the toolbar disappeared because you changed the Display Settings on
the toolbar when operating the FCR PRIMA Console “Image Viewer window”.

Did you display the “Toolbar Display the “Display Settings dialog” as follows and set the toolbar to
Settings dialog” from the display.
“Image Viewer window” and
uncheck each toolbar displayed (1) Right-click inside the image pane of the “Image Viewer window” to
on the “Display Settings dialog” display the shortcut menu.
of the Display Settings tab?
(2) Click [Toolbar settings] - [Toolbar settings] to display the “Toolbar
Settings dialog”.
(3) Select the Display Settings tab to display the “Display Settings dialog”.
(4) Check the toolbar to display and click [Setup].

HINT
Click [Toolbar settings] - [Reset Toolbar] to display the toolbar in the
initial state.

For instructions on how to set the toolbar, see “4.7.5 Customizing

Toolbar”.

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-11

 10.12 Study was Scheduled or Registered but
Patient List is Unchanged
Perform the following if the study status on the patient list remains unchanged after
scheduling or registration of study, modification of the study menu, or confirmation of image
processing on “Image Viewer Window”.

The display status of the patient

Select in the patient list, and update the patient list to the latest
list may not change immediately
status.
after scheduling or registration
of study, modification of study
menu, or image processing on
the “Image Viewer Window”.

10
Troubleshooting

10-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.13 Unintended Studies Appear on
Patient List
Perform the following if studies appeared on the patient list as a search result is unintended.

Is the search requirement for Confirm the search requirement display column for patient list.
patient list selected properly?
For details on searching method, see “3.4 Using a Patient List” and
“6.1.2 Searching for studies”.

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-13

 10.14 Unable to Print or Save Image from
“Image Viewer Window”
Perform the following if you cannot print, save, or transmit the images displayed on the “Image
Viewer window”.

Is the checkbox selected at the Select the checkbox at the bottom right-hand of the image displayed on the
bottom right-hand of the image “Image Viewer window” and then save, print or transmit the image.
you are trying to print, save, or
transmit from the “Image Viewer For details, see “4.5 Printing or Saving Images”.
window”?

10
Troubleshooting

10-14 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 10.15 The “Web page unavailable while
offline Dialog” is Displayed
Perform the following when “Web page unavailable while offline dialog” is displayed.

“Web page unavailable while offline dialog” may be displayed.

■ Action
• When “Web page unavailable while offline dialog” is displayed
Check that the LAN cable is firmly connect to the PC and then select [Connect].

• When [Stay Offline] is selected on “Web page unavailable while offline dialog”
Close all FCR PRIMA Console windows and select [Start] - [Programs] - [Internet Explorer] to restart Internet
Explorer. Select and uncheck [File] - [Work Offline] from Internet Explorer and then restart FCR PRIMA
Console.

For information on how to start FCR PRIMA Console, see “2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA Console”.

10
Troubleshooting

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 10-15

10
Troubleshooting

10-16 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Chapter 11 Daily Inspection and
Maintenance
11.1 Daily Inspection and Maintenance
In order to maintain the system components in good working condition, perform daily
inspection and maintenance.

As for the daily inspection, make certain that the system starts up normally and communicates
properly with devices connected to the system. Be sure to clean the monitor daily.
Also, back up the patient information and other data at least once a week.

Use the Maintenance Record when performing daily inspection and maintenance.
Enter the following items in the Maintenance Record:

● Check : Enter the inspection date and result.

● Cleaning : Enter the date the monitor was cleaned.
● Backup : Enter the date the patient information and other data was backed up.
Use the backup disk for backup.

HINT
When performing backup, be sure to check that no storage disk is inserted in the drive.

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-1

 11.2 Backup
Back up the data on the PC at least once a week for restoration in case of a server failure.
If the server fails, use the backup data for restoration.
Use the PC’s Backup Utility described below for backup and restore.

11.2.1 Starting and Exiting the Backup Utility

Start and exit the Backup Utility as follows: Starting from server application
(1) Starting the Backup Utility icon

You can continue using the FCR PRIMA (1) Double-click the server application icon placed
Console after backup completes. in the task tray.
The “Select Server Application Behavior dialog”
For details, see “2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA
appears.
Console”.

When you attempt to start the Backup Utility,

and the FCR PRIMA Console terminates. Check
that all of the windows which started from FCR
PRIMA Console are closed before starting the
Backup Utility. Also check that no one else is
using FCR PRIMA Console.

Start the Backup Utility by one of the following (2) Select [Backup Utility] and click [OK].
two methods:
★ If you do not want to start the Backup Utility, click
[Cancel] to return to FCR PRIMA Console.
• Start from backup notification message
The backup notification message appears when A message is displayed and then the “User
backup notification is set in the User Utility. authentication dialog” appears.
For details, see “9.7 Setting the Backup
Notification”.
• Start from server application icon in the task
tray

1 Start the Backup Utility.

Start the Backup Utility by one of the following two
methods:
2 Select the login User name.

Starting from backup notification

message

11 (1) Click [OK] in the backup notification message

dialog.

★ Click [Cancel] to start FCR PRIMA Console

Daily Inspection and Maintenance

without starting the Backup Utility.

The “User Authentication dialog” appears.

11-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

3 Enter the Password and click [OK]. (2) Exiting the Backup utility
★ Click [Cancel] to cancel starting of Backup Utility. Exit the Backup utility.
The “User authentication dialog” closes and the
Backup Utility terminates. 1 Click [Finish] at bottom right-hand of the
You can continue using FCR PRIMA Console. “Main Menu dialog”.
For details, see “2.4.1 Starting Up FCR PRIMA
Console”.

When the user is authorized, the “Main Menu dialog”

appears. The “Main Menu dialog” closes and the Backup
Utility terminates.

★ To continue using FCR PRIMA Console, double-

click the FCR PRIMA Console icon on the
desktop to start FCR PRIMA Console.

HINT
You can also start FCR PRIMA Console by the
following method:
(1) Select [Start] - [Programs].
★ Click [Backup] to backup the patient information, (2) Select [Fujifilm] - [FCR Application].
setting information, and log information.
For details, see “11.2.2 Backup”.
★ Click [Restore] to restore the database.
For details, see “11.2.3 Restore”.
★ Click [Collecting logs for maintenance purpose]
in order to save the log information used for
maintenance requested by our official dealer.
* Perform only when requested by our official
dealer.
For details, see “11.2.4 Collecting
Maintenance Log”.

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-3

 11.2.2 Backup
Back up the patient, setting and log 2 Check the information to back up.
information. Insert the backup disk or USB When backing up to a disk, a file shown in the
flash drive in the drive. following table is created for each information to be
backed up.
HINT
• When backing up to a disk, use an unformatted ● Patient information
disk or disk containing only backup data
Backup file Description
created according to the procedure described
here. PatientData.cab Backup of patient
(Patient information) information registered in
FUJIFILM Corporation shall not be responsible
FCR PRIMA Console main
for data damage caused by using a disk
unit.
containing data other than backup data. Control
the disk after backup as backup media. Do not ● Setting information
store data other than backup data created by Backup file Description
any method other than that described in this MenuData.cab Backup of exposure
subsection. (Menu setting menu settings and image
information) processing parameters.
When backing up to a disk, remove the disk by
operation from the indicator before performing SystemData.cab Backup of system settings
the following procedure. (Setting information) and User Utility settings.
Do not remove the disk using Windows
Explorer or the Eject button on the disk drive. UserData.cab Backup of FCR PRIMA
If you use an application other than the FCR (User information) Console user settings.
PRIMA Console to eject the disk, the PC can
freeze or the disk can become unusable. ExplanationData.cab Backup of print output
(Description description.
For details, see “2.5.3 Ejecting Disk”.
information)
1 Click [Backup] in the “Main Menu dialog”.
● Log information
Backup file Description
LogData.cab Backup of FCR PRIMA
(Log information) Console log information.

The “Select Information for Backup dialog” appears.

11
3 To delete the log information after backup
completes, check Delete log information
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

after backup completes.

Log information excluding the IP use count is
deleted after backup completes.

11-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

4 Click [Start]. 7 Check the Selected folder and then Click
[OK].
★ To cancel backup, click [Cancel] and close the
“Select Information for Backup dialog”. ★ To cancel backup, click [Cancel] and close the
“Select folder dialog”.

The “Select folder dialog” appears.

In the case of disk

A message Insert the backup disk into the target
drive is displayed.
• The backup destination folder is displayed in Select
folder field. The initially displayed folder is a folder (1) Insert a disk in the drive and click [OK].
in the connected disk with the name in the form Backup data is saved in the selected folder. Press
date+time. For example, if today’s date and time the [OK] button after the disk drive access lamp
is September 13, 2005 6:50:05, the folder name goes out.
appear as 20050913185005.
To change the backup destination, proceed to Step
5.
When backup completes, a message is displayed.

• The amount of space necessary for backup and

- When the following message is displayed -
the free space in the backup destination specified
at Select folder field are displayed in Necessary Insufficient free space on save destination disk.
disk space/free space field. ●Increase free space on the backup destination.
If there is not enough free space in the disk, Click [OK] and stop backup.
replace the disk. Insert a disk with sufficient free space and click [OK]
on the “Select Folder window” once more.
5 Click [Browse] to change the backup
destination.
In the case of USB flash drive
(1) Select a folder and then click [OK].
The “Browse For Folder window” appears.

8 Click [OK].
6 Select a folder and then click [OK].
Returns to “Main Menu dialog”.
★ To cancel folder selection, click [Cancel] and
HINT
close the “Browse For Folder window”.
When backup completes, the BackupInfo.ini file
containing the backup status is saved.
BackupInfo.ini file contains the FCR PRIMA
Console version, backup date and time,
application name, backed up file name, and
backed up file version. 11
9 Remove the disk (or USB flash drive)
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

containing the backup data.

Remember to record the backup date and other
necessary information on the label of the disk (or
USB flash drive).

The “Browse For Folder window” closes.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-5

 10 Click [Cancel].

Returns to the “Select Information for Backup

dialog”.

11 Click [Cancel].

The “Select Information for Backup dialog” closes.

HINT
When backup completes, replace with storage
disk.

See “2.5.2 Starting Disk Handling” for details.

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

11-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

11.2.3 Restore
In the event of a system failure, use the backup 4 Check the selected folder and then click
to restore the patient information and system [OK].
setting information.
In this case, the patient information and system ★ To cancel the restoration, click [Cancel] to close
the “Select folder dialog”.
setting information can be restored to the point
of backup, but changes made after backup are
not restored.

Insert the backup disk (or USB flash drive) to

be used for restore in the drive.

1 Click [Restore] in the “Main Menu dialog”. The “Restore dialog” appears.

The “Select Folder dialog” appears.

2 Click [Browse].

• The following items can be restored:

Patient Information:
The “Browse For Folder window” appears.
Restores the patient information registered in FCR
PRIMA Console main unit.
3 Select a folder in the backup disk and click
Menu Setting information:
[OK].
Restores the exposure menu settings and image
★ To cancel folder selection, click [Cancel] to close processing parameters.
the “Browse For Folder window”. System configuration Information:
Restores the system settings and User Utility
settings.
User Information:
Restores FCR PRIMA Console user settings.
Explanatory Information:
11
Restores print output description.
If the selected folder does not contain the backup
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

file, No backup available is displayed.

This item cannot be restored.
• Backup Information at the bottom of the window
can be used to check the date backup was
performed to the selected folder and the FCR
The “Browse For Folder window” closes. PRIMA Console version at the time of backup.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-7

 5 Select the information to restore. 9 Click [Cancel].
Select the checkboxes of information to restore.
Deselect the checkboxes of information you do not
want to restore.

6 Click [Start].

★ To cancel the restoration, click [Cancel] to close

the “Restore dialog”.

The “Folder Selection Window” closes.

- When the following message is displayed -

File restore is not possible because no backup
information file exists.

★ Click [OK] and repeat folder selection.

When the restoration completes, a message is

displayed.

7 Click [OK] in the confirmation dialog.

Returns to the “Main Menu dialog”.

8 Remove the disk (or USB flash drive) used

for restore.
Leaving the disk in the drive may result in an error.

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

11-8 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

11.2.4 Collecting Maintenance Log
In case, a machine failure occurs, our official • Select the Delete personal information off of the
dealer may ask you to collect the log for logs to delete patient name, patient date of birth,
maintenance. and user name when saving log.

2 Select the collection method.

In this case, collect the log for maintenance.

HINT
• Perform this operation only when requested by
our official dealer.
• When you collect the log for maintenance, a
partial log file (Study.txt) containing only the
log data related to personal information is
created on the desktop, allowing you to check
whether personal information has been deleted 3 Click [Start].
by verifying its content. After completion of the
★ To cancel maintenance log collection, click
check, be sure to delete the Study.txt file.
[Cancel] to close the “Collecting Logs for
• If the log is to be collected by our official dealer,
Maintenance Purpose dialog”.
you do not need to perform log collection. In
this case, log will be collected after obtaining
your agreement.
The “Select Folder dialog” appears.
1 Click [Collecting logs for maintenance
purpose] in the “Main Menu dialog”.

• The log save destination folder is displayed in

Select folder. The desktop is initially displayed.

To change the save destination, proceed to Step 4 .

• The amount of space necessary to save the log

The “Collecting Logs for Maintenance Purpose
and the free space in the save destination specified
dialog” appears. in Select folder are displayed in the Necessary disk
space/free space field.
If there is insufficient free space, change the save
destination.

4 Click [Browse] to change the save

destination.

The “Browse For Folder window” appears. 11

Daily Inspection and Maintenance

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-9

 5 Select a folder and then click [OK].

★ To cancel folder selection, click [Cancel] and

close the “Browse For Folder window”.

The “Browse For Folder window” closes.

6 Check the selected folder and then click

[OK].

★ To cancel saving log, click [Cancel] and close the

“Select folder dialog”.

When log collection completes, a message is

displayed.

7 Click [OK] in the “Confirmation dialog”.

Returns to “Main Menu dialog”.

8 Delete the Study.txt file from the desktop.

★ To check whether personal information has

been deleted during collection of the log for
maintenance, open the Study.txt file using
Notepad or Microsoft Excel (data delimited on a
field basis using commas or tabs) before deleting
the Study.txt file and check that this file does not
contain personal information.

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

11-10 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 11.3 Maintenance Record
We recommend that you periodically check the following so that you can always operate the
system normally.
Make a copy of this record sheet each time for periodic check.

● Check
Check Description Frequency User Check Result

/
/
Does the system start up
Daily /
normally?
/
/

/
Is the normal communication /
possible between the Daily /
connected equipment? /
/

● Cleaning
Equipment to be Cleaned Frequency Date of cleaning

/
/
Monitor Daily /
/
/

● Backup
Backup Item Frequency Backup Date

/
/
Patient information Weekly /
/
/

/
/
Setting information Weekly /
/
/

/
/
Log information Weekly / 11
/
/
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 11-11

11
Daily Inspection and Maintenance

11-12 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Appendix A Main Specifications
A.1 Specification
The specification and system performance of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) are shown
below. The specification and system performance of the system may subject to change without
prior notice.

■ PC
PC Power Supply Conditions
(DELL Optiplex 780DT) Input voltage : 115/230VAC
Input current : 5.0A / 2.5A
Frequency : 50Hz / 60Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 10°C to 35°C
Humidity : 20%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -40°C to 65°C
Humidity : 5%RH to 95%RH (No dew condensation)

Spec
Processor : Intel(R) Core(TM)2 Duo E7500/2.93GHz
Chipset : Intel Q45 Express Chipset w/ICH10DO
Memory : 2GB DDR3 Non-ECC SDRAM
System Board
Connectors : PCI Slots x2
Operating
System : Windows Vista(R) Business SP1 (32 bit)
Video Controller : Integrated Intel GMA 4500
External Ports : USB 2.0 x8 (2 Front, 6 Rear)
Network Adapter : 1000 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX/10 BASE-T
HDD : 250GB SATA 7200 RPM HDD

Appendix A Main Specifications

Optical Drive : DVD Super Multi Drive

Keyboard USB keyboard

Mouse USB mouse

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 A-1

 ■ Standard Monitor
17" (1280 x 1024) Electrical
Color LCD monitor Power supply : 100W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
(DELL E170S) Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 5°C to 35°C
Humidity : 10%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 5%RH to 90%RH (No dew condensation)

17" (1280 x 1024) Electrical

Color High-contrast LCD Power supply : 100W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
monitor Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz
(FlexScan S1721-SHBK)
Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 0°C to 35°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)

20.1" (1680 x 1050) Electrical

Color LCD monitor Power supply : 100W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
(FlexScan S2031W-HBK) Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 0°C to 35°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)

■ DIN Standard-Compliant Monitor

21.3" (1200 x 1600) Electrical
Color LCD monitor Power supply : 100W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
Appendix A Main Specifications

(RadiForce RX211) Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 0°C to 35°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)

21.3" (1200 x 1600) Electrical

Monochrome LCD monitor Power supply : 100W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
(RadiForce GS220-CL) Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 0°C to 35°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)

A-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

21.3" (1536 x 2048) Electrical
Monochrome LCD monitor Power supply : 115W, 100 to 120 V / 200 to 240 V ±10%
(RadiForce GS310-CL) Frequency : 50 to 60 Hz

Environmental Conditions
(1) Operating
Temperature : 0°C to 35°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)
(2) Not operating
Temperature : -20°C to 60°C
Humidity : 30%RH to 80%RH (No dew condensation)

Appendix A Main Specifications

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 A-3

 A.2 External View and Weight
The external view and weight of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) are shown below.

Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm) Weight (kg)

PC 114 353 399 Approx. 8.26

Standard Monitor

17" (1280 x 1024)

Color LCD monitor 374.7 140 380.6 Approx. 4.63
(DELL E170S)

17" (1280 x 1024)

Color High-contrast LCD
362 200 280 to 406 Approx. 5.6
monitor
(FlexScan S1721-SHBK)

20.1” (1680 x 1050)

Color LCD monitor
469 208.5 427 to 509 Approx. 9.6
(FlexScan S2031W-
HBK)

DIN Standard-Compliant Monitor

21.3" (1200 x 1600)

Color LCD monitor 376 208.5 522.5 to 604.5 Approx. 9.4
(RadiForce RX211)

21.3" (1200 x 1600)

Monochrome LCD
376 208.5 522.5 to 604.5 Approx. 9.9
monitor
(RadiForce GS220-CL)

21.3" (1536 x 2048)

Monochrome LCD
376 208.5 522.5 to 604.5 Approx. 9.9
monitor
(RadiForce GS310-CL)

(1) PC
Appendix A Main Specifications

(Unit : mm)
399 353
114

* The illustration of the FCR PRIMA Console (CR-IR 391CL) may differ from the actual external view.

A-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Appendix B PDI Disk Image Display
The PDI disc image display method is shown on the next two pages. If your costomer needs
this insturactions, copy the proper pages and hand it.

Appendix B PDI Disk Image Display

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 B-1

 ■ Viewer start ■ Viewer start (continued)

897N101440
Insert the PDI disc into the drive and start the Viewer. 3. Double-click "INDEX.HTM" and then click "View Image".
The viewer application operates in the following environment.
● OS : Windows XP, Windows VISTA, Windows 2000
● CPU : Intel Pentium 4 or better or equivalent CPU
● RAM: 512 MB or more
(1 GB or more in case of Windows VISTA)
PDI Disc Image 1. Insert the PDI disc into the drive.
Viewer starts automatically.
Display Method * When the Viewer does not start automatically,
proceed to Step 2.
2. Display the PDI disc contents from My Computer.

Viewer starts.
* If a security dialog is displayed before Viewer starts,
click "Run" or "Execute".

1 2 3

■ Select the image to be displayed. ■ Buttons on the study list window ■ Image display window
Select the image to be displayed study images can be confirmed.
on the study list window of Viewer.
A
2 1

● Version information display button B

When this button is clicked,
1. Click the study data for which the image is to be displayed. the Viewer version information is displayed.
* When Viewer is started, the study data are displayed
with the newest data first. ● System exit button
* Multiple study data can be selected When this button is clicked, Viewer is exited.
by clicking with pressed "Ctrl" key.
A Operation buttons on the image display window
2. Click the "Display Image" button.
The study image is displayed on the image display window. The image of the study data selected
on the study list window is displayed.
B * When multiple study data are selected,
4 5 the newest image is displayed. 6
 ■Operation buttons on the image display window
●Zoom-in button ●Change window level button ●Select image button
When this button is clicked, zoom-in mode is When this button is clicked, window level When this button is clicked, the following
entered. When the image to be zoomed is change mode is entered. Image contrast and modes are cancelled.
clicked, the image is zoomed in with the density can be changed.
- Zoom-in mode
clicked position at the center. When the When the mouse is dragged up, down, left, or
- Zoom-out mode
[Fit to window] button is clicked, return is right on the image, contrast and density are
- Panning mode
made to the state before zooming. changed as follows proportional to the
- Change window level mode
●Zoom-out button dragged distance.
When this button is clicked, zoom-out mode is When clicking on an image, the image
- Dragging up increases the contrast.
entered. When the image to be zoomed is becomes selected and the selected image is
- Dragging down decreases the contrast.
clicked, the image is zoomed out with the shown in a frame.
- Dragging left decreases the density.
clicked position at the center. When the Simultaneous selection of multiple images is
- Dragging right increases the density.
[Fit to window] button is clicked, return is not possible.
made to the state before zooming. When the [Initialize image] button is clicked,
return is made to the state before window ●Fit to window button
●Panning button
level change. When this button is clicked, the selected
When this button is clicked, panning mode is
image returns to the state before zoom-in,
entered. When the mouse is dragged on
zoom-out, or panning display.
the image, the image can be moved to
any position. When the [Fit to window] button
is clicked, return is made to the state
before panning. 7 8 9

●Initialize image button ●Previous page button ●Change window pattern button
When this button is clicked, the selected When this button is clicked, the previous When this button is clicked, the change
image returns to the state before window page is displayed. The previous page shows window pattern window is displayed When
level change. In case of zoomed-in, the image before the presently displayed the window has been displayed, drag the
zoomed-out, or panning display, the display image. This button cannot be clicked when mouse to the position of the pattern to be
returns to the previous state. there is no previous page. changed and click there.
●Previous image button ●Next page button * For change to a 3x3
When this button is clicked, the previous When this button is clicked, the next page is display, click at the
image is displayed. If there is no previous displayed. The next page shows the image position shown right.
image, the button cannot be clicked. following the presently displayed image. This
button cannot be clicked when there is no
next page.
●Next image button
●Switch attribute information display button
When this button is clicked, the next image is
When this button is clicked, the attribute information
displayed. If there is no next image, the
displayed on the image is hidden. When it is clicked
button cannot be clicked.
again, the attribute information is displayed.
●Exit image display button
When this button is clicked, the image display
window is closed and return is made to the
study list window.
10 11 12

897N101440
Appendix B PDI Disk Image Display

B-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure
Z.1 Precautions to Take Before Exposure
This section describes precautions to observe before performing exposure.

It is recommended to use Bucky’s device to remove scatter rays and obtain a high-quality image.
When carrying out exposure using a stationary grid, it is recommended to use a 60 lines/cm grid with
fewer artifacts.
Use a grid whose line direction is parallel to the cassette’s vertical direction (between top and bottom).

Green mark
Top

Bottom
Cassette

Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 Z-1

 Z.2 Precautions to Take in Each Mode
This section describes some precautions that must be followed when making radiographic
exposures in each of the following modes: Auto mode, Semi-auto mode, Semi-X mode, and Fix
Mode.

Z.2.1 Precautions for Exposure in the AUTO MODE

In the Auto mode, radiographic images that • Do not set the radiation field extremely
interfere with image reading are obtained in some small. Be sure to expose X-rays on one
cases due to variations in multileaf collimator thirds or more of the length of each side of
settings on the X-ray exposure unit and/or the the IP.
effects of scatter rays. If you encounter such cases, • Be sure that each side of the radiation field
please contact your local authorized distributor for does not overlap with the contrast medium.
consultation and advice, and make radiographic Error will occur if they overlap each other.
exposures in a different mode such as the Semi- This subsection explains precautions to be
auto mode or the Fix mode. exercised regarding “Radiation Field and
Here are precautions to take in order to obtain IP Split Pattern Recognition” processing
stable image quality in the Auto mode: (hereafter referred to as PRIEF) which is
1. Radiation Field and IP Split Pattern performed when you make radiographic
Recognition...................................................... (1) exposures in the Auto mode.
2. Depiction of the Cervical Region..................... (2) The “S” in PRIEF4S and PRIEF1S is a symbol
3. Depiction of HIP JOINT AXL - 2...................... (3) to signify that IP-split recognition is possible.
4. Cautions for “PANTOMO” X-ray Exposures There are the following four split-IP exposure
Using a 10”×12” Cassette................................ (4) patterns:
5. EDR Image Data Analysis.....................................(5)
(1) Radiation Field and IP Split Pattern
Recognition
• Be sure that the center (25×25 mm) of the
Full-IP exposure Half-split IP (vertical) Half-split IP (horizontal) Quarter-split IP
IP is in the radiation field. If the IP is split for
multiple exposures, each center of the split * When making multiple exposures on a split
Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

portions must be covered by the radiation IP, a split portion(s) may be left unexposed.
field. Guidance as to which to use: PRIEF4S or
PRIEF1S Table Z-1 shows the relationships
among anatomical regions to be radiographed,
radiographic exposure methods, PRIEF4S
and PRIEF1S. Explanations on PRIEF4S
and PRIEF1S are also provided along with
precautions to take with them.
IP center: 25 mm × 25 mm area (black
rectangles in examples above) located in the
center of the IP

Center of the split portion: 25 mm × 25 mm

area (black rectangles in examples above)
located in the center of each split portion.

Z-2 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 [Table. Z-1] At-a-glance guide to availability (2) Depiction of the Cervical Region
of PRIEF4S/PRIEF1S for each anatomical • The radiation field must not include the
region/exposure method whole head. Be sure to secure transparent
portions on both sides of the neck.
Contrast
Plain Tomography
Medium
4S
Head 4S 4S (1 for
pantomography)
Neck 4S 4S 1S
4S
Chest 4S 1
(1 for esophagus)
Use the “Skull, General” menu to include the
4S
Abdomen 4S (1S for stomach 1
whole head in the radiation field.
and intestines) • For exposure of the pharynx or larynx, be
Pelvis 4S 4S 1 sure that the neck comes to the center of
Upper the radiation field so that the frontal and
4S 4S 1
extremity lateral orientations can be recognized
Lower
4S 4S 1
appropriately.
extremity

Notes on PRIEF
[PRIEF 4S] Image area

Used, with some exceptions, for both plain and

Radiation field
contrast medium exposure menus, from head
to lower extremities.
• The diaphragm shape will be any convex
polygons including rectangle, circle, ellipse, • In pharynx and/or larynx exposure, do
track, etc. not use lead characters in the oblique line
section.

[PRIEF 1]
Used to tomography menus for chest,
abdomen, pelvis, upper and lower extremities.

Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

• When the IP is not split and the diaphragm
is closed, adjust the shape so that it is
parallel to the IP side.
• When conducting multiple exposures with a (3) Depiction of HIP JOINT AXL - 2
split IP using the PRIEF 1 menu, • Make sure to position the region of interest
1) Do not close the diaphragm. to the slanted-line area shown below. Do not
2) Expose all the split portions of the IP. collimate further inside.
[PRIEF 1S] • Positioning should be done so that the
Used to neck tomography and stomach condyle and the femur run along the longer
contrast medium menus. edge. (Do not have them positioned against
• When the IP is not split and the diaphragm the shorter edge.)
is closed, adjust the shape so that it is
parallel to the IP side. Condyle side 7/12

Femur side

1/12

1/4 1/4

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 Z-3

 (4) Cautions for “PANTOMO” X-ray Exposures Precautions when using the AUTO MODE.
Using a 10”×12” Cassette Mode type Precautions
• To obtain properly displayed images, set the As this mode is available on
10”×12” cassette in the dedicated cassette the assumption that it extracts
information concerning the skin,
holder of the exposure unit so that the green
I secure the positioning so that
mark on top of the cassette is positioned on there is an area other than the
the right side when viewed from the X-ray target where the direct X-rays are
tube, as illustrated below. incident.
Right side II No special precautions.
Be sure to use the Ba contrast
III
medium.
1. Be sure to secure the
Green mark
positioning so that the X-rays
are incident directly in the area
outside the target.
IV
2. As the reading latitude is fixed, it
is necessary to control the tube
voltage as usual according to
10"x12" cassette the thickness of the target.
• For image output, the “PANTOMO” X-ray As the reading latitude is fixed, it
exposure menu (M2004) takes only an area is necessary to control the tube
V
of 15×30cm from the 10”×12” exposure area. voltage as usual according to the
thickness of the target.
If you wish an image be output using the
VI No special precautions.
entire 10”×12” area, use the “PANTOMO-
VII No special precautions.
2:T” (7004) exposure menu.

(5) EDR Image Data Analysis

• Image unevenness appearing when the grid
used for exposure is not correctly positioned
in terms of the bulb, clothes shadow
or unevenly radiated X-ray to the X-ray
exposure area can be referred to as the
problems occurring during the EDR image
data analysis, which cause unstable density
Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

on the image. Avoid such unevenness in the

X-ray exposure area as far as possible.
• If the target includes such materials as
gypsum, denture, etc., stable density may
not be obtained because such materials
make it difficult to analyze EDR image data.
In such a case, use the S-Shift/C-Shift or
FIX MODE.
• For multiple exposures with a split IP, make
exposure doses on each portion of the IP as
equal as possible (maximum 1.6 times). In
other words, for multiple exposures, submit
each portion of the IP to the appropriate
exposure dose according to the intended
anatomical region as usual.

Z-4 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Z.2.2 Precautions for Z.2.3 Precautions for
Exposure in the SEMI- Exposure in the FIX
AUTO MODE MODE
The precautions are common to Semi I, II, III or As reading conditions are fixed, exposure
III(**). conditions must be controlled in the same way
• Center area of the IP 10 × 10 cm (Semi I) as for conventional X-ray exposure. The reading
7 × 7 cm (Semi II) conditions (sensitivity and latitude) have been
5 × 5 cm (Semi III) preset according to the relevant menu in the FIX
Position the portion you need to display of ten in MODE. Thus, select the exposure conditions that
each of the 5×5 cm (Semi III (**)) center are as correspond to that menu.
of the half-split IPs (both upper and lower halves
and right and left halves) and the quarter-split IP.
• Never position anything other than the subject
in the above mentioned areas. If anything other
than the subject is positioned in such areas, the
image density will become thinner. In addition,
do not position any metals or artificial bones
in such areas. The image density will become
higher if such an object is positioned in such
areas.

• It is necessary to control the tube voltage as

usual according to the subject thickness.
The following precautions should be observed
for Semi IV.

Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

y

b c
a
x

d e

Area Center Coordinate (x:y) cm Size (cm)

a (0, 0) 10×10
b (-5, 7) 6×6
c (5, 7) 6×6
d (-5, -7) 6×6
e (5, -7) 6×6

• Do not position transparent portions

(area other than the subject) in the above
mentioned five areas.
• It is necessary to control the tube voltage as
usual according to the subject thickness.

The SEMI-AUTO MODE has been preset around

the magnification menu.

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440 Z-5

 Z.3 Other Precautions
Shown below are other precautions to observe when performing exposure.

• When you are changing image processing

parameters, check adequately that such
a change does not affect image reading
adversely. To change standard image
processing parameter settings, verify results
of the changed settings on multiple images
through consultation with the image reading
physician, and then perform exposure.
• When performing exposure of an anatomical
region which is hard to distinguish difference
between the right side and the left side, take
proper measures by, for example, placing lead
characters so that the front and the back of an
image is identified clearly.
Appendix Z Precautions for Exposure

Z-6 FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Maintenance and Inspection

1 Maintenance and Inspection Items Assigned to Specified Dealer

For periodical inspection of the equipment and necessary arrangements, consult our official dealer
or local representative.

Maintenance and Inspection

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Maintenance and Inspection

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

Index
A Exchange Images...................................... 3-16
Adding and Deleting Images Exchanging Images.......................... 4-14, 4-92
for Display in the User Selection Box..... 7-21 Exiting the User Utility................................. 9-3
Adding an image to appear in
F
the User Selection box........................... 7-21
Adding Annotations................................... 4-33 Free Layout................................................ 4-59
Adding Marker........................................... 4-39
H
Adding Menus <Image Viewer>................ 4-90
Add Menu.................................................. 3-11 History Information Consistency Check.... 9-49
How to format a DVD disk......................... 2-12
B
L
Backup....................................................... 11-4
Launching the Image Viewer....................... 4-1
C Launching the User Utility............................ 9-1
Change Menu <Read Image window>...... 3-12 Loading Images from a Disk into
Changing Menus <Image Viewer>............ 4-86 the FCR PRIMA Console System.......... 6-31
Changing the time to Automatically Delete
M
Images Loaded from a Disk................... 9-34
Changing User Group Operational Magnifying Images.................................... 4-10
Authorities.............................................. 7-19 Magnifying or Reducing Images................ 4-23
Client Application......................................... 2-7 Measuring CTR (Cardiothoracic ratio)....... 4-41
Comparing Studies Measuring the angle
<Comparative Display>.......................... 4-15 between the two line segments.............. 4-42
Confirming Disk Status................................ 5-4 Moving Images.......................................... 4-25
Confirming Events
(Errors, Warnings or Information)........... 5-11
P
Confirming Film Printer Status..................... 5-9 Patient List................................................. 3-23
Confirming Image Output Status............... 5-10 Printing Images on a Film
Confirming Image Reader Status................ 5-3 <Image Viewer>..................................... 4-55
Confirming the Image Printing on a film <Main window>.............. 3-36
Storage/Print History.............................. 7-30 Printing on a film <Study Utilitites>............ 6-22
Confirming the IP Use Frequency.............. 7-11
Confirming the Login/Logoff History.......... 7-26 R
Copying a Disk.......................................... 2-18 Reconduct a Study
Customizing Toolbar.................................. 4-79 and Editing Study Information....... 3-32, 6-16
Relocate Display Order............................. 3-15
D Restore...................................................... 11-7
Index

Deleting a study......................................... 6-20 Reversing Images...................................... 4-30

Deleting Menus <Image Viewer>.............. 4-88 Rotating and Reversing Images
Disk Consistency Check............................ 9-45 <Image Viewer>..................................... 4-20

E S
Editing and Saving FCR Saving to a storage disk.................. 3-38, 6-24
Image Processing Parameters............... 4-26 Saving to a Work Disk <Image Viewer>.... 4-57
Editing Information about Saving to a work disk <Study Utilitites>..... 6-23
the Logged-in User................................ 7-24 Searching for Patients <Main window>..... 3-25
Edit Patient Information............................. 3-20 Searching for Studies <Search in Disk>.... 6-29
Ejecting Disk.............................................. 2-16

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Searching for Studies V
<Search in FCR PRIMA Console>........... 6-6 Varying the Gradation
Select a disk write setting.................. 5-6, 7-34 (Contrast and Density) of an Image....... 4-18
Server Application....................................... 2-7 Verifying a Study <Image Viewer>............ 4-85
Setting Additional Image Information Version Information..................................... 2-4
Display Content...................................... 9-38 Viewing Image Information........................ 4-75
Setting a Prefix.......................................... 9-37 Viewing Indicators....................................... 5-1
Setting Automatic Logoff........................... 9-48
Setting Automatic Start-up W
of Client Application............................... 9-36 When the Disk Becomes Full.................... 2-17
Setting Makers........................................... 9-50
Setting Preset Settings.............................. 9-52
Setting Study Search Queries..................... 6-8
Setting the Backup Notification................. 9-35
Setting the Character String Annotated
on a Film................................................ 9-24
Setting the Display Contents for
Exposure Menus...................................... 8-7
Setting the Display Contents for
Modalities................................................. 8-9
Setting the Display Contents for
Operations.............................................. 8-10
Setting the Display Contents for
Patient List................................................ 8-6
Setting the Display Contents for
Take X-rays.............................................. 8-8
Setting the Display Contents
in the “Input ID window”........................... 8-5
Setting the General Display Contents......... 8-4
Setting the Window Font Size................... 8-12
Setting up the Exposure Menu
and Study Menu <User Utility>................ 9-4
Stacked display of several images.............. 4-8
Starting an Exposure Operation.................. 3-4
Starting Customize Window........................ 8-1
Starting Disk Handling............................... 2-14
Starting the Backup Utility......................... 11-2
Index

Suspending a Study.................................. 4-85

T
Thumbnail Images and Study Status
([Suspend] [Verify])................................ 4-73
Transmitting studies to
DICOM server.............................. 3-40, 6-25

U
Using Preset Settings................................ 4-31

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440

 Index

FCR PRIMA Console Reference Guide 897N101440